Nammcesa 000057 PDF

I A E

V2500

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 78
__________
L.E.P. 1- 8 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 18
78-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
1- 9, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
11- 13

1- 4 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,









78-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 7
CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
518- 545



5- 19


501- 517 MOD.20446P1579 REMOVED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - PROBE HEAT COMPU-
TER - REPLACE POWER SUPPLY COMPUTERS.
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,


501- 505 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
REVISED PROCEDURE






CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

401- 407 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
MPD/MMEL/CDL DATA AMENDED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,


629- 638

REVISED ENGINE OIL REFERENCE


REVISED ENGINE OIL REFERENCE


REVISED TORQUE VALUES





CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
















CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
















CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------















401- 410 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 78-10-00 R 601 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 604 Feb01/10

OF TEMP. 78-10-00 R 602 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 605 Feb01/10
REVISION 78-10-00 R 603 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 606 Feb01/10
78-10-00 R 604 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 607 Feb01/10
L.E.P. R 1- 8 Feb01/10 78-10-00 R 605 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 608 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 1 Feb01/10 78-10-00 R 606 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 609 Feb01/10
78-10-00 R 624 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 404 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 1 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 405 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 2 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 401 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 406 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 3 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 402 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 407 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 4 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 403 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 408 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 5 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 404 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 409 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 6 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 405 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 601 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 7 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 406 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 602 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 8 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 407 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 603 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 9 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 408 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 604 Feb01/10
78-00-00 10 Nov01/07 78-11-11 R 409 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 605 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 11 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 410 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 606 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 12 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 411 Feb01/10 78-11-12 R 607 Feb01/10
78-00-00 R 13 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 412 Feb01/10
78-11-11 R 413 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 1 Feb01/10
78-10-00 R 1 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 414 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 2 Feb01/10
78-10-00 R 2 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 601 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 3 Feb01/10
78-10-00 R 3 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 602 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 4 Feb01/10
78-10-00 R 4 Feb01/10 78-11-11 R 603 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 5 Feb01/10
78-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

78-30-00 R 6 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 524 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 3 Feb01/10

78-30-00 R 7 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 525 Feb01/10 78-31-00 4 Nov01/07
78-30-00 R 8 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 526 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 5 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 9 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 527 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 6 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 10 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 528 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 7 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 11 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 529 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 8 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 12 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 530 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 9 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 13 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 531 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 10 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 14 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 532 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 11 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 401 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 533 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 12 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 402 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 534 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 13 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 403 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 535 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 14 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 404 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 536 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 15 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 405 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 537 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 16 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 406 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 538 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 17 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 407 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 539 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 18 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 408 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 540 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 19 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 409 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 541 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 401 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 410 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 542 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 402 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 411 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 543 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 403 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 412 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 544 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 404 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 413 Feb01/10 78-30-00 R 545 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 405 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 414 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 401 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 501 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 415 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 402 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 502 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 416 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 403 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 503 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 417 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 404 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 504 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 418 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 405 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 505 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 419 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 406 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 506 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 501 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 407 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 507 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 502 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 408 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 508 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 503 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 409 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 509 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 504 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 410 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 510 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 505 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 411 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 511 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 506 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 412 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 512 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 507 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 413 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 513 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 508 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 414 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 514 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 509 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 415 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 515 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 510 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 416 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 516 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 511 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 417 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 517 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 512 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 418 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 401 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 513 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 419 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 402 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 514 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 601 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 403 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 515 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 602 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 404 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 516 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 603 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 405 Feb01/10
78-30-00 517 Nov01/07 78-30-10 R 604 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 406 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 518 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 605 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 407 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 519 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 606 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 408 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 520 Feb01/10 78-30-10 R 607 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 409 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 521 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 501 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 522 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 1 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 502 Feb01/10
78-30-00 R 523 Feb01/10 78-31-00 R 2 Feb01/10 78-31-15 R 503 Feb01/10
78-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

78-31-15 R 504 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 1 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 407 Feb01/10

78-31-15 R 505 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 2 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 501 Feb01/10
78-31-41 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 3 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 502 Feb01/10
78-31-41 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 4 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 503 Feb01/10
78-31-41 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 5 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 504 Feb01/10
78-31-41 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 6 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 505 Feb01/10
78-31-41 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 7 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 601 Feb01/10
78-31-41 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 8 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 602 Feb01/10
78-31-41 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 9 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 603 Feb01/10
78-31-41 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 10 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 604 Feb01/10
78-31-41 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 201 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 605 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 202 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 606 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 203 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 607 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 204 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 608 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 205 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 609 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 206 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 610 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 207 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 611 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 208 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 612 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 209 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 613 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 210 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 614 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 410 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 211 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 615 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 411 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 212 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 616 Feb01/10
78-31-49 R 412 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 213 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 617 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 214 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 618 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 215 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 619 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 216 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 620 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 217 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 621 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 218 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 622 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 219 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 623 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 220 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 624 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 221 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 625 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 222 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 626 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 410 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 223 Feb01/10 78-32-00 627 May01/09
78-31-51 R 411 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 224 Feb01/10 78-32-00 628 May01/09
78-31-51 R 412 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 225 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 629 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 413 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 226 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 630 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 414 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 227 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 631 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 415 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 228 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 632 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 416 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 229 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 633 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 417 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 230 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 634 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 418 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 231 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 635 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 419 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 232 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 636 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 420 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 233 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 637 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 421 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 234 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 638 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 601 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 235 Feb01/10 78-32-01 R 401 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 602 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-01 R 402 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 603 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-01 R 403 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 604 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-01 R 404 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 605 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-01 R 405 Feb01/10
78-31-51 R 606 Feb01/10 78-32-00 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-01 R 406 Feb01/10
78-32-00 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-01 R 407 Feb01/10
78-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

78-32-01 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-04 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 403 Feb01/10

78-32-01 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 404 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 410 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 405 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 411 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 406 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 412 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 407 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 413 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 408 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 414 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 409 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 415 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 410 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 416 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 601 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 601 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 417 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 602 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 602 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 418 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 603 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 603 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 419 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 604 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 604 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 420 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 605 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 605 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 421 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 606 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 606 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 422 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 607 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 607 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 423 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 608 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 801 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 424 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 609 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 802 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 425 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 610 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 803 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 426 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 611 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 804 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 427 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 612 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 805 Feb01/10
78-32-01 R 428 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 801 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 806 Feb01/10
78-32-02 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 802 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 807 Feb01/10
78-32-02 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 803 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 401 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 804 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 402 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 805 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 403 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 806 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 404 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 807 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 405 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 808 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 406 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 809 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 407 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 810 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 408 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 811 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 409 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 812 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 410 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 410 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 813 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 411 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 411 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 814 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 412 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 412 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 815 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 413 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 413 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 816 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 414 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 414 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 817 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 415 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 415 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 818 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 416 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 416 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 819 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 417 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 417 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 820 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 418 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 418 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 821 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 419 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 419 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 822 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 420 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 420 Feb01/10 78-32-19 R 823 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 421 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 421 Feb01/10 78-32-41 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 601 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 422 Feb01/10 78-32-41 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 602 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 423 Feb01/10 78-32-41 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 603 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 424 Feb01/10 78-32-41 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 604 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 425 Feb01/10 78-32-41 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 605 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 426 Feb01/10 78-32-41 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-43 R 606 Feb01/10
78-32-03 R 427 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-44 R 401 Feb01/10
78-32-04 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-42 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-44 R 402 Feb01/10
78-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

78-32-44 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 422 Feb01/10

78-32-44 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 601 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 602 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 603 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 601 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 604 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 602 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 605 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 603 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 606 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 410 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 604 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 607 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 411 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 605 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 601 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 412 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 801 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 602 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 413 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 802 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 603 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 414 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 803 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 604 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 415 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 804 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 605 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 416 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 805 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 606 Feb01/10
78-32-44 R 417 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 806 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 607 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 807 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 608 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-46 R 808 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 609 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 610 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 611 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 612 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 613 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 614 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 615 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 616 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 410 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 617 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 411 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 618 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 412 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 410 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 619 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 413 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 411 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 620 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 414 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 412 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 621 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 415 Feb01/10 78-32-47 R 413 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 622 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 601 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 623 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 602 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 624 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 603 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 625 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 604 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 626 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 605 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 627 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 606 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 628 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 607 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 629 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 608 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 630 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 609 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 631 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 801 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 410 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 632 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 802 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 411 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 633 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 803 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 412 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 634 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 804 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 413 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 635 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 805 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 414 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 636 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 806 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 415 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 801 Feb01/10
78-32-45 R 807 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 416 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 802 Feb01/10
78-32-46 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 417 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 803 Feb01/10
78-32-46 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 418 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 804 Feb01/10
78-32-46 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 419 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 805 Feb01/10
78-32-46 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 420 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 806 Feb01/10
78-32-46 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-48 R 421 Feb01/10 78-32-49 R 807 Feb01/10
78-L.E.P. Page 5
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

78-32-49 R 808 Feb01/10 78-32-52 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-70 R 405 Feb01/10

78-32-49 R 809 Feb01/10 78-32-52 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-70 R 406 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 810 Feb01/10 78-32-52 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-70 R 407 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 811 Feb01/10 78-32-52 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-71 R 401 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 812 Feb01/10 78-32-52 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-71 R 402 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 813 Feb01/10 78-32-52 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 401 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 814 Feb01/10 78-32-52 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 402 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 815 Feb01/10 78-32-52 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 601 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 816 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 602 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 817 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 603 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 818 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 604 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 819 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 605 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 820 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 606 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 821 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 607 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 822 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 801 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 823 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 802 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 824 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 803 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 825 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 410 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 804 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 826 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 411 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 805 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 827 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 412 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 806 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 828 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 413 Feb01/10 78-32-72 R 807 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 829 Feb01/10 78-32-53 R 414 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 401 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 830 Feb01/10 78-32-54 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 402 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 831 Feb01/10 78-32-54 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 403 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 832 Feb01/10 78-32-54 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 404 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 833 Feb01/10 78-32-54 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 405 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 834 Feb01/10 78-32-54 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 406 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 835 Feb01/10 78-32-54 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 407 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 836 Feb01/10 78-32-54 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 408 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 837 Feb01/10 78-32-54 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 409 Feb01/10
78-32-49 R 838 Feb01/10 78-32-54 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 410 Feb01/10
78-32-50 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-55 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 411 Feb01/10
78-32-50 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-55 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 412 Feb01/10
78-32-50 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-55 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 413 Feb01/10
78-32-50 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-55 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 414 Feb01/10
78-32-50 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-55 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 415 Feb01/10
78-32-50 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-55 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-74 R 416 Feb01/10
78-32-50 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-55 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 401 Feb01/10
78-32-50 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-55 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 402 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-55 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 601 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-56 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 602 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-56 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 603 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-56 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 604 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-56 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 605 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-56 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 606 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-56 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 607 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 501 Feb01/10 78-32-56 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 608 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 502 Feb01/10 78-32-70 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 609 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 503 Feb01/10 78-32-70 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 801 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 504 Feb01/10 78-32-70 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 802 Feb01/10
78-32-51 R 505 Feb01/10 78-32-70 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-75 R 803 Feb01/10
78-L.E.P. Page 6
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

78-32-75 R 804 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 621 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 838 Feb01/10

78-32-75 R 805 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 622 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 401 Feb01/10
78-32-75 R 806 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 623 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 402 Feb01/10
78-32-75 R 807 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 624 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 403 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 625 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 404 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 626 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 405 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 601 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 627 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 406 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 602 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 628 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 407 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 603 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 629 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 408 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 604 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 630 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 409 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 605 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 631 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 501 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 801 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 632 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 502 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 802 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 633 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 503 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 803 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 634 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 504 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 804 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 801 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 505 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 805 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 802 Feb01/10 78-32-80 R 506 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 806 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 803 Feb01/10 78-32-81 R 401 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 807 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 804 Feb01/10 78-32-81 R 402 Feb01/10
78-32-76 R 808 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 805 Feb01/10 78-32-81 R 403 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 401 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 806 Feb01/10 78-32-81 R 404 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 402 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 807 Feb01/10 78-32-81 R 405 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 403 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 808 Feb01/10 78-32-81 R 406 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 404 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 809 Feb01/10 78-32-81 R 407 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 405 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 810 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 406 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 811 Feb01/10 78-36-00 R 1 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 407 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 812 Feb01/10 78-36-00 R 2 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 408 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 813 Feb01/10 78-36-00 R 3 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 409 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 814 Feb01/10 78-36-00 R 4 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 410 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 815 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 401 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 411 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 816 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 402 Feb01/10
78-32-77 R 412 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 817 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 403 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 601 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 818 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 404 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 602 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 819 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 405 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 603 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 820 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 406 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 604 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 821 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 407 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 605 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 822 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 408 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 606 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 823 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 409 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 607 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 824 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 410 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 608 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 825 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 411 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 609 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 826 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 412 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 610 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 827 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 413 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 611 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 828 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 414 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 612 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 829 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 415 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 613 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 830 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 416 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 614 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 831 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 417 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 615 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 832 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 418 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 616 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 833 Feb01/10 78-36-49 R 419 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 617 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 834 Feb01/10 78-36-51 R 401 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 618 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 835 Feb01/10 78-36-51 R 402 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 619 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 836 Feb01/10 78-36-51 R 403 Feb01/10
78-32-79 R 620 Feb01/10 78-32-79 R 837 Feb01/10 78-36-51 R 404 Feb01/10
78-L.E.P. Page 7
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

78-36-51 R 405 Feb01/10

78-36-51 R 406 Feb01/10
78-36-51 R 407 Feb01/10
78-36-51 R 408 Feb01/10
78-36-51 R 409 Feb01/10
78-37-00 R 1 Feb01/10
78-37-00 R 2 Feb01/10
78-37-00 R 3 Feb01/10
78-37-00 R 4 Feb01/10
78-37-00 R 5 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 301 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 302 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 303 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 304 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 305 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 306 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 401 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 402 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 403 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 404 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 405 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 406 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 407 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 408 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 409 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 410 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 601 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 602 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 603 Feb01/10
78-37-51 R 604 Feb01/10
78-L.E.P. Page 8
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
EXHAUST - GENERAL
_________________ 78-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Location 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Common Nozzle Assembly (CNA) 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Thrust Reverser System 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Electrical Diagram 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Indication 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
____________________
MIXED EXHAUST SYSTEM 78-10-00
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Common nozzle exhaust collector 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Interface Sealing 4 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
_____________________
MIXED EXHAUST SYSTEM 78-10-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General Visual Inspection of the 601 501-509, 511-526
Exhaust System Fire Seals 528-599,
Common Nozzle Assembly FireProof 528-599,
Bulkhead (Engine or CNA Removed)
Visually Examine the Mixed Exhaust 611 501-509, 511-526
System 528-599,
Visually Examine the Mixed Exhaust 617 501-509, 511-526
System - Allowable Damage Data 528-599,
Borescope Inspection of the Common 622 501-509, 511-526
Nozzle Assembly Fireproof Bulkhead 528-599,
(Engine/CNA installed)
78-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
COLLECTOR - COMMON NOZZLE EXHAUST 78-11-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Common Nozzle 401 501-509, 511-526
Assembly 528-599,
Installation of the Common Nozzle 408 501-509, 511-526
Assembly (CNA) 528-599,
528-599,
Visually Examine the Outer Duct 601 501-509, 511-526
Seals of the Common Nozzle 528-599,
Assembly
Visually Examine the Inner Annulus 606 501-509, 511-526
Seals and Retainers of the Common 528-599,
Nozzle Assembly
Visual Examination of the Rub 610 501-509, 511-526
Blocks 528-599,
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replacement of the Common Nozzle 801 501-509, 511-526
Outer Duct Seal - VRS2055 528-599,
CONE - ENGINE EXHAUST 78-11-12
528-599,
Removal of the Engine Exhaust Cone 401 501-509, 511-526
(3900KM) 528-599,
Installation of the Engine Exhaust 405 501-509, 511-526
Cone (3900KM) 528-599,
CONE - ENGINE EXHAUST 78-11-12
528-599,
Inspection of the Engine Exhaust 601 501-509, 511-526
Cone Skin 528-599,
______________________
THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM 78-30-00
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
78-CONTENTS Page 2
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Thrust Reverser Deployment 5 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Thrust Reverser Stowage 5 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inadvertent Stowage/Deployment 5 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Lockouts 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Flight Dispatch 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Ground Maintenance 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Thrust Reverser Manual 10 501-509, 511-526
Opening/Closing 528-599,
General 10 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation 10 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
_______________________
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Deactivation of the Thrust 401 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit 528-599,
(HCU) 4101KS for Ground
Maintenance
Re-activation of the Thrust 405 501-509, 511-526
(HCU) 4101KS after Ground
Maintenance
Reverser System for Flight 528-599,
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 78-30-01 407 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Activation of the Thrust Reverser 415 501-509, 511-526
System for Flight 528-599,
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 78-30-01 415 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
_______________________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Rig of the Thrust Reverser System 501 501-509, 511-526
78-CONTENTS Page 3
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
BEAM - CROSSOVER, FORWARD 78-30-10
528-599,
Removal of the Forward Crossover 401 501-509, 511-526
Beam (Fan and T/R Cowls Removed) 528-599,
Removal of the Forward Crossover 404 501-509, 511-526
Beam (Inboard Fan and T/R Cowls 528-599,
not Removed)
Installation of the Forward 412 501-509, 511-526
Crossover Beam (Fan and T/R Cowls 528-599,
Removed)
Installation of the Forward 415 501-509, 511-526
Crossover Beam (Inboard Fan and 528-599,
T/R Cowls not Removed)
BEAM - CROSSOVER, FORWARD 78-30-10
528-599,
Visually Examine the Forward 601 501-509, 511-526
Crossover Beam Fitting 528-599,
THRUST REVERSER CONTROL AND INDICATING 78-31-00

528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component location 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Description 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Proximity switch 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Hydraulic Actuator 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Flexible Shafts 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 11 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

528-599,
Reverser System Non-Return Valve 528-599,
Reactivation of the Thrust 404 501-509, 511-526
78-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Reverser System Non-Return Valve 528-599,

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operational Test of the Thrust 501 501-509, 511-526
Reverser System with the CFDS 528-599,
Operational Test of the Thrust 508 501-509, 511-526
Reverser without the CFDS and 528-599,
Engine not Running
Operational test of the Thrust 515 501-509, 511-526
Reverser without the CFDS and 528-599,
Engine Running
LOCK INDICATOR/PROXIMITY SENSOR - 78-31-15
THRUST REVERSER LOWER ACTUATOR
528-599,
Removal of the Lock Indicator 401 501-509, 511-526
Proximity Sensor (4006KS, 4007KS) 528-599,
Installation of the Lock Indicator 406 501-509, 511-526
Proximity Sensor (4006KS, 4007KS) 528-599,
LOCK INDICATOR/PROXIMITY SENSOR - 78-31-15
THRUST REVERSER LOWER ACTUATOR
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Adjustment of the Lock Indicator 501 501-509, 511-526
Proximity Sensor 528-599,
MANUAL CONTROL VALVE - THRUST REVERSER 78-31-41
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, ENG 1 (2)
528-599,
Removal of the Thrust Reverser 401 501-509, 511-526
Hydraulic Manual Control Valve 528-599,
(3011KM1, 3011KM2)
Installation of the Thrust 406 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Hydraulic Manual Control 528-599,
Valve (3011KM1, 3011KM2)
PYLON HYDRAULIC TUBE AND TEE 78-31-49
CONNECTORS
528-599,
Removal of the Pylon Hydraulic 401 501-509, 511-526
Tube Tee Connectors 528-599,
Installation of the Pylon 406 501-509, 511-526
Hydraulic Tube Tee Connectors 528-599,
78-CONTENTS Page 5
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
CONTROL UNIT - HYDRAULIC (HCU) 78-31-51
528-599,
Hydraulic Control Unit (4101KS) 528-599,
(4101KS)
Removal of the Thrust Reverser HCU 413 501-509, 511-526
Filter Cartridge 528-599,
Reverser HCU Filter Cartridge 528-599,
CONTROL UNIT - HYDRAULIC (HCU) 78-31-51
528-599,
General Check of the Hydraulic 601 501-509, 511-526
Control Unit (HCU) General 528-599,
Condition and Filter Indicator,
without component removal
THRUST REVERSER HALVES 78-32-00

528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
C-Duct Fixed Structure 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Translating Sleeve 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Blocker Doors 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cascades 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Materials 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal/Installation 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
78-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Opening of the Thrust Reverser 201 501-509, 511-526
Halves 528-599,
Closing of the Thrust Reverser 215 501-509, 511-526
Halves 528-599,
Manual Extension of the Thrust 225 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Translating Sleeves 528-599,
Manual Retraction of the Thrust 231 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Translating Sleeves 528-599,

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Sealing of the Lockout-Pin Storage 401 501-509, 511-526
Location 528-599,
Refer to the CDL TASK: 78-4 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Reverser with one Blocker Door 528-599,
missing
Refer to the CDL TASK: 78-3 404 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operational Check of Thrust 501 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Lower Actuator Lock 528-599,
Mechanism

528-599,
Detailed Check of the Thrust 601 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Blocker Door Assemblies 528-599,
C-Duct Hinge Fittings 528-599,
General Visual Inspection of Inner 615 501-509, 511-526
Barrel Heatshield and Fire Seals 528-599,
General Visual Inspection of 621 501-509, 511-526
Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors and 528-599,
Linkages for Condition and
Security
Visually Examine the Thrust 626 501-509, 511-526
78-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Reverser - Allowable Damage Data 528-599,
THRUST REVERSER HALF - LEFT, ENG NO. 1 78-32-01
528-599,
Removal of the Left Thrust 401 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Half - Eng No. 1 (451AL) 528-599,
Installation of the Left Thrust 413 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Half - Eng No. 1 (451AL) 528-599,
THRUST REVERSER HALF - LEFT, ENG NO. 2 78-32-02
528-599,
Reverser Half (461AL) - Eng No. 2 528-599,
Reverser Half (461AL) - Eng No. 2 528-599,
THRUST REVERSER HALF - RIGHT, ENG NO.1 78-32-03
528-599,
Removal of the Right Thrust 401 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Half - Eng No. 1 (452AR) 528-599,
Installation of the Right Thrust 413 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Half - Eng No. 1 (452AR) 528-599,
THRUST REVERSER HALF - RIGHT, ENG NO. 78-32-04
2
528-599,
Reverser Half (462AR) - Eng. No. 2 528-599,
Installation of the Right Reverser 402 501-509, 511-526
Half (462AR) - Eng. No. 2 528-599,
BOXES - DEFLECTOR 78-32-19
528-599,
Deflector Boxes 528-599,
Reverser Deflector Boxes 528-599,
528-599,
Cascades and their attachments 528-599,
(Requires Full Deployment of
Thrust Reverser)
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
78-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Repair the Cascade Assembly 801 501-509, 511-526
Surface Damage - VRS2251 528-599,
Remove the Damaged Blade from the 807 501-509, 511-526
Cascade Panel Assembly - VRS2253 528-599,
Stop Drill the Crack on the 813 501-509, 511-526
Cascade Assembly Fairing and Blank 528-599,
Cascade Panel Assembly - VRS2257
Repair the Blank Cascade Panel 819 501-509, 511-526
Assembly Surface Damage - VRS2254 528-599,
MECHANISM - MANUAL DRIVE, LEFT 78-32-41
528-599,
Reverser Manual Drive Mechanism 528-599,
Reverser Manual Drive Mechanism 528-599,
DRAG LINK - BLOCKER DOOR, LEFT THRUST 78-32-42
REVERSER
528-599,
Reverser Blocker Door Drag Links 528-599,
Reverser Blocker Door Drag Links 528-599,
REVERSER
528-599,
Visually Examine the Surface 601 501-509, 511-526
Damage on the Blocker Door Drag 528-599,
Link of the Left Thrust Reverser
REVERSER
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Blend Repair of the Left Thrust 801 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Blocker Door Drag Link 528-599,
Surface Damage - VRS2278
ACTUATOR - LOCKING, C-DUCT 78-32-43
528-599,
Removal of the C-Duct Locking 401 501-509, 511-526
Actuator 528-599,
Installation of the C-Duct Locking 414 501-509, 511-526
Actuator 528-599,
78-CONTENTS Page 9
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
ACTUATOR - LOCKING, C-DUCT 78-32-43
528-599,
Examine the Thrust Reverser C-Duct 601 501-509, 511-526
Locking Actuator for Hydraulic 528-599,
Fluid Leakage
SYNCHRONOUS CABLES AND TUBES - LEFT 78-32-44
C-DUCT
528-599,
Removal of the Left C-Duct 401 501-509, 511-526
Flexible Synchronous Cables and 528-599,
Tubes
Installation of the Left C-Duct 409 501-509, 511-526
Tubes
DOOR - BLOCKER, LEFT 78-32-45
528-599,
Reverser Blocker Doors 528-599,
528-599,
Damage on the Blocker Door of the 528-599,
Left Thrust Reverser
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Blend Repair of the Left Thrust 801 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Blocker Door Surface 528-599,
Damage - VRS2279
COWL TRANSLATING - LEFT 78-32-46
528-599,
Reverser Translating Cowl 528-599,
Installation of the Left 406 501-509, 511-526
Translating Cowl 528-599,
528-599,
Visually Examine the Seal of the 601 501-509, 511-526
78-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
left Translating Cowl Without 528-599,
Component Removal
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replacement of the Left 801 501-509, 511-526
Translating Cowl Seals - VRS2071 528-599,
ELECTRICAL HARNESS - LEFT C-DUCT 78-32-47
528-599,
Removal of the Left C-Duct 401 501-509, 511-526
Electrical Harness 528-599,
Installation of the Left C-Duct 410 501-509, 511-526
ACTUATOR - NON LOCKING, C-DUCT 78-32-48
528-599,
Removal of the C-Duct Non-Locking 401 501-509, 511-526
Actuator (4003KS), (4004KS) 528-599,
Installation of the C-Duct 415 501-509, 511-526
Non-Locking Actuator (4003KS), 528-599,
(4004KS)
ACTUATOR - NON LOCKING, C-DUCT 78-32-48
528-599,
Examine the Thrust Reverser C-Duct 601 501-509, 511-526
Non-Locking Actuator for Hydraulic 528-599,
Fluid Leakage
DUCT FIXED STRUCTURE - LEFT C-DUCT 78-32-49
528-599,
Visually Examine the Hinge Access 601 501-509, 511-526
Panel Seal and Retainer of the 528-599,
Left C-Duct Fixed Structure
without Component Removal
Visually Examine the Seals and 606 501-509, 511-526
Retainers of the Lower Track of 528-599,
the Left C-Duct Fixed Structure
Visually Examine the Heatshields 613 501-509, 511-526
of the Left C-Duct Fixed Structure 528-599,
Visually Examine the Pressure 618 501-509, 511-526
Seals of the Left Thrust Reverser 528-599,
Visually Examine the Plug Seal of 626 501-509, 511-526
the Left C-Duct Fixed Structure 528-599,
78-CONTENTS Page 11
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Visually Examine the Pre-Cooler 631 501-509, 511-526
Duct of the Left C-Duct Fixed 528-599,
Structure without Component
Removal
DUCT FIXED STRUCTURE - LEFT C-DUCT 78-32-49
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of Heatshield - Left C-Duct 801 501-509, 511-526
Fixed Structure - VRS2001 528-599,
Replacement of the Lower Track 806 501-509, 511-526
Seal/Retainer - Left Thrust 528-599,
Reverser - VRS2053
Replacement of the Pressure Seal - 815 501-509, 511-526
Left Thrust Reverser - VRS2077 528-599,
Replacement of the Hinge Access 826 501-509, 511-526
Panel Seal/Retainer - Left Thrust 528-599,
Reverser - VRS2119
Replacement of the Seal - Left 833 501-509, 511-526
C-Duct Fixed Structure - VRS2079 528-599,
ROD - AFT HOLD-OPEN, C-DUCT 78-32-50
528-599,
Removal of the C-Duct Hold-Open 401 501-509, 511-526
Rod - Aft 528-599,
Installation of the C-duct 405 501-509, 511-526
Hold-Open Rod 528-599,
ROD - FORWARD HOLD OPEN - C-DUCT 78-32-51
528-599,
Removal of the C-Duct Hold-Open 401 501-509, 511-526
Rod - Forward 528-599,
Installation of the C-Duct Forward 405 501-509, 511-526
Hold-Open Rod 528-599,
ROD - FORWARD HOLD OPEN - C-DUCT 78-32-51
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Adjustment of the Thrust Reverser 501 501-509, 511-526
Half Forward Hold-Open Rod 528-599,
LATCH - AUXILIARY, C-DUCT 78-32-52
528-599,
Removal of the C-Duct 401 501-509, 511-526
Auxiliary-Latch Assembly 528-599,
Installation of the C-Duct 405 501-509, 511-526
Auxiliary Latch Assembly 528-599,
78-CONTENTS Page 12
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
LATCH - BIFURCATION, LOWER 78-32-53
528-599,
Removal of the Lower Bifurcation 401 501-509, 511-526
Latches 528-599,
Installation of the Lower 409 501-509, 511-526
Bifurcation Latches 528-599,
LATCH - TRANSLATING SLEEVE 78-32-54
528-599,
Removal of the Translating Sleeve 401 501-509, 511-526
Latch 528-599,
Installation of the Translating 405 501-509, 511-526
Sleeve Latch 528-599,
KEEPER - TRANSLATING SLEEVE LATCH 78-32-55
528-599,
Removal of the Translating Sleeve 401 501-509, 511-526
Latch Keeper 528-599,
Installation of the Translating 405 501-509, 511-526
Sleeve Latch Keeper 528-599,
OPEN - LATCH INDICATOR 78-32-56
528-599,
Removal of the Open Latch 401 501-509, 511-526
Indicator 528-599,
Installation of the Open Latch 405 501-509, 511-526
Indicator 528-599,
NOZZLE - THRUST RECOVERY 78-32-70
528-599,
Removal of the Thrust Recovery 401 501-509, 511-526
Nozzle 528-599,
Recovery Nozzle 528-599,
MECHANISM - MANUAL DRIVE RIGHT 78-32-71
528-599,
Reverser Manual Drive Mechanism. 528-599,
Reverser Manual Drive Mechanism. 528-599,
LINK ASSEMBLY - BLOCKER DOOR RIGHT 78-32-72
528-599,
Removal of the Right Blocker Door 401 501-509, 511-526
78-CONTENTS Page 13
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Link Assembly 528-599,
Installation of the Right Blocker 402 501-509, 511-526
Door Link Assembly 528-599,
528-599,
Damage on the Blocker Door Drag 528-599,
Link of the Right Thrust Reverser
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Blend Repair of the Right Thrust 801 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Blocker Door Drag Link 528-599,
SYNCHRONOUS CABLES AND TUBES - RIGHT 78-32-74
C-DUCT
528-599,
Removal of the Right C-Duct 401 501-509, 511-526
Tubes
Installation of the Right C-Duct 409 501-509, 511-526
Tubes
DOOR - BLOCKER RIGHT 78-32-75
528-599,
528-599,
Damage on the Blocker Door of the 528-599,
Right Thrust Reverser
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Blend Repair of the Right Thrust 801 501-509, 511-526
Reverser Blocker Door Surface 528-599,
Damage - VRS2281
COWL - TRANSLATING RIGHT 78-32-76
78-CONTENTS Page 14
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Removal of the Right Translating 401 501-509, 511-526
Cowl 528-599,
Installation of the Right 402 501-509, 511-526
Translating Cowl 528-599,
528-599,
Retainer of the Right Translating 528-599,
Cowl Without Componnent Removal
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replacement of the Right 801 501-509, 511-526
Translating Cowl Seals - VRS2070 528-599,
ELECTRICAL HARNESS - RIGHT C-DUCT 78-32-77
528-599,
Removal of the Right C-Duct 401 501-509, 511-526
Installation of the Right C-Duct 409 501-509, 511-526
DUCT FIXED STRUCTURE - RIGHT C-DUCT 78-32-79
528-599,
Visually Examine the Hinge Access 601 501-509, 511-526
Panel Seal and Retainer of the 528-599,
Right C-Duct Fixed Structure
Retainers of the Lower Track of 528-599,
the Right C-Duct Fixed Structure
Visually Examine the Pressure 613 501-509, 511-526
Seals of the Right Thrust Reverser 528-599,
Visually Examine the Plug Seal of 620 501-509, 511-526
the right C-Duct Fixed Structure 528-599,
Visually Examine the Heatshields 624 501-509, 511-526
of the Right C-Duct Fixed 528-599,
Removal
Visually Examine the Pre-Cooler 629 501-509, 511-526
Duct of the Right C-Duct Fixed 528-599,
78-CONTENTS Page 15
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Removal
DUCT FIXED STRUCTURE - RIGHT C-DUCT 78-32-79
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of Heatshield - Right 801 501-509, 511-526
Replacement of the Lower Track 806 501-509, 511-526
Seal/Retainer - Right Thrust 528-599,
Reverser - VRS2054
Replacement of the Pressure Seal - 815 501-509, 511-526
Right Thrust Reverser - VRS2076 528-599,
Replacement of the Hinge Access 826 501-509, 511-526
Panel Seal/Retainer - Right Thrust 528-599,
Reverser - VRS2118
Replacement of the Seal - Right 833 501-509, 511-526
DOOR - PRESSURE RELIEF 78-32-80
528-599,
Pressure Relief Door (452DR, 528-599,
462DR)
Reverser Pressure Relief Door 528-599,
(452DR, 462DR)
DOOR - PRESSURE RELIEF 78-32-80
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Test the Release Load Setting of 501 501-509, 511-526
the Thrust Reverser Pressure 528-599,
Relief Door Latches
RING - CASCADE SUPPORT, AFT 78-32-81
528-599,
Removal of the AFT Cascade Support 401 501-509, 511-526
Ring (Post SBN 78-0199) 528-599,
Installation of the AFT Cascade 405 501-509, 511-526
Support Ring (Post SBN 78-0199) 528-599,
THRUST REVERSER OPENING MECHANISM 78-36-00

528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cowl Latch 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
78-CONTENTS Page 16
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Opening Actuator 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Hydraulic Tubing 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cowl Latch 4 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation 4 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
TUBES AND MANIFOLD - OPENING THRUST 78-36-49
REVERSER
528-599,
Opening Tubes and Manifold 528-599,
Reverser Opening Tubes and 528-599,
Manifold
ACTUATOR - THRUST REVERSER OPENING 78-36-51
528-599,
Opening Actuator (3003KM1, 528-599,
3003KM2)
Reverser Opening Actuator 528-599,
(3003KM1, 3003KM2)
THRUST REVERSER INDEPENDENT LOCKING 78-37-00

SYSTEM
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Location 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Shut-Off Valve 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Filter and Clogging Indicator 4 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Operation 4 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Shut-Off Valve Opening/Closing 4 501-509, 511-526
78-CONTENTS Page 17
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 78
__________
EXHAUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Operation 528-599,
VALVE - THRUST REVERSER, HYDRAULIC 78-37-51
ISOLATION
SERVICING 301 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replacement of the Thrust Reverser 301 501-509, 511-526
Hydraulic Isolation Valve Filter 528-599,
ISOLATION
528-599,
Hydraulic Isolation Valve (50EG) 528-599,
Reverser Hydraulic Isolation Valve 528-599,
(50EG)
ISOLATION
528-599,
Visual Check of Clogging Indicator 601 501-509, 511-526
of the Hydraulic Isolation Valve 528-599,
Filter
78-CONTENTS Page 18
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

EXHAUST - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003)
The air entering by the fan is divided into two parts, the cold and hot
airflows, which are mixed through the common nozzle assembly (CNA) before
exhausting to the atmosphere.
The engine exhaust section directs fan discharge air to either normal or
reverse thrust operation. In the forward thrust mode, the fan airflow and
burnt gases are evacuated directly at the back.
Each engine is equipped with a reverser system which reverses cold fan air
by means of translating sleeves and cascades, turning the engine airflow
forward and providing a braking effect for the aircraft on the ground.
Thrust reversers can be operated on the ground only.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 004, 005, 006)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3900KM CONE-ENGINE EXHAUST 455 78-11-12
4101KS THRUST REVERSER HCU 413 437AL 78-31-51
3003KM ACTUATOR-THRUST REVERSER OPENING 461 461AL 78-36-51
- BOXES-DEFLECTOR 451 451AL 78-32-79
- C-DUCT-LOCKING,ACTUATOR 451 451AL 78-32-43
- SYNCHRONOUS CABLES AND TUBES-LEFT C-DUCT 451 78-32-44
- DOOR-BLOCKER,LEFT 451 451AL 78-32-45
- DOOR-BLOCKER,RIGHT 451 451AL 78-32-75
- C-DUCT ACTUATOR-NON LOCKING 451 451AL 78-32-48
- ROD-FWD HOLD OPEN-C-DUCT 451 78-32-51
- ROD-AFT HOLD OPEN-C-DUCT 451 78-32-50
- LATCH-AUXILIARY,C-DUCT 451 452DR 78-32-52
- LATCH-BIFURCATION,LOWER 451 452DR 78-32-53
- LATCH-TRANSLATING SLEEVE 451 452DR 78-32-54
- KEEPER-TRANSLATING SLEEVE LATCH 451 452DR 78-32-55
- DOOR-PRESSURE RELIEF 451 78-32-80

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-00-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Exhaust General
Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-00-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Mixed Exhaust System

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-00-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Airflow With Thrust Reverser Stowed and Deployed

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-00-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-00-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 005

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-00-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 006

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-00-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. Description
___________
The exhaust system consists of the common nozzle assembly and the thrust
reverser system.
A. Common Nozzle Assembly (CNA)

(Ref. Fig. 002)
The common nozzle assembly forms the rear part of the engine.
It consist of a common nozzle exhaust collector and the engine exhaust
cone.
B. Thrust Reverser System

(Ref. Fig. 007)
The thrust reverser system uses part of the engine exhaust power to
provide additional aerodynamic braking during aircraft landing.
The thrust reverser system is hydraulically operated by hydraulic
pressure from the aircraft hydraulic system. The aircraft hydraulic
system is pressurized by pumps mounted on each engine.
It is controlled through the FADEC (Full Authority Digital Engine
Control) from the cockpit by a lever hinged to the corresponding throttle
control lever.
4. Electrical
__________________
Diagram
(Ref. Fig. 008)
5. __________
Indication
(Ref. Fig. 009)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-00-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser System

Figure 007

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-00-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

78-00-00

Page 10
Nov 01/07

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Control Power Supplies

Figure 008

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-00-00

Page 11/12
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

REV Indication
Figure 009

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-00-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MIXED EXHAUST SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The mixed exhaust system collects two flows of air. The first is the cold
airflow, which is the fan bypass air. The second is the hot airflow which
comes from the engine core.
The mixed exhaust system is made up of the common nozzle exhaust collector
and the engine exhaust cone.
- The common exhaust collector admits the hot and cold gas outflows. These
gas outflows then go out to the atmosphere through the common nozzle.
The nozzle forms a convergent duct which increases the speed of the mixed
gas to give forward thrust.
- The engine exhaust cone forms the inner contour of the common nozzle
exhaust collector. It is made of a welded inco 625 honeycomb perforated
panel for sound attenuation, an attachment ring and a closure panel.
The cold airflow exhaust is part of the thrust reverser system described
in 78-30-00. When the thrust reverser operates, the cold and hot outflows
divide, and go in different directions.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
A. Common nozzle exhaust collector
(1) The common nozzle exhaust collector is made up of an inner duct with
four radial struts. These struts support an outer duct. The unit is
installed on the outer rear flange of the engine turbine case.
(2) The inner duct forms a ring around the core outlet nozzle. The front
flange of the duct is used to install the exhaust collector to the
outer rear turbine case flange.
The inner duct (hot nozzle) is provided with accoustical treatment.
(3) Four support struts, positioned radially around the inner duct, hold
the exhaust collector outer duct assembly. Two side struts are
positioned horizontally and are riveted on either side of the inner
duct. Each of the struts is attached to the outer duct by two bolts
and captive nuts.
(4) The lower center strut lines up with the vertical center line. It is
riveted to the inner duct. The strut is attached to the outer duct by
eight bolts with captive self-locking nuts.
(5) At the top center position, an upper strut assembly straddles the
inner duct across the vertical center line. It is riveted to the
inner duct and to the outer duct.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Common Nozzle Assembly

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) The collector outer duct is made up of a conical duct to which a
sheet metal forward fairing is riveted. The leading edge of the
fairing is against the rear of the cold airflow thrust reverser case.
The translating cowl trailing edge overlaps the outer duct leading
edge.
A vectored exhaust nozzle has been incorporated on the CNA.
(7) A common nozzle fairing is attached to the rear of the upper support
strut and to the inside of the outer duct along its upper edge. The
fairing tapers to a pen nib profile at its trailing edge. This gives
a streamlined profile for the cold stream air which enters the
collector.
(8) Interface seals provide sealing between the exhaust collector, the
thrust reverser and the pylon (Ref. para.3).
3. Interface
_________________
Sealing
Seals are installed around the front of the inner duct and upper and lower
support struts. They seal the inner duct with the thrust reverser C-ducts.
These seals are made in sections to suit the directional changes in the seal
run.
A circumferential seal is installed around the outside of the forward
section of the exhaust collector. This seal gives an interface seal between
the collector and the rear edge of the translating cowl. It prevents leakage
of fan air to ambient during forward thrust operation.
Block seals are attached to the left and right front corners of the upper
support strut. They complete the seal between the aircraft pylon, the
C-ducts, the upper strut and the outer duct seals.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MIXED EXHAUST SYSTEM - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________
TASK 78-10-00-200-010
General Visual Inspection of the Exhaust System Fire Seals
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 781000-I1
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint free cloth

No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. V01-002 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-10-00-991-150 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-10-00-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 78-10-00-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform in position.
Subtask 78-10-00-040-050
C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser
WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______ CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-10-00-010-051
D. Open the Thrust Reverser Halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-10-00-110-050
E. Clean Components
WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the mixed exhaust system components which follow with a lint
free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002).
(a) Fireseal and pressure seals.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-10-00-210-050
A. Examine the Mixed Exhaust System

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-10-00-991-150)
(1) Examine the seals:
(a) Examine the mixed exhaust system fireseals and pressure seals for
cracks, wear or other obvious damage.
(b) Make sure that the fireseals and pressure seals are attached
correctly and that they are not loose.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 601/TASK 78-10-00-991-150- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-10-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-10-00-440-050
B. Activate the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
440-012).
Subtask 78-10-00-410-051
C. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowls doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-10-00-200-011
General Visual Inspection of the Common Nozzle Assembly FireProof Bulkhead

(Engine or CNA Removed)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-10-00-991-150 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-10-00-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 78-10-00-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-10-00-040-051

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-10-00-010-053

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-10-00-110-051
E. Clean Components
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the common nozzle assembly upper support strut with a lint free
cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-10-00-210-051
A. Examine the Upper Support Strut

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-10-00-991-150)
(1) Examine the upper support strut (2) and the fireproof bulkhead (3)
for any obvious damage, cracks or loose or missing fasteners.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-10-00-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-10-00-440-051
440-012).
Subtask 78-10-00-410-053
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-10-00-200-012
Visually Examine the Mixed Exhaust System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the data for a general check of the mixed exhaust system
without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-10-00-200-013 Visually Examine the Mixed Exhaust System - Allowable
Damage Data
78-10-00-991-150 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-10-00-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 78-10-00-010-054
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-10-00-040-052

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-10-00-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-10-00-110-052
E. Clean Components
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the mixed exhaust system components which follow with a lint
free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002)
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-10-00-991-150)
(a) Pen nib fairing (4).
(b) Acoustic panel (5).
(c) Side support struts (6).
(d) Lower support strut (7).
(e) Common nozzle mounting flange (8).
(f) Engine exhaust cone (9).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 613
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-10-00-210-052
A. Examine the Mixed Exhaust System

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-10-00-991-150)
(1) Examine the pen nib fairing (4) for any obvious damage, cracks or
loose or missing fasteners.
(a) Loose or missing rivets
1
_ Not more than 2 rivets in a 10 in. (254 mm) length with 2 good
rivets between each loose or missing rivet - Accept.
2
_ More than than 2 rivets in a 10 in. (254 mm) length with 2
good rivets between each loose or missing rivet - Reject.
(b) Cracks
1
_ Less than 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) long or stopped at adjacent rivet
head with 5 in. (127 mm) between cracks - Accept.
2
_ Larger than 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) long or stopped at adjacent
rivet head with 5 in. (127 mm) between cracks - Reject.
3
_ Dents, gouges, nicks, scratches, and disbonds (Ref. TASK 78-
10-00-200-013).
(2) Examine the inner duct (1) and the acoustic panel (5) for any obvious
damage, cracks or loose or missing fasteners.
(a) Cracks.
1
_ 0.105 in. (2.7 mm) wide or less - Accept.
2
_ Larger than 0.105 in. (2.7 mm) wide or less - Reject.
(b) Dents, gouges, nicks, scratches, and disbonds (Ref. TASK 78-10-
00-200-013).
(c) Loose or missing fasteners - Not allowed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 614
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Examine the side support struts (6) and lower support strut (7) for
any obvious damage, cracks or loose or missing fasteners.
(a) Nicked, scored, and scratched side support struts
1
_ Less than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) after burnishing or blending -
Accept.
2
_ More than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) after burnishing or blending -
Reject.
(b) Cracked side support struts, hole through one side or hole
through two sides of the strut skin - Reject.
(c) Dents, gouges, nicks, scratches, and disbonds (Ref. TASK 78-10-
00-200-013).
(d) Loose or missing fasteners - Not allowed.
(4) Examine the common nozzle assembly mounting flange (8) for any
obvious damage, cracks or loose or missing fasteners.
(a) Gouges, nicks and scratches (Ref. TASK 78-10-00-200-013).
(b) Loose or missing fasteners - Not allowed.
(5) Examine the engine exhaust cone (9) for any obvious damage, cracks or
loose or missing fasteners.
(a) Cracked flange of engine exhaust cone - Reject.
(b) Dents, gouges, nicks and scratches (Ref. TASK 78-10-00-200-013).
(c) Loose or missing fasteners - Not allowed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 615
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-10-00-410-055
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-10-00-440-052
440-012).
Subtask 78-10-00-410-054
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 616
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-10-00-200-013
Visually Examine the Mixed Exhaust System - Allowable Damage Data
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
General - Allowable damage data are intended to permit an operator to

determine whether a damaged nacelle component may be returned to service
without repair. Damage permitted by these data will have no significant
effect on the strength or fatigue life of the structure, which will still be
able to fulfill its design function. The types of allowable damage permitted
are defined and brief descriptions are given of the cleanup procedures
needed to either prevent damage propagation or improve the aerodynamic
smoothness of the damaged part.
Material Types - The basic material used in the construction of the CNA and
the exhaust cone are titanium and aluminium sheet.
Damage - All damage limits assume that exposed edges do not extend above the
skin contour. Any such damage should be reworked to remove or feather the
extensions. Allowable damage is classified as either unlimited or time
limited.
- Unlimited usage damage is defined as minor damage which does not affect
the structural integrity or functional capability of the component and
which needs no repairs over the aircraft design life.
- Time limited damage is defined as minor damage which does not affect the
structural integrity of the component in normal operation, but could
reduce the design life of the component. Therefore, damage must be
permanently repaired no later than the next maintenance C check. The
location and size of the damage is to be noted and checked at each
subsequent A check to make sure that the damage has not grown beyond the
time limited damage allowances.
Damage Types - The types of allowable damage permitted on the CNA
components are defined below. They apply only to the parent material and
do not include damage to surface finishes such as paint.
- Abrasion - An abrasion is a damage area which results in a cross sectional
area change because the area was scuffed, rubbed, scraped or had other
surface erosion. An abrasion usually appears rough and irregular.
- Gouge - A gouge is a damage area of any size which results in a cross
sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact with a relatively
sharp object which produces a continuous, sharp or smooth channel-like
groove in the material.
- Nick - A nick is a local gouge with sharp edges. Consider a series of
nicks in a line to be a gouge.
- Scratch - A scratch is a line of damage in the material and results in a
cross sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact with a very
sharp object.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 617
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- Crack - A crack is a partial fracture or complete break in the material
and produces a most significant cross sectional area change. It usually
appears as an irregular line.
- Dent - A dent is damage area which is depressed with respect to its normal
contour. There is no change in the cross sectional area. Area boundaries
are smooth. Its form is usually the result of contact with a smoothly
contoured object.
- Hole - A hole is a complete penetration of the material.
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the mixed exhaust
system to determine allowable damage.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-10-00-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-10-00-941-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 618
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-10-00-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-10-00-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-10-00-010-057
D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 619
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-10-00-210-053
A. Examine the Mixed Exhaust system.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-10-00-991-150)
(1) Dent
(a) Zones CN2, CN4, CN5 - 2 in. (50.8 mm) maximum length. 0.12 in.
(3.05 mm) maximum depth. 1 in. (25.4 mm) maximum radius. 0.25 in.
(6.35 mm) minimum radius. No face sheet thinning. Crushed core
acceptable. No two within 3 in. (76.2 mm). 1.5 in. (38.1 mm)
minimum from honeycomb core edge. Inspection interval at operator
option. Prevent growth.
(2) Gouge
(a) Zones CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4, CN5 - 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) maximum length.
0.010 in. (0.254 mm) maximum depth. 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) maximum
width. 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) minimum radius. Surface penetration
only with radiused width. No crushed core permitted. No two
within 3 in. (76.2 mm). 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) minimum from honeycomb
core edge. Monitor at A check. Unlimited use.
(3) Nick
(a) Zones CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4, CN5 - 0.75 in. (19.05 mm) maximum
length. 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) maximum depth. 0.10 in. (2.54 mm)
maximum width. No two within 2 in. (50.8 mm). 1.5 in. (38.1 mm)
minimum from honeycomb core edge. Inspection interval at operator
option. Prevent growth. Unlimited use.
(4) Scratch
(a) Zones CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4, CN5 - 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) maximum
length. 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) maximum depth. 0.05 in. (1.27 mm)
maximum width. Surface penetration only. No two within 2 in.
(50.8 mm). 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) minimum from honeycomb core edge.
Inspection interval at operator option. Prevent growth. Unlimited
use.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 620
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Disbond
(a) Zone CN2 - 1.75 in. (44.45 mm) maximum width. Separated from
other voids by fully brazed panel four times the void diameter.
Voids on opposite face sheets not opposed or overlapped. Maximum
of two voids in 1.00 square ft (0.09 square m) of panel. width.
No crushed core permitted. 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) minimum from
honeycomb core edge. Monitor at A check. Unlimited use.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-10-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-10-00-440-053
440-012).
Subtask 78-10-00-410-057
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 621
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-10-00-200-014
Borescope Inspection of the Common Nozzle Assembly Fireproof Bulkhead

(Engine/CNA installed)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific boroscope
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-10-00-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-10-00-941-054

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 622
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-10-00-010-058
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-10-00-040-054

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-10-00-010-059

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 623
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-10-00-210-054
A. Examine the Common Nozzle Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-10-00-991-150)
(1) Use a boroscope to do an inspection. Put the boroscope between the

CNA and the pylon, aft the engine.
(2) Examine the upper support strut (2) and the fireproof bulkhead (3)
for any obvious damage, cracks or loose or missing fasteners.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-10-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-10-00-440-054
440-012).
Subtask 78-10-00-410-059
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-10-00

Page 624
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COLLECTOR - COMMON NOZZLE EXHAUST - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 78-11-11-000-010
Removal of the Common Nozzle Assembly
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
IAE1N20001 1 FIXTURE-COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
IAE1N20004 1 DOLLY-COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26-12-17-000-010 Removal of the Core Fire Detectors (4001WD1,4001WD2)

78-11-11-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-11-11-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 78-11-11-010-055
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-11-11-040-053
C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser.

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-11-11-010-059

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-11-11-010-058
E. Disconnect the core zone fire detector from the Air Cooled Air Cooler
(ACAC) exhaust duct (Ref. TASK 26-12-17-000-010).
Subtask 78-11-11-480-052
F. Install the support equipment.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-11-11-991-150)
(1) Use a suitable lifting device to install the FIXTURE-COMMON NOZZLE

ASSEMBLY (IAE1N20001), (2) into position on the CNA (1).
(2) Attach the common nozzle fixture to the CNA with the fixture straps.
NOTE : The CNA must be removed from the engine flange before
____
attaching the fixture straps (Refer to Procedure 4.B).
(3) Put the DOLLY-COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (IAE1N20004), (3) into position
at the rear of the engine.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-11-11-020-052
A. Remove the lower segment of the ACAC exhaust duct

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-11-11-991-150)
(1) Remove the four bolts (30) that attach the housing (31) to the CNA
(1).
(2) Remove the coupling (35) and the seal (34) that attach the ACAC
exhaust duct lower segment (32) to the upper segment (33). Discard
the seal (34).
(3) Remove the ACAC exhaust duct lower segment (32) with the housing
(31).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Common Nozzle Assembly (CNA)


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-11-11-020-051
B. Remove the CNA.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-11-11-991-150)
(1) Remove the bolts (5) and washers (4) or the bolts (22), washers (21),
and nuts (20) which attach the CNA (1) to the engine flange.
(2) Carefully remove the CNA from the rear of the engine. Make sure that
you do not touch the exhaust cone (6).
(3) Lower the CNA into the FIXTURE-COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (IAE1N20001)
and secure it with the fixture straps, on to the DOLLY-COMMON NOZZLE
ASSEMBLY (IAE1N20004).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-11-11-400-010
Installation of the Common Nozzle Assembly (CNA)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1N20001 1 FIXTURE-COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
IAE1N20004 1 DOLLY-COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

anti seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34 seal 75-22-41 80 -030

34 seal 75-22-41 80 -030A

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26-12-17-400-010 Installation of the Core Fire Detectors

(4001WD1,4001WD2)
70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques
70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
78-30-00-820-010 Rig of the Thrust Reverser System
78-11-11-991-150 Fig. 401
78-11-11-991-152 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-11-11-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-11-11-010-062
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowls are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-11-11-040-054
C. Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is
deactivated (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-11-11-420-051
A. Install the Common Nozzle Assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-11-11-991-150)
(1) Lift the FIXTURE-COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (IAE1N20001) (2), with the
CNA (1), from the DOLLY-COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (IAE1N20004) (3), with
an applicable lifting device.
(2) Carefully move the FIXTURE-COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (IAE1N20001), with

the CNA (1), to the rear of the engine.
(3) Make sure that the CNA does not touch the engine exhaust cone (6).
(4) Align the upper strut recess of the CNA (1) with the engine pylon.
(5) Keep the distance between the pylon and the CNA (1) at 0.75 in. (19
mm).
(6) Apply anti seize compound (Material No. V10-094) to the threads of
the bolts (5) or (22).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Attach the CNA (1) to the engine flange with the bolts (5) and
washers (4) or the bolts (22), the washers (21) and the nuts (20). Do
not install washers on the bolts which pass through the EGT harness
brackets on the engine flange.
NOTE : Remove the fixture straps used to secure CNA before attaching
____
the CNA (1) to the engine flange.
(8) Do not fully torque the bolts (5) or (22) until they are all
installed.
Subtask 78-11-11-080-052
B. Remove the support equipment

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-11-11-991-150)
(1) Remove the common nozzle fixture (2),FIXTURE-COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY

(IAE1N20001), from the CNA (1).
(2) Lower the common nozzle fixture (2),FIXTURE-COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY

(IAE1N20001), on to the common nozzle dolly (3), DOLLY-COMMON NOZZLE
ASSEMBLY (IAE1N20004).
Subtask 78-11-11-420-052-A
C. Torque the bolts

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-11-11-991-150)
(1) Begin at the 3 oclock and 9 oclock positions and torque the bolts
(5) or (22) in opposite pairs in a clockwise sequence.
(2) TORQUE the bolts (5) or (22) to between 150 and 160 lbf.in (1.69 and
1.80 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-11-11-420-053
D. Install the lower segment of the ACAC exhaust duct

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-11-11-991-150)
(1) Put the lower segment (32) into position on the CNA (1).
(2) Install the four bolts (30) that attach the housing (31) to the CNA
(1). Do not fully torque the bolts at this step.
(3) Install the coupling (35) and a new seal (34) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010) which attach the ACAC exhaust duct lower segment (32) to the
upper segment (33).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Make sure that the ACAC exhaust duct is correctly aligned and that
there is no load on it.
(5) TORQUE the four bolts (30) to between 50 and 70 lbf.in (0.56 and 0.79
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(6) TORQUE the coupling (35)
(a) TORQUE the coupling (35) to the value shown on the coupling band
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(b) Tap the coupling circumference with a plastic mallet as you

TORQUE the coupling nut.
Subtask 78-11-11-420-054
E. Install the core zone fire detector on the ACAC exhaust duct (Ref. TASK
26-12-17-400-010).
Subtask 78-11-11-820-050
F. Do a check of the gaps between the bottom loadshare fitting (17) of the
thrust reverser halves and the CNA loadshare fitting (15)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-11-11-991-152)
(1) Remove the nuts (18), the screws (19) and the shims (16) from the CNA
loadshare fitting (15).
(2) Apply putty around the CNA loadshare fitting (15).
(3) Close the thrust reverser halves and make sure that the translating
sleeves are fully stowed (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
(4) Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
(5) Measure the thickness of the compressed putty on the CNA loadshare
fitting (15). The thickness of the putty shows the gaps.
(6) Remove the putty.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

CNA Loadshare Fitting

Figure 402/TASK 78-11-11-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Add shims (16) to the upper surfaces of the loadshare fitting (15) to
get a gap of 0.00 in. (0 mm).
(8) Add Shims (16) to the lower surfaces of the loadshare fitting (15) to
get a gap of between 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) and 0.015 in. (0.38 mm).
(9) Install the shims (16), the screws (19) and the nuts (18) on the CNA
loadshare fitting (15).
(10) Do a check of the steps and gaps between the thrust reverser inner
duct halves and the CNA and between the translating sleeves and the
CNA (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-11-11-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-11-11-440-052
B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-11-11-410-056
C. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COLLECTOR - COMMON NOZZLE EXHAUST - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________________
TASK 78-11-11-200-010
Visually Examine the Outer Duct Seals of the Common Nozzle Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the outer duct seals of
the common nozzle assembly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-11-11-300-010 Replacement of the Common Nozzle Outer Duct Seal -
VRS2055
78-11-11-991-158 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-11-11-941-055
1(2).
Subtask 78-11-11-010-063
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-11-11-040-057
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic-control-unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-11-11-010-064

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-11-11-210-053
A. Examine the outer duct seals.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-11-11-991-158)
(1) Gouges less than 0.060 in. (1.5 mm) deep, accept it.
(2) Abrasions less than the thickness of the seal, accept it.
(3) Gouges more than 0.060 in. (1.5 mm) deep, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-11-
11-300-010) (VRS2055).
(4) Abrasions more than the thickness of the seal, or any holes, repair
it (Ref. TASK 78-11-11-300-010) (VRS2055).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-11-11-410-059
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-11-11-440-054

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Outer Duct Seals and Inner Annulus Seals and Retainers

Figure 601/TASK 78-11-11-991-158

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-11-11-410-060
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-11-11-200-011
Visually Examine the Inner Annulus Seals and Retainers of the Common Nozzle
Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the inner annulus seals
and retainers of the common nozzle assembly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-11-11-300-011 Replacement of the Common Nozzle Inner Duct Seals and
Retainers - VRS2059
78-11-11-991-158 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-11-11-941-056
1(2).
Subtask 78-11-11-010-065
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-11-11-040-058

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic-control-unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-11-11-010-066

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-11-11-210-054
A. Examine the inner annulus seals and the retainers.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-11-11-991-158)
(1) Examine the inner annulus seals.
(a) Gouges less than 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) deep, accept it.
(b) Abrasions less than the thickness of the seal, accept it.
(c) Gouges more than 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) deep, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-11-11-300-011) (VRS2059).
(d) Abrasions more than the thickness of the seal, repair it

(Ref. TASK 78-11-11-300-011) (VRS2059).
(2) Examine the retainers.
(a) Cracks less than 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) long, accept it.
(b) Abrasions less than 0.025 in. (0.06 mm) deep, accept it.
(c) Cracks more than 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) long, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-11-11-300-011) (VRS2059).
(d) Abrasions more than 0.025 in. (0.6 mm) deep, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-11-11-300-011) (VRS2059).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-11-11-410-061
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-11-11-440-055
Subtask 78-11-11-410-062
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-11-11-200-012
Visual Examination of the Rub Blocks
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the visual examination of the rub blocks
in the common nozzle assembly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 10X magnifying glass
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CMM 78-11-11
78-11-11-991-159 Fig. 602

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-11-11-941-060
(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-11-11-010-073
B. Get Access

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-11-11-040-062
C. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Do the deactivation of the thrust reverser hydraulic-control-unit

(HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-11-11-010-074

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-11-11-210-057
A. Examine the Rub Blocks on the Common Nozzle Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 78-11-11-991-159)
(1) Make sure that the rub blocks are clean. Refer to CMM Task
78-11-11-100-001 for cleaning instructions.
(2) Examine the rub blocks for cracks using 10X magnifying glass.
(a) If there is an evidence of crack, reject the rub block. Replace

or remove as necessary per View A-A. See (Ref. CMM 78-11-11)
Repair No. 9 (VRS2140).
(b) If there is no evidence of crack, accept it.
(3) Examine the rub blocks for wear. Measure the remaining thickness of
the rub block using 10X magnifying glass.
(a) If dimension X is less than 0.26 in. (6.60 mm) or dimension Y
is more than 0.070 in. (1.78 mm), reject the rub block and
replace or remove as necessary per View A-A. See (Ref. CMM 78-11-
11) Repair No. 9 (VRS2140).
(b) If dimension X is more than 0.26 in. (6.60 mm) or dimension Y
is more than 0.070 in. (1.78 mm), accept it.
(c) Wear surface of rub block is worn down to attach rivets. Reject
the rub block and replace if necessary per View A-A. See (Ref.
CMM 78-11-11) Repair No. 9 (VRS2140).
(4) Examine for missing rub blocks. Refer to View A-A.
(a) Missing rub blocks in the 16 locations indicated in View A-A, do

not need to be replaced. Refer to (Ref. CMM 78-11-11), rub blocks
inspection check for instructions to plug fasteners holes.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Missing rub blocks in the 20 locations indicated in View A-A, are
replaced per (Ref. CMM 78-11-11), Repair No. 9 (VRS2140).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-11-11-410-069
A. Close Access
items.

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-11-11-440-059
B. Do the activation of the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-

012).
Subtask 78-11-11-410-070
C. Close Access

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 613
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Rub Blocks

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 614
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Rub Blocks

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 615
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Rub Blocks

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 616
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COLLECTOR - COMMON NOZZLE EXHAUST - REPAIRS
___________________________________________
TASK 78-11-11-300-010
Replacement of the Common Nozzle Outer Duct Seal - VRS2055
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean lint free cloth

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

methylethylketone (Ref. 70-30-00)
marking pen (Ref. 70-30-00)
silicone rubber compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-11-11-991-153 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-11-11-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 78-11-11-010-056
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-11-11-040-055

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-11-11-010-060
D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-11-11-350-050
A. Remove the outer duct seal (1).

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-11-11-991-153)
(1) Remove the silicone rubber compound at each end of the seal.
(2) Remove the silicone rubber compound which attaches the end plugs (2)
to the seals.
(3) Remove the seal from the retainer.
Subtask 78-11-11-110-050
B. Clean the repair area
_______
IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Common-Nozzle-Assembly Outer Duct Seal


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Common-Nozzle-Assembly Outer Duct Seal


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Clean the repair area with a clean lint free cloth made moist with
methylethylketone (Material No. V01-076).
(a) Wipe the surface dry before the cleaning fluid evaporates.
Subtask 78-11-11-350-051
C. Install the seal.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-11-11-991-153)
(1) Put the seal (1) in position on the retainer.
(2) Make sure that the seal is not stretched.
(3) Make sure that the seal vent holes face forward.
(4) Trim the seal to size.
Subtask 78-11-11-350-052
D. Install the end plug (2).

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-11-11-991-153)
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR
_______
EYES. PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND FACE MASK. USE
THE SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. IF YOU
GET THE SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES,
WIPE IT AWAY. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.
(1) Apply the silicone rubber compound (Material No. V08-031) to the
lower end plug.
NOTE : The bottom plug only is bonded to the seal with the silicone
____
rubber compound.
(2) Install the upper and lower end plugs (2) on the seal.
(3) Wipe any unwanted silicone rubber compound from the lower plug with a
clean lint free cloth.
(4) Let the silicone rubber compound cure for at least 8 hours at 59
deg.F (15 deg.C) before you handle it.
NOTE : Under repair conditions, it may not be necessary to allow the

____
silicone rubber compound to fully cure. The uncured silicone
rubber compound is structurally and functionally acceptable.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-11-11-210-051
E. Visually examine the completed repair to make sure that the requirements
of this repair procedure are done.
Subtask 78-11-11-350-053
F. Write VRS2055 adjacent to the assembly number on the common nozzle

assembly to show that the repair has been done. Use a marking pen
(Material No. V06-131) of a color which is different than the background.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-11-11-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 425AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-11-11-440-051
Subtask 78-11-11-410-057
C. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-11

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

CONE - ENGINE EXHAUST - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 78-11-12-000-010
Removal of the Engine Exhaust Cone (3900KM)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-50-00-200-010 Inspection of the Turbine Exhaust Case
78-11-12-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-11-12-941-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-11-12-010-051
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-11-12-040-050
WARNING : YOU MUST DEACTIVATE THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
_______
BEFORE YOU WORK ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER. IF YOU DO NOT
DO THIS THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY AND CAUSE
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-11-12-020-051
A. Remove the Exhaust Cone

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-11-12-991-150)
(1) Remove the 13 bolts (1) that attach the exhaust cone (2).
(2) Remove the exhaust cone (2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Exhaust Cone

Figure 401/TASK 78-11-12-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-11-12-220-050
B. Inspect the Turbine Exhaust Case

(Ref. TASK 72-50-00-200-010)
(1) Inspect the turbine exhaust case rear inner flange for loose or
missing nuts.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-11-12-400-010
Installation of the Engine Exhaust Cone (3900KM)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint-free cloth

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (Methylethylketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-11-12-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-11-12-991-151 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-11-12-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-11-12-010-052
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-11-12-040-051
C. Make Sure That the Thrust Reverser are Deactivated:
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
(1) Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic-Control-Unit (HCU) is


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-11-12-991-150)
Subtask 78-11-12-420-051
A. Install the Exhaust Cone

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-11-12-991-150)
(1) Put the exhaust cone (2) in position on the engine flange.
(2) Clean components:
WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR.
IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Clean the engine exhaust cone attaching bolts (1) with cleaning
fluid (Methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076). Wipe dry with a
lint-free cloth before the methylethylketone evaporates,
(b) Apply anti seize compound (Material No. V10-094) to the engine
exhaust cone attaching bolts (1).
(3) Install the 13 bolts (1). Do not torque the bolts until they are all
installed.
(4) TORQUE the bolts to between 120 and 130 lbf.in (1.35 and 1.46 m.daN)
in sequence (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013):
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-11-12-991-151)
(a) Torque the bolts in opposite pairs. Start with the first pair
just above the horizontal on the left and right side of the
exhaust cone,
(b) Move clockwise to the next pair of bolts,
(c) Do this procedure until all the bolts have been tightened.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-11-12-440-050
A. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Exhaust Cone Torque Sequence

Figure 402/TASK 78-11-12-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-11-12-410-051
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

CONE - ENGINE EXHAUST - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________________
TASK 78-11-12-200-011
Inspection of the Engine Exhaust Cone Skin
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for inspection of the engine tail cone skin.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NSRM 540200
NSRM 544000
78-11-12-991-152 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-11-12-941-059

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-11-12-010-059
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform in to position.
Subtask 78-11-12-040-054

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-11-12-210-057
A. Examine the Inconel Tail Cone Entire Exterior Surface and the Bolt Cups
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-11-12-991-152)
(1) Visually examine the perforated outer skin and bolt cups for cracks
(Zones 1, 2 and 3).
NOTE : Use 10x magnification or fluorescent penetrant inspection to

____
find the crack ends.
(a) Zones 1 and 2.
1
_ Single Crack
- Definition: Cracks with two ends only, crack length is the
straight distance between the two ends.
- Damage: Single cracks in any direction, less than 4.0 in.
(102 mm) long are permitted.
2
_ Joined Crack
- Definition: Crack with more than two ends.
- Damage: Combined length of crack limbs not to exceed 4.0 in.
(102 mm) long.
3
_ Crack damage repair
WARNING : DO NOT DRILL INTO THE UNDERLYING STRUCTURE OR INNER

_______
SKIN. STOP DRILLING SHALL ONLY BE PERFORMED ON THE
EXTERIOR PERFORATED SKIN OR THROUGH THE BOLT CUPS.
CAUTION : REJECT THE PART IF DAMAGE IS CAUSED TO THE INNER

_______
SKIN.
a
_ For crack damage repair, refer to the General Repair
Section (Ref. NSRM 540200). Stop drill cracks when cracks
are between 4.0 in. (102 mm) and 6.0 in. (152 mm) long.
4
_ Inspect the repair and for further crack damage every aircraft
1800 flight hours, 2250 flight cycles or 300 days, whichever
occur first.
5
_ Reject the part if crack length(s) exceed 6.0 in. (152 mm).
6
_ The allowable damage limit of the inconel tail cone is also in
(Ref. NSRM 544000).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Tail Cone Acoustic Perforated Skin Examination


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Zone 3.
1
_ No cracks in or extending into the end cap are permitted.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-11-12-440-053
Subtask 78-11-12-410-057
B. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-11-12

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003)
The thrust reverser system for the V2500 engine is designed for use on the
ground to reduce aircraft landing roll. The thrust reverser is designed to
be used at two extreme positions, stowed and deployed. In the stowed
position, the thrust reverser provides an aerodynamic fairing between the
fan cowl and the core nozzle. When deployed, the translating sleeves are
hydraulically moved rearward exposing the cascades ; the blocker doors are
positioned to close the fan duct downstream and the fan air exhaust flow is
diverted forward through the cascades providing a braking effort for the
aircraft. The thrust reverser system is synchronized by means of a flexible
synchronizing shaft connecting all four translating sleeve hydraulic
actuators. Thrust reverser shutoff valve (TRSOV) is designed to isolate the
Thrust reverser shutoff valve (TRSOV) is designed to isolate the thrust
reverser from the aircraft hydraulic system.
2. ___________
Description
The thrust reverser system comprises:
- a hydraulic control unit (HCU) including:
an isolation valve
an isolation valve solenoid
a directional control valve
a directional control valve solenoid
a pressure switch
a filter and clogging indicator
a lockout lever
- four actuators with internal lock for lower actuators
- three flexible shafts
- two linear variable differential transformers located on each upper
actuator
- two proximity switches located on each lower actuator
- two thrust reverser cowls comprising a fixed structure and 2 translating
sleeves latched together.
one thrust reverser shutoff valve.
3. Operation
_________
A. General
The thrust reverser is actuated in response to signals from the Engine
Electronic Control (EEC). Selection of either stow or deploy from the
cockpit generates a signal to the engine EEC which in turn, supplies
signals to the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic Supply
Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Shut-Off Valve (SOV)

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

B. Thrust Reverser Deployment
Thrust reverser deployment is initiated by rearward movement of the
reverser lever which inputs a signal, via a dual resolver, to the EEC.
The EEC supplies a 28 volt signal to the isolation valve and directional
control valve solenoids mounted in the HCU. The transmision of these
signals from the EEC is dependent upon the 28 V supply and the weight on
wheels switch within the EEC. The supply of the signal to the directional
control valve solenoid is also dependent upon the closure of the aircraft
permission switch in that line. This switch is closed by the Throttle
Lever Angle signal via the spoiler/elevator computer and the Engine
Interface Unit energization of the isolation valve solenoid and the
directional control valve solenoid allows hydraulic pressure into the
system - this event being relayed to the EEC by the pressure switch
mounted in the HCU. Pressure in the lower actuators releases the locks
and these events are signalled to the EEC by the Proximity Switches (lock
sensors). As the pistons move rearward to deploy the reverser, the Linear
Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) on the upper actuators monitors
the movement and informs the EEC when the translating sleeve is fully
deployed, the Proximity Switches and LVDTs remain active and the
isolation valve remains energized.
C. Thrust Reverser Stowage

Stowage of reverser is initiated by forward movement of the piggyback
levers which signal this intent to the EEC. The signal to the directional
control valve solenoid is then cancelled by the EEC and permission
switch, allowing pressure to remain only in the stow side of the
actuators. The pistons then move forward until stowing is complete and
the lower actuator locks are engaged after which the isolation valve
solenoid is de-energized and the reverser is locked in the forward thrust
mode.
NOTE : During normal reverser operation the isolation valve remains

____
energized for a period of five seconds after the LVDTs have
registered fully stowed to ensure full lock engagement and
completion of the stow cycle.
D. Inadvertent Stowage/Deployment
If the LVDTs sense a displacement of more than 10% of the thrust reverser
actuator travel, the EEC commands an automatic stowage or deployment of
the thrust reversers.
(1) Auto-restow
- The EEC signals the isolation valve to open, and as the directional
control valve is in the stow configuration the hydraulic pressure
stows the thrust reversers.
- The isolation valve remains energized for the rest of the flight.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- If the deployment of the thrust reversers is greater than 15% of
their full travel, the EEC commands idle.
(2) Auto-redeploy
- The EEC commands the isolation valve to close and keeps it closed
until idle is selected.
- Thus the hydraulic pressure is cut off from the system.
- The aerodynamic load on the thrust reversers is sufficient to
deploy again the thrust reversers.
- If the thrust reversers stow by more than 22% of the actuator
travel, the EEC sets the engine to idle.
4. System
_______________
Lockouts
(Ref. Fig. 004, 005, 006)
A. Flight Dispatch
There are two locations when the thrust reverser system must be locked
out for safety: The HCU which hydraulically locks the system and the
translating sleeve which mechanically locks the system.
(1) The HCU has a manual lockout lever that moves the isolation valve in
the HCU which blocks hydraulic pressure to the translating sleeve
actuators. The lever is moved manually and held in place by a lockout
pin which is stowed in the HCU.
(2) The left and right translating sleeves have a mechanism to lock the
translating sleeve so that it cannot deploy. When the lockout pin is
put in the lockout assembly, it engages the fixed structure of the
C-duct and prevents movement of the translating sleeve. Two fittings
are located on the side of the translating sleeve near the middle,
the upper fitting is the lockout assembly, the lower fitting is the
lockout pin stowage bracket assembly. When the T/R is used, the upper
fitting has a plug in it. To lockout the translating sleeve, the
position of the lockout pin and the plug are reversed. The outer end
of the lockpin extends out from the surface of the sleeve when the
pin is put in the lockout assembly.
B. Ground Maintenance
(1) The HCU has a manual lockout levers that moves the isolation valve in
the HCU which blocks hydraulic pressure to the translating sleeve
actuators. The lever is moved manually and held in place by a lockout
pin.
The lockout pin used to lockout the HCU for ground maintenance has a
red flag and is not the lockout pin stowed in the HCU.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Mechanical Deactivation - Pin Installation

Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Translating Sleeve Lockout

Figure 005

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Lower Actuator Manual Lock

Figure 006

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) The lower actuators on each side of the T/R can be held in the
unlocked position. This is achieved by manually moving the levers on
each actuators and inserting lockout pins with a red flag. The
actuators are manually unlocked to manually operate the translating
sleeves.
The lower actuators on each side of the thrust reversers have a
manual drive mechanism mounted in the actuator base.
In normal operation the lock levers are hydraulically unlocked and
locked.
5. ______________________________________
Thrust Reverser Manual Opening/Closing
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 002, 006, 007)
Thrust reverser system can be operated manually on the ground for
maintenance purposes using a manually operated drive shaft.
A manually bypassable non return valve is used to allow movement of the
translating sleeves without any hydraulic blockage.
NOTE : To get access to this valve, the corresponding pylon access panel
____
must be removed.
B. Operation
(1) Initial conditions

- the HCU isolation and directional control valve solenoids are not
energized
- lower actuators are locked in the stowed position.
(2) Manual deploying

(Ref. Fig. 008)
(a) Move the lockout lever of the HCU to the locked position and hold
it in place by the ground lockout pin
(Ref. Fig. 004)
(b) Move the lower actuator lock lever to the unlocked position and
insert the lockpin to hold it as shown in figure
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(c) Move the non return valve
(d) Using the manual drive shaft move the translating sleeves towards
the deploy position.
Fluid necessary to prevent hydraulic blockage is sucked from the
hydraulic reservoir through the return line and the non return
valve.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Non Return Valve - Manual Bypass

Figure 007

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Schematic Diagram - Manual Deploy Sequence

Figure 008

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Manual stowing
(Ref. Fig. 009)
(a) Move the translating sleeves towards the stowed position using
the manual drive shaft. Excess fluid is returned back to the
hydraulic reservoir through the return line and the non return
valve.
NOTE : This operation does not need to bypass the non return
____
valve : fluid flows in its normal flow way.
(b) When the translating sleeves reach their fully stowed position,
release the lower actuator lock lever to its locked position.
(c) Move the non return valve lever to its normal position and
release the HCU lockout lever by removing the lockout pin.
(d) Move the non return valve lever back to normal (a mechanical
feature, integrated with the pylon access panel, would however
prevent leaving the lever in the wrong bypassed position for
flight).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Schematic Diagram - Manual Stow Sequence

Figure 009

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 78-30-00-040-012
Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS for
Ground Maintenance
WARNING : DO NOT CAUSE A BLOCKAGE OF THE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) RETURN
_______
PORT TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU. IF YOU CAUSE A BLOCKAGE OF THE HCU RETURN
PORT THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTLY AND CAUSE INJURY OR
DAMAGE.
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This deactivation task is not related to an AFM-CDL/MMEL item.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1N20010 1 LOCKOUT PIN - THRUST REVERSER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-30-00-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-00-941-057
(b) Put a warning notice on the Thrust levers to tell persons that
the Thrust Reverser HCU is deactivated.
1(2).
Subtask 78-30-00-010-057
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-30-00-040-054
A. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser HCU with Lockout Pin with red warning flag
(IAE 1N20010)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-30-00-991-150)
WARNING : DO NOT CAUSE A BLOCKAGE OF THE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)

_______
RETURN PORT TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU. IF YOU CAUSE A BLOCKAGE OF
THE HCU RETURN PORT THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTLY
AND CAUSE INJURY OR DAMAGE.
(1) Set the lockout lever (3) on the HCU (1) to the lockout position.
(2) Install the LOCKOUT PIN - THRUST REVERSER (IAE1N20010) (2) with the
red warning flag (4), in the lockout hole of the HCU.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

Figure 401/TASK 78-30-00-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-30-00-440-012
Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after
Ground Maintenance
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure supplies the data to put the thrust reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) back in operation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1N20010 1 LOCKOUT PIN - THRUST REVERSER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-30-00-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-00-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-30-00-010-060
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-30-00-440-054
A. Activate the Thrust Reverser HCU

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-30-00-991-150)
(1) Remove the LOCKOUT PIN - THRUST REVERSER (IAE1N20010) (2) from the
HCU (1) and let the lock lever (3) go back to the unlock position.
(2) Make sure that the lock lever (3) has moved fully to its normal
position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-30-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-30-00-040-013
Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Flight
_______
ONE HOUR.
WARNING : DO NOT CAUSE A BLOCKAGE OF THE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) RETURN
_______
PORT TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU. IF YOU CAUSE A BLOCKAGE OF THE HCU RETURN
PORT THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTLY AND CAUSE INJURY OR
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 78-30-01

Exhaust
Thrust Reverser
This procedure supplies the data to deactivate (lockout) the thrust reverser
system in order to release an aircraft with a thrust reverser that does not
operate.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-31-00-710-041 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System with
the CFDS
78-32-00-860-011 Manual Retraction of the Thrust Reverser Translating
Sleeves
78-30-00-991-180 Fig. 402
78-30-00-991-151 Fig. 403
78-30-00-991-159 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-00-941-058
1(2).
Subtask 78-30-00-010-058
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-30-00-040-055
A. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser HCU

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-30-00-991-180)

EQUIPMENT.
WARNING : DO NOT CAUSE A BLOCKAGE OF THE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)

_______
RETURN PORT TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU. IF YOU CAUSE A BLOCKAGE OF
THE HCU RETURN PORT THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTLY
AND CAUSE INJURY OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION : AS THE AIRCRAFT IS TO FLY WITH THE THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM

_______
DEACTIVATED, DO NOT USE A LOCKPIN WITH A WARNING FLAG TO
DEACTIVATE THE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU). USE THE LOCKPIN
FROM THE STORAGE IN THE HCU.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser HCU with the storage lockout pin
attached to the HCU.
(a) Set the lockout lever (3).
(b) Use the lockout pin (2) attached to the HCU (1), put the lockout
pin in the lockout hole of the HCU.
Subtask 78-30-00-860-054
B. Manually move the translating sleeves to the fully retracted position

(Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
Subtask 78-30-00-040-056
C. Lock the Left and the Right Translating Sleeves

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-30-00-991-151, 404/TASK 78-30-00-991-159)
(1) Remove the plug (18) from the lockout assembly (15) on the outside of
each translating sleeve (14).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic Control Unit

Figure 402/TASK 78-30-00-991-180

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Lockout

Figure 403/TASK 78-30-00-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Lockout

Figure 404/TASK 78-30-00-991-159

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the lockout pin (16) from the pin stowage bracket assembly
(17) on the outside of each translating sleeve.
_______
(a) Clean the lockout pin (16) and the plug (18) with cleaning fluid
(Methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076). Wipe dry with a lint-
free cloth before the methylethylketone evaporates,
(b) Apply anti seize compound (Material No. V10-094) to the lockout
pin (16) and the plug (18).
(4) Install the lockout pin (16) in the lockout assembly.
NOTE : The lockout pin will be above the receptacle when the pin is
____
installed.
(5) Install the plug (18) in to the pin stowage bracket assembly (17) of
each translating sleeve.
(6) Do a test of the LVDTs and make sure that they are operative on the
inoperative reverser.
(a) Perfom an interactive mode Thrust Reverser Test (Ref. TASK 78-
31-00-710-041) on EEC channel A and B and check that:
- the green or amber REV indication in the EPR indicator of
engine 1(2) does not appear.
- the following faults are not reported:
REV LVDT CHA/HC/EEC 1(2)
REV LVDT CHB/HC/EEC 1(2)
REV POS OR LVDT FAULT 1(2)
(b) Exit the interactive mode and check that the ECAM warning ENG
1(2) REVERSE UNLOCKED is not displayed:
- if so, the aircraft dispatch is allowed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-30-00-410-057
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(5) Make an entry in the log book.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-30-00-440-013
Activation of the Thrust Reverser System for Flight
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 78-30-01

Exhaust
Thrust Reverser
This procedure supplies the data to put the thrust reverser system back in
operation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-30-00-991-151 Fig. 403
78-30-00-991-159 Fig. 404
78-30-00-991-181 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-00-941-059
1(2).
Subtask 78-30-00-010-059
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-30-00-040-058
C. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser HCU

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 78-30-00-991-181)

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Make sure that:

- the lockout lever (3) of the HCU (1) is in the lockout position.
- the storage lockout pin (2) is put in the lockout hole of the HCU.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-30-00-440-055
A. Unlock the Left and Right Translating Sleeves

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-30-00-991-151, 404/TASK 78-30-00-991-159)
(1) Remove the plug (18) from the pin stowage bracket assembly (17) on
the outside of each translating sleeve (14).
(2) Remove the lockout pin (16) from the lockout assembly (15) on the
outside of each translating sleeve.
_______
(a) Clean the lockout pin (16) and the plug (18) with cleaning fluid
(Methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076). Wipe dry with a lint-
free cloth before the methylethylketone evaporates,
(b) Apply anti seize compound (Material No. V10-078) to the lockout
pin (16) and the plug (18).
(4) Install the lockout pin (16) in the pin stowage bracket assembly
(17).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 405/TASK 78-30-00-991-181

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Install the plug (18) in the lockout assembly (15) on the outside of
each translating sleeve.
(6) Make sure that all the plugs and the lockout pins are aligned with
the translating sleeve surfaces.
Subtask 78-30-00-440-056
B. Activate the Hydraulic Control Unit

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 78-30-00-991-181)
(1) Remove the storage lockout pin (2) from the HCU (1) and let the lock
lever (3) go back to the unlock position.
(2) Make sure that the lock lever (3) goes back to its full normal
position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-30-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________
TASK 78-30-00-820-010
Rig of the Thrust Reverser System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the data to rig the thrust reverser system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific drill index

No specific feeler gages
No specific wire gage set
No specific 0.01 in. (0.25 mm) gage
No specific 0.190 in. (4.83 mm) square drive
No specific Torque Wrench : range 2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft
(0.20 to 3.60 m.daN)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE1N20049 2 PIN - LOCKOUT ACTUATOR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-11-11-000-010 Removal of the Common Nozzle Assembly
the CFDS
78-32-00-860-010 Manual Extension of the Thrust Reverser Translating
Sleeves
78-32-43-000-010 Removal of the C-Duct Locking Actuator
78-32-43-400-010 Installation of the C-Duct Locking Actuator
78-32-44-000-010 Removal of the Left C-Duct Flexible Synchronous
Cables and Tubes
78-32-44-400-010 Installation of the Left C-Duct Flexible Synchronous
Cables and Tubes
78-32-48-000-010 Removal of the C-Duct Non-Locking Actuator
(4003KS),(4004KS)
78-32-48-400-010 Installation of the C-Duct Non-Locking Actuator
(4003KS),(4004KS)
78-32-74-000-010 Removal of the Right C-Duct Flexible Synchronous
Cables and Tubes
78-32-74-400-010 Installation of the Right C-Duct Flexible Synchronous
Cables and Tubes
78-30-00-991-172 Fig. 501
78-30-00-991-152 Fig. 502
78-30-00-991-161 Fig. 503
78-30-00-991-155 Fig. 504
78-30-00-991-154 Fig. 505
78-30-00-991-156 Fig. 506
78-30-00-991-153 Fig. 507
78-30-00-991-158 Fig. 508
78-30-00-991-157 Fig. 509
78-30-00-991-162 Fig. 510
78-30-00-991-163 Fig. 511
78-30-00-991-164 Fig. 512
78-30-00-991-165 Fig. 513

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-30-00-991-166 Fig. 514

78-30-00-991-170 Fig. 515
78-30-00-991-167 Fig. 516
78-30-00-991-168 Fig. 517
78-30-00-991-169 Fig. 518
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-00-869-052
A. General
(1) The thrust reverser structure is adjusted to make sure of correct

alignment and load share between the nacelle components and the
engine. The thrust reverser actuation system is rigged to synchronize
the positions of the left and right translating sleeves and the
hydraulic actuators. Incorrect thrust reverser rigging can cause
reduction in the service life and/or damage to the actuation system
and thrust reverser components.
(2) You cannot rig the thrust reverser correctly if the thrust reverser
latches and bumpers are not properly rigged or the track liners are
damaged or missing. You must check and rig the latches and bumpers
and correct track liner defects before you rig the other thrust
reverser components.
(3) The Linear Variable Differential Transducer (LVDT) unit in the

non-locking (upper) actuator is self-adjusting. If the LVDT
adjustment is changed, it will self adjust at the next full cycle of
thrust reverser deploy and stow translation.
(4) No rigging is required for the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) The following is a list of usual maintenance actions and the rigging
checks that should be done afterward to make sure the thrust reverser
rigging has not been changed.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| MAINTENANCE ACTION | RIGGING CHECKS |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Powerplant Change | Latches |
| | Bumpers |
| | Compression Struts |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| C-Duct Replacement | Translating Sleeve |
| | Actuators |
| | Latches |
| | Bumpers |
| | Compression Struts |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Translating Sleeve Replacement | Translating Sleeve |
| | Actuators |
| | Translating Sleeve Aft |
| | Double Latches |
| | Actuator Support |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Flex Shafts and Tubes | Actuators and Flexshafts |
| Replacement | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Track Liner Replacement | Translating Sleeve |
| | Actuators |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CNA Replacement | Translating Sleeve Aft |
| | Double Latches |
| | Bumpers (load share |
| | fitting) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 78-30-00-941-060
B. Safety Precautions

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-30-00-010-061
C. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-30-00-040-057
D. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-30-00-820-050
A. Do a Check of the Rigging of the Thrust Reverser Latches and Bumpers
(1) Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010).
CAUTION : DEPLOY BOTH HOLD OPEN RODS ON EACH REVERSER HALF. NEVER
_______
SUPPORT A REVERSER HALF USING ONLY ONE HOLD OPEN ROD.
(2) Remove the air cooled air cooler exhaust duct lower segment
(Ref. TASK 78-11-11-000-010).
(3) Apply a thin film of silicone grease to the V-blade, the V-groove,
the latch flag mechanism and all the exposed reverser seals.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Carefully open and close the thrust reverser halves four to five
times to seat the V-blade (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).
(5) Do a check of the thrust reverser latch closing forces and adjust if
necessary.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-30-00-991-172, 502/TASK 78-30-00-991-152,
503/TASK 78-30-00-991-161)
(a) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).

Make sure that the shear pins on the translating sleeve AFT
double latches align with their mating holes. If they do not
align, you must adjust the length of both actuators on the
translating sleeve.
(b) Remove the auxiliary latch (take-up device) from its stowed
position. Reduce the auxiliary latch to its minimum length by
turning the body until it stops at the minimum length.
(c) Extend the auxiliary latch from its minimum length by holding the
crossbar and rotating the auxiliary latch body until it can
engage with the opposite thrust reverser half.
(d) Close the thrust reverser halves by rotating the auxiliary latch
body until the thrust reverser latches can be engaged.
CAUTION : THE AUXILIARY LATCH (TAKE-UP DEVICE) MUST ALWAYS BE

_______
USED FOR BOTH CLOSING AND OPENING OF THE THRUST
REVERSER HALVES. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OPEN OR CLOSE THE
THRUST REVERSER HALVES WITHOUT FIRST USING THE
AUXILIARY LATCH (TAKE-UP DEVICE). DAMAGE COULD OCCUR IF
THE AUXILIARY LATCH (TAKE-UP DEVICE) IS NOT USED EVERY
TIME THE THRUST REVERSER HALVES ARE OPENED OR CLOSED.
(e) Engage the latches without fastening them. If it is not possible

to engage all of the latches, adjust the keepers until the latch
can be engaged.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 78-30-00-991-161)
(f) Use the 0 to 100 lbf (0 to 44.4 kgf) push-pull gage to measure
the closing force at each latch. The closing force at each latch
must be 45 to 55 lbf (20 to 24.5 kgf). Close the latches and
check the closing force of each latch in this order:
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-30-00-991-172)
1
_ V-groove latch (latch n.1)
2
_ AFT bifurcation latch (latch n.4)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C-Duct Latches
Figure 501/TASK 78-30-00-991-172

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C-Duct Latch Shims

Figure 502/TASK 78-30-00-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Latch Closing Force Measurement and Adjustment

Figure 503/TASK 78-30-00-991-161

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3
_ Translating sleeve double latches (TSDL)
4
_ FWD bifurcation latch (latch N.2)
5
_ Center bifurcation latch (latch N.3).
CAUTION : ALWAYS CLOSE THE LATCHES IN THE ORDER DESCRIBED IN

_______
THIS STEP. ALWAYS OPEN THE LATCHES IN THE EXACT
REVERSER ORDER. DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE THRUST
REVERSER IF THIS SEQUENCE IS NOT FOLLOWED EACH TIME
THE THRUST REVERSER IS OPENED OR CLOSED.
CAUTION : DO NOT ENGAGE THE TRANSLATING SLEEVE DOUBLE LATCHES

_______
(TSDL) FIRST. DAMAGE TO THE TRANSLATING SLEEVE
COMPOSITE STRUCTURE MAY OCCUR IF THE TSDL IS ENGAGED
FIRST.
Adjust the latches as required. Use a 5/32 in. hexagonal

wrench to turn the latch keeper adjustment nut in a clockwise
direction to increase the latch closing force. Turn the latch
keeper adjustment nut in a counterclockwise direction to
decrease the closing force.
NOTE : You must measure the closing force at the tip of the
____
latch handle and with all other latches engaged at the
final closing force. The procedure may need to be
repeated several times until the closing forces of all
the latches are correct.
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 78-30-00-991-155)
NOTE : If the N.1 V-groove latch is difficult to engage, it

____
is acceptable to engage the N2. FWD bifurcation latch
first, then engage the N1. latch. If the N.1 latch is
still difficult to engage, adjust the latch keeper
until it can be properly latched.
NOTE : If it is not possible to engage the latches, adjust the

____
latch keepers until it is possible to engage the
latches. After the latches can be engaged, continue
checking the closing forces.
(6) With the latches closed and the closing force adjusted, measure the
distance between the faces of the latch housings at latches No. 2, 3
and 4 and the AFT translating sleeve double latches. If the distance
is not 0.0 in. (0.0 mm) at each latch location, you must rig the
latches and the C-duct bumpers.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

If the distance between the faces of the latch housings at latches
No. 2, 3 and 4 and the AFT translating sleeve double latch is 0.0 in.
(0.0 mm), continue to the next step.
(7) With the latches closed, measure the distance of the gap at BL 100.
If the distance of the gap is less than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) or
greater than 0.160 in. (4.06 mm), you must rig the latches and the
C-duct bumpers.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-30-00-991-172)
If the distance is between 0.010 in. and 0.160 in. (0.25 and 4.06
mm), continue to the next step.
(8) Measure the step distance between the AFT end of the translating
sleeve outer surface and the CNA outer surface at 30 intervals. The
step must be between 0.055 and 0.175 in. (1.40 and 4.45 mm) out of
the wind for 60 percent of the total measurements of the translating
sleeve circumference. The step must be between 0.00 and 0.235 in.
(0.0 and 5.97 mm) for 40 percent of the translating sleeve
circumference. The step at the top corners must be between 0.00 and
0.256 in. (0.0 and 6.50 mm) on the wing engine only.
If the step distance is not between 0.055 and 0.175 in. (1.40 and
4.45 mm) out of the wind for 60 percent and 0.00 and 0.235 in. (0.0
and 5.97 mm) for 40 percent of the translating sleeve circumference
and between 0.00 and 0.256 in. (0.0 and 6.50 mm) at the top corners
(on the wing engine only), you must rig the latches and the C-Duct
bumpers.
If the step distance is between 0.055 and 0.175 in. (1.40 and 4.45
mm) out of the wind for 60 percent and 0.00 and 0.235 in. (0.0 and
5.97 mm) for 40 percent of the translating sleeve circumference and
between 0.00 and 0.256 in. (0.0 and 6.50 mm) at the top corners (on
the wing engine only), continue to the next step.
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 78-30-00-991-154)
(9) Measure the step distance between the C-duct fixed structure and the
CNA inner ring at 30 intervals. The step must be between 0.035 and
0.245 in. (0.89 and 6.22 mm) out of the wind for 80 percent of the
circumference of the C-duct. The step must be between 0.015 and 0.265
in. (0.38 and 6.73 mm) out of the wind for 20 percent of the
circumference of the C-duct.
6.22 mm) out of the wind for 80 percent and 0.015 and 0.265 in. (0.38
and 6.73 mm) out of the wind for 20 percent of the circumference of
the C-duct, you must rig the latches and the C-duct bumpers.
6.22 mm) out of the wind at WL 100, you must rig the latches and the
C-duct bumpers.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Compression Struts

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Compression Struts

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Compression Struts

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Compression Struts

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Compression Struts

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

78-30-00

Page 517
Nov 01/07

CES

I A E

V2500

C-Duct to CNA Steps


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 518
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C-Duct to CNA Steps


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

If the step distance is between 0.035 and 0.245 in. (0.89 and 6.22
mm) out of the wind for 80 percent and 0.015 and 0.265 in. (0.38 and
6.73 mm) out of the wind for 20 percent of the circumference of the
C-duct and is between 0.035 and 0.245 in. (0.89 and 6.22 mm) out of
the wind at WL 100, continue to the next step.
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 78-30-00-991-154)
(10) Open the thrust reverser halves and re-install the air-cooled air
cooler (ACAC) exhaust duct lower segment (Ref. TASK 78-11-11-000-
010).
(11) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010). Latch
in accordance with step 4A.(5)(f).
Subtask 78-30-00-820-051
B. Rig the Thrust Reverser Latches and Bumpers

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 78-30-00-991-156, 507/TASK 78-30-00-991-153)
NOTE : For initial acceptance of a new reverser, with feeler gages

____
measure all bumper gaps. If all gaps fall within the initial
acceptance allowable tolerance, then no rigging is required.
NOTE : Deploy both hold open rods on each reverser half. Never
____
support a reverser half using only one hold open rod.
(2) Remove the air cooled air cooler exhaust duct lower segment
(Ref. TASK 78-11-11-000-010).
(3) Remove all of the shims from all of the lower bumpers and the upper
FWD bumper on the L/H thrust reverser half. Mark the shims to
identify them with the corresponding bumper that they were removed
from.
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 78-30-00-991-156)
(4) Inspect the lower bumper and upper FWD bumper shims on the R/H thrust
reverser half. If the shim is less than 0.120 in. (3.05 mm) thick,
remove the shim and replace it with a new shim.
NOTE : Do not remove the shims on the R/H thrust reverser that are
____
riveted to the bumpers if they are thicker than 0.120 in.
(3.05 mm) thick.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 520
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Upper and Lower Bumpers

Figure 506/TASK 78-30-00-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 521
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Load Share Fitting

Figure 507/TASK 78-30-00-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 522
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Remove the L/H and R/H radial bumpers and shims. Mark the shims to
identify them with the corresponding bumper that they were removed
from. Install the radial bumpers.
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 78-30-00-991-158)
(6) Remove all the shims from the translating sleeve double latch
housings. Mark the shims to identify them with the corresponding
latch that they were removed from.
NOTE : Do not remove the shims from the bifurcation latches (latches
____
N.2, 3 and 4).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 78-30-00-991-152)
(7) Remove all the shims from the load share fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 78-30-00-991-153)
(8) Apply putty to the face of the L/H thrust reverser upper FWD bumper.
Apply putty to the radial bumpers. Apply putty to the load share
fitting surfaces where the shims were removed.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 78-30-00-991-152, 506/TASK 78-30-00-991-156,
507/TASK 78-30-00-991-153, 508/TASK 78-30-00-991-158)
(9) Apply release agent to the bumper faces on the R/H thrust reverser
upper FWD bumper. Apply release agent to the radial bumper pandown
surface on the translating sleeve. Apply release agent to the load
share fitting surfaces that are opposite the removed shims.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 78-30-00-991-152, 506/TASK 78-30-00-991-156,
507/TASK 78-30-00-991-153, 508/TASK 78-30-00-991-158)
NOTE : The latch housing gaps (distances) and the lower bumper gaps
____
can be measured with feeler gages or similar tools. The use of
putty in these locations is optional.
(10) Verify that the compression strut lengths are within the limitations.
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 78-30-00-991-155)
NOTE : There are two types of upper bumpers for the compression
____
struts. These bumpers are fully interchangeable. Therefore
there can be up to three combinations of compression strut
bumpers. Refer to Fig 508 for a description of each
configuration and the corresponding compression strut lengths.
The rigging procedure and the gap distance is the same for all
configurations.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 523
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Radial Bumper
Figure 508/TASK 78-30-00-991-158

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 524
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(11) With the compression struts correctly positioned on the pylon
hangars, apply 0.059 in. (1.5 mm) diameter solder wire to one end of
each compression strut.
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 78-30-00-991-155)
(12) Close the thrust reverser halves and engaged the latches in
accordance with paragraph 4.A.(5)(f) (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).
(13) With the thrust reverser halves closed and properly latched, measure
the distance between the faces of all the latch housings. The gap
distances between the faces of the latch housings must be 0.0 in.
(0.0 mm). Install shims that are the correct size if the gap is
greater than 0.0 in. (0.0 mm).
(14) With feeler gages, measure the distance between the lower bumper
shims at 5 locations. If putty was used in any of the 5 lower bumper
locations, it is not necessary to measure the distance with the
feeler gage. Make a note of the measured distances for each bumper
locations.
(16) Measure the thickness of the compressed solder on the compression

struts. The thickness of the compressed solder must be between 0.005
and 0.030 in. (0.13 and 0.76 mm). Adjust the length of the
compression struts in order to obtain the correct thickness.
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 78-30-00-991-155)
CAUTION : IF THE SOLDER THICKNESS SHOWS THE COMPRESSION STRUTS HAVE

_______
BOTTOMED OUT, YOU MUST SHORTEN THE COMPRESSION STRUTS AND
REPEAT THIS PROCEDURE.
NOTE : One full turn (one 360 rotation) of the compression strut
____
will adjust the length by 0.056 in. (1.42 mm).
NOTE : It may be necessary to replace the solder in step 4.B.(11) and

____
check the distance of the compressed solder several times.
While the thrust reverser halves are opened, check the clay
thickness on the other bumper surfaces (next step) before
closing the thrust reverser and repeating this step.
(17) Measure the thickness of the putty on the upper FWD bumper, the
radial bumpers and the load share fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 78-30-00-991-152, 506/TASK 78-30-00-991-156,
508/TASK 78-30-00-991-158, 509/TASK 78-30-00-991-157)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 525
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Translating Sleeve to Fan Cowl Distance

Figure 509/TASK 78-30-00-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 526
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(18) Subtract the correct gap distance from the thickness of the putty to
determine the thickness of the new shims for the upper FWD bumper and
the lower bumpers. Peel the 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) thick layers from the
laminated side of the shims in order to obtain the required thickness
for each bumper location. The gap distance for the thrust reverser
upper FWD bumper and the lower bumpers must be between 0.002 and
0.040 in. (0.05 to 1.02 mm).
NOTE : If the shims that were removed in step 4.B.(3) are the correct
____
thickness, they can be installed again.
determine the thickness of the new shims for the radial bumper. Add
the appropriate number and thickness of shims in order to obtain the
required gap distance for each bumper location. The gap distance
between the thrust reverser radial bumpers and the translating sleeve
engine bumper pandown must be between 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) and 0.80
in. (2.03 mm).
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 78-30-00-991-158)
NOTE : If the shims that were removed in step 4.B.(3) are the correct
____
thickness, they can be installed again.
determine the thickness of the new shims for the load share fitting.
(a) Peel the 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) thick layers from the laminated side
of the shims in order to obtain the required thickness for each
bumper location on the left and right C-duct load share bumper
fittings. The gap distances between the left and right C-duct
load share bumpers must be between 0.002 and 0.040 in. (0.05 and
0.98 mm).
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 78-30-00-991-153)
(b) Peel the 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) thick layers from the laminated side
of the shims in order to obtain the required thickness for both
bumper locations on the lower CNA load share bumper fitting. The
gap distances between the lower CNA load share bumpers and the
left and right C-duct load share bumper fittings must be between
0.002 and 0.040 in. (0.05 and 0.98 mm).
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 78-30-00-991-153)
(c) Peel the 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) thick layers from the laminated side
of the shims in order to obtain the required thickness for both
bumper locations on the upper CNA load share bumper fitting. The
gap distance between the upper CNA load share bumpers and the

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 527
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

left and right C-duct load share bumper fittings must be 0.0 in.
(0.0 mm).
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 78-30-00-991-153)
NOTE : If the shims that were removed in step 4.B.(3) are the
____
correct thickness, they can be installed again.
(21) Remove the putty and solder from the thrust reverser bumper locations
and the compression struts.
(22) Install the shims in the appropriate locations on the lower bumpers,
the upper FWD bumper and the load share bumper. Apply loctite 222 to
the threads of the fasteners. Install the washer and nut. Torque the
nuts to between 30 and 35 lbf.in (0.33 and 0.39 m.daN).
(24) Check the rigging of the thrust reverser latches and bumpers in
accordance with paragraph 4.A.
Subtask 78-30-00-820-052
C. Rig the Thrust Reverser Translating Sleeve and Actuators
(1) Open the thrust reverser halves far enough to separate the shear pins
from the translating sleeve double latches (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-
010).
(2) Temporarily remove the thrust reverser crossover flexshaft (Ref. TASK
78-32-44-400-010) or (Ref. TASK 78-32-74-400-010).
(3) Temporarily install the thrust reverser crossover flexshaft hose

without the crossover flexshaft (Ref. TASK 78-32-44-000-010) or
(Ref. TASK 78-32-74-000-010). You must install the crossover
flexshaft before you return the aircraft to service.
(4) Manually extend (deploy) the translating sleeves approximately 2 and

3 in. (50.8 and 76.2 mm) from the fully stowed position so they are
away from the fully stowed position so they are away from the stow
seals (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010).
(5) Remove the actuator rod end-to-translating sleeve attach bolts.
(6) Move the translating sleeve aft until the actuator rod ends are away
from the translating sleeve mounting brackets.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Do a check of the actuators and flexshaft rigging.
CAUTION : YOU CANNOT PROPERLY RIG THE THRUST REVERSER IF YOU DO NOT
_______
KEEP THE ROD ENDS FROM TURNING.
(a) Hold the actuator rod ends so they cannot turn and operate the
manual drive in the stow direction until the actuators are in the
fully stowed position.
(b) Make sure the locking actuator lock lever moves forward to the
locked position. If the lock lever does not move to the locked
position you must rig the locking actuator and the flexshaft
between the locking and non-locking actuators as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 78-30-00-991-162)
1
_ Remove the deploy tube and flexshaft between the locking and
non-locking actuator (Ref. TASK 78-32-44-400-010) or
(Ref. TASK 78-32-74-400-010).
2
_ Turn the manual drive in the stow direction until the locking
actuator lock lever moves forward to the locked position.
3
_ Install the flexshaft and the deploy tube between the locking
and non-locking actuators (Ref. TASK 78-32-44-400-010) or
(Ref. TASK 78-32-74-400-010).
(c) On the non-locking actuator, measure the distance between the

piston rod end collar and the lock nut (dimension A). If the
distance is not 1.3 in. (33.02 mm) maximum, you must rig the
non-locking actuator and the flexshaft between the locking and
non-locking actuators as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 78-30-00-991-163)
1
_ Remove the deploy tube and flexshaft between the locking and
non-locking actuator (Ref. TASK 78-32-44-000-010) or
(Ref. TASK 78-32-74-000-010).
2
_ Use a 0.190 in. (4.83 mm) square drive in the flexshaft socket
to turn the non-locking actuator in the stow direction until
the non-locking actuator bottoms-out and the internal stop is
contacted.
3
_ Install the flexshaft and the deploy tube between the locking
and non-locking actuators (Ref. TASK 78-32-44-400-010) or
(Ref. TASK 78-32-74-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 529
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Locking Actuator and Manual Drive

Figure 510/TASK 78-30-00-991-162

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 530
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Actuator Dimension A Measurement

Figure 511/TASK 78-30-00-991-163

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 531
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Manually unlock the locking actuator.
(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 78-30-00-991-162)
(e) Hold the actuator rod ends so they cannot turn and operate the
manual drive in the deploy direction until the actuators are 2
and 3 in. (50.8 and 76.2 mm) from the fully stowed position.
(f) Move the translating sleeve forward until one or both of the
actuator rod ends can be put in the mounting brackets. If only
one actuator rod end can be put in the mounting brackets, you
must adjust the other rod end as necessary as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 512/TASK 78-30-00-991-164)
CAUTION : YOU CANNOT PROPERLY RIG THE THRUST REVERSER IF YOU DO

_______
NOT KEEP THE ROD ENDS FROM TURNING.
1
_ Remove the lockwire from the locknut near the rod end of the
actuator.
2
_ Turn the rod end counterclockwise to increase the length of
the actuator. Turn the rod end clockwise to decrease the
length of the actuator. One full turn of the rod end will
change the actuator length by 0.056 in. (1.42 mm).
3
_ Engage the rod end lock ring on the actuator. Make sure the
locking tang is engaged in the piston ring notch.
4
_ TORQUE the rod end locknut to 690 lbf.in (7.79 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5
_ Install the rod end retainer bolts.
6
_ TORQUE the rod end retainer bolts to between 60 and 80 lbf.in
(0.67 and 0.90 m.daN).
(g) Extend (deploy) then completely retract (stow) both translating

sleeves with power (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).
NOTE : Because the translating sleeves are not connected by the

____
latches or the crossover flexshaft, they will not extend
and retract at the same time. Both translating sleeves
must be completely retracted (stowed) before you install
the crossover flexshaft.
(h) Install the crossover flexshaft (Ref. TASK 78-32-44-400-010) or

(Ref. TASK 78-32-74-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 532
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Actuator Rod End Adjustment

Figure 512/TASK 78-30-00-991-164

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 533
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(8) Rig the actuator length and translating sleeve position.
CAUTION : YOU CANNOT PROPERLY RIG THE THRUST REVERSER UNLESS BOTH
_______
TRANSLATING SLEEVES ARE COMPLETELY STOWED BEFORE YOU
INSTALL THE CROSSOVER FLEXSHAFT.
CAUTION : DO NOT TURN THE FLEXSHAFT MORE THAN ONE-EIGHTH TURN WHILE
_______
ONE END IS ENGAGED. IF YOU DO NOT OBSERVE THIS CAUTION, YOU
CAN INADVERTENTLY CHANGE THE RIGGING OF THE THRUST
REVERSER.
(a) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).

Make sure the shear pins on the translating sleeve aft double
latches align with their mating holes. If they do not align, you
must adjust the length of both actuators on the same translating
sleeve by the same amount as instructed in step (7) (f).
(b) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).
(c) Measure the distance between the translating sleeve leading edge
and the fan cowl aft edge. If the distance is not 0.03 and 0.25
in. (0.76 and 6.36 mm) for 80 percent of the measurements and
0.03 and 0.310 in. (0.76 and 7.87 mm) for 20 percent of the
measurements, adjust the actuators as necessary as instructed in
step (7)(f).
(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 78-30-00-991-157)
NOTE : You must adjust the lengths of all the four actuators the
____
same amount. This makes sure the sleeve alignment with the
tracks is not changed and the translating sleeve aft
double latch shear pins will align.
NOTE : Adjustment of the actuator rod end will change the

____
actuator length. The actuator rod end can be adjusted plus
or minus 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) from its factory set length.
The distance from the face of the locknut to the center of
the rod end must be 1.60 in. (40.40 mm) or less. Make sure
you do not exceed this limit.
NOTE : One full turn of the rod end, while you hold the piston
____
rod from turning, will change the actuator overall length
plus or minus 0.056 in. (1.42 mm) or a half turn will
change the length plus or minus 0.028 in. (0.71 mm).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 534
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-30-00-820-053
D. Rig the Actuator Support
(1) Remove the actuator rod end access panels (Ref. TASK 78-32-43-000-
010) or (Ref. TASK 78-32-48-000-010).
(2) Loosen, but do not remove, the flex tubes, manual drive, and rod end
connections. This removes any pre-load from the actuators (Ref. TASK
78-32-43-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 78-32-48-000-010).
(3) Remove the upper clamp half and cushion, then install the clamp half
without the cushion (Ref. TASK 78-32-43-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 78-
32-48-000-010).
(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 78-30-00-991-165)
(4) Find the location of the largest distance between the actuator end
collar and the clamp bracket. Because access is limited, measure the
distance between the bracket and the actuator end collar in the upper
half of the assembly to find the largest distance. The smallest
distance is 180 degrees opposite the location of the largest
distance. Use a wire gage set or drill index as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 78-30-00-991-166)
(a) Put a 0.1 in. (2.54 mm) gage (wire gage or drill index) in the
space between the actuator end collar and the bracket. Move the
gage through the space in the upper half.
1
_ If the distance is even (equal) and if the gage fits around
the upper half, this shows the distance between the actuator
end collar and the clamp bracket is even (equal). Select the
cushion as instructed in paragraph (b) and condition 4 of
Table 501.
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 78-30-00-991-170)
2
_ If the distance is not even (not equal) in the upper half:
a
_ If the gage does not fit in one location of the upper half
(the distance is smaller than the gage), this shows the
smallest distance is in the upper half:
- Measure the smallest distance with smaller size 0.07 in.
(1.78 mm) gage, 0.04 in. (1.02 mm) gage and 0.01 in.
(0.25 mm) gage.
- Make a mark at the location of the smallest distance.
- Choose a cushion as instructed in paragraph (b) and
conditions 1, 2 or 3 of Table 501.
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 78-30-00-991-170)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 535
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Actuator Support
Figure 513/TASK 78-30-00-991-165

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 536
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Determine the Location of the Largest Distance

Figure 514/TASK 78-30-00-991-166

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 537
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Table 501
Figure 515/TASK 78-30-00-991-170

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 538
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

b
_ If the gage fits loosely in the upper half (the distance is
larger than the gage) this shows the largest distance is in
the upper half:
- Measure the largest distance with larger size 0.13 in.
(3.3 mm) gage, 0.16 in. (4.06 mm) gage, 0.19 in. (4.83
mm) gage.
- Make a mark at the location of the largest distance.
- Choose the cushion as instructed in paragraph (b) and
conditions 5, 6, or 7 of Table 501.
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 78-30-00-991-170)
(b) Add 0.075 in. (1.91 mm) to the measured value and use Table 501
to choose the part number of the cushion to use and the correct
position of the cushion:
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 78-30-00-991-170)
NOTE : A black stripe on the cushion shows the location of the

____
thickest section. The thinnest section is 180 degrees
opposite the stripe.
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 78-30-00-991-167)
(5) Remove the upper half of the clamp bracket (Ref. TASK 78-32-43-000-
010) or (Ref. TASK 78-32-48-000-010).
(6) Install the cushion in the clamp bracket assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 78-30-00-991-167)
(a) Cut the cushion in half.
(b) Install the cushion. If the cushion is difficult to install,

extend (deploy) the translating sleeve and disconnect the
actuator rod end from the translating sleeve bracket before you
install the cushion.
(7) Tighten the connections of the flex tubes, manual drive, and rod ends
then install the upper half of the clamp assembly (Ref. TASK 78-32-
43-400-010) and (Ref. TASK 78-32-48-400-010).
(8) Install the actuator rod end access panels (Ref. TASK 78-32-43-400-
010) and (Ref. TASK 78-32-48-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 539
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Actuator Support Cushion

Figure 516/TASK 78-30-00-991-167

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 540
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-30-00-820-054
E. Do a Check of the Proximity Switch Rigging

(Ref. Fig. 517/TASK 78-30-00-991-168)
(1) Move the translating sleeves to the fully retracted (stowed) position
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).
(2) Measure the distance between the face of the proximity switch and the
target with feeler gages. If the distance is not 0.059 and 0.079 in.
(1.5 and 2.0 mm), you must rig the proximity switch.
Subtask 78-30-00-820-055
F. Rig the Proximity Switch

(Ref. Fig. 517/TASK 78-30-00-991-168)
(1) Manually move the locking actuator lock lever to the unlocked
position.
(2) Remove the nut, washer, proximity switch, and spacer from the locking
actuator.
(3) Adjust the thickness of the spacer as follows:
(a) If the distance between the face of the proximity switch and the
target is larger than 0.079 in. (2.0 mm), replace the spacer with
a new one and grind material from the spacer to get the correct
distance.
(b) If the distance between the face of the proximity switch and the
target is smaller than 0.059 in. (1.5 mm), grind material from
the spacer to get the correct distance.
NOTE : The spacer is made of one piece and ground to the correct
____
thickness when the switch is assembled in the factory.
(4) Install the spacer, proximity switch, washer, and nut on the locking
actuator. TORQUE the nut to between 12 and 16 lbf.ft (1.62 and 2.16
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-30-00-440-057
G. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 541
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Actuator Proximity Switch

Figure 517/TASK 78-30-00-991-168

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 542
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-30-00-870-050
H. If you have opened the thrust reverser hydraulic system, bleed the air
from the thrust reverser hydraulic actuation system.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL CAUGHT AIR IS BLED FROM THE SYSTEM. IF YOU
_______
DO NOT DO THIS, CAUGHT AIR CAN CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY OPERATION
OF THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES. TEN CYCLES OF TRANSLATING SLEEVE
POWER EXTENSION AND RETRACTION WILL REMOVE ALL CAUGHT AIR FROM
THE SYSTEM.
CAUTION : YOU MUST MOVE THE LOCK LEVERS OF BOTH LOCKING ACTUATORS AFT TO
_______
THE UNLOCKED POSITION BEFORE YOU BLEED THE SYSTEM. IF YOU DO
NOT THIS, UNEVEN OPERATION OF THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
(1) Move the lock levers of the left and the right locking actuators aft
to the unlocked position and install the PIN - LOCKOUT ACTUATOR
(IAE1N20049), to hold the lock levers in the unlocked position.
(Ref. Fig. 518/TASK 78-30-00-991-169)
(2) Operation of system.
WARNING : REMOVE ALL PERSONS FROM THE AREA AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER
_______
BEFORE YOU DO A POWER EXTENSION OR RETRACTION OF THE
TRANSLATING SLEEVES. THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES EXTEND AND
RETRACT IN 4.5 SECONDS OR LESS AND CAN CAUSE INJURY AND
DAMAGE.
(a) Operate the system through ten cycles (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-
041).
(3) Removal of pins.
CAUTION : THE LOCKING ACTUATOR LOCK LEVERS MUST BE IN THE FORWARD

_______
LOCKED POSITION FOR FLIGHT OPERATION.
(a) Remove the PIN - LOCKOUT ACTUATOR (IAE1N20049), from the lock
levers of the left and the right locking actuators and move the
lock levers to the locked position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 543
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Locking Actuator
Figure 518/TASK 78-30-00-991-169

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 544
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-30-00-410-065
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437A, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447A, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-00

Page 545
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

BEAM - CROSSOVER, FORWARD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 78-30-10-000-010
Removal of the Forward Crossover Beam (Fan and T/R Cowls Removed)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-20-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant

71-13-11-000-010 Removal of the Left Fan Cowl 437AL(447AL).
71-13-16-000-010 Removal of the Right Fan Cowl (438AR, 448AR)
78-32-01-000-010 Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Half - Eng No. 1
(451AL)
78-32-02-000-010 Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Half (461AL) -
Eng No. 2
78-32-03-000-010 Removal of the Right Thrust Reverser Half - Eng No. 1
(452AR)
78-32-04-000-010 Removal of the Right Thrust Reverser Half (462AR) -
Eng. No. 2
78-30-10-991-900 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-10-941-052
1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-30-10-020-054-A
A. Remove the left and right fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-11-000-010) and
(Ref. TASK 71-13-16-000-010).
Subtask 78-30-10-020-055
B. Remove the left and right thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-01-000-
010), (Ref. TASK 78-32-02-000-010), (Ref. TASK 78-32-03-000-010) and
(Ref. TASK 78-32-04-000-010).
Subtask 78-30-10-020-056
C. Remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-000-040).
Subtask 78-30-10-020-057
D. Remove the forward crossover beam.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-30-10-991-900)
(1) Remove the cotter pin (1), the nut (2), the washer (3), the bolt (4)
and the spacer (5) on the left and right side of the crossover beam.
(2) Remove the forward crossover beam.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward Crossover Beam

Figure 401/TASK 78-30-10-991-900

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-30-10-000-010- 01
Removal of the Forward Crossover Beam (Inboard Fan and T/R Cowls not Removed)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hoist
98D57003500000 1 PROTECTION-WING LEADING EDGE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
54-56-00-000-002 Removal of the Lower Fairing

71-00-20-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant
71-13-11-000-010 Removal of the Left Fan Cowl 437AL(447AL).
71-13-16-000-010 Removal of the Right Fan Cowl (438AR, 448AR)
(451AL)
Eng. No. 2
78-30-10-991-900 Fig. 401
78-30-10-991-901 Fig. 402
78-30-10-991-902 Fig. 403
78-30-10-991-904 Fig. 404
78-30-10-991-905 Fig. 405

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-10-941-053
1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-30-10-020-058
A. Remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-000-040).
NOTE : The fan and thrust reverser halves must stay in position the
____
braces.
Subtask 78-30-10-480-050
B. Support the Outboard Thrust Reverser Half with Removal Sling.

For ENG 1
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-30-10-991-901)
For ENG 2
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-30-10-991-902)
(1) Remove the thrust reverser pylon fairing (Ref. TASK 54-56-00-000-
002).
(a) Remove the hinge access panel :
1
_ Remove the eleven screws (4).
2
_ Remove the hinge access panel (2) from the thrust reverser
half (3).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Outboard Thrust Reverser Half for ENG 1

Figure 402/TASK 78-30-10-991-901

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Outboard Thrust Reverser Half for ENG 2

Figure 403/TASK 78-30-10-991-902

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Attach the thrust reverser sling and install the slat protection mat.
CAUTION : THE SLAT PROTECTION MAT MUST BE PLACED OVER THE SLATS
_______
BETWEEN THE SLATS AND THE THRUST REVERSER SLING TO PREVENT
DAMAGE TO THE SLATS.
(a) Remove the threaded fasteners from the nut plates at each of the
three hoist points on the thrust reverser half (3). Do not
discard them.
(b) Attach the thrust reverser sling (1) SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER
(IAE1N20002), to the three sling points on the thrust reverser
half.
(c) Position the PROTECTION-WING LEADING EDGE (98D57003500000) on the

slats between the slats and the thrust reverser sling.
(d) Attach the sling to an applicable hoist.
Subtask 78-30-10-020-059
C. Remove the Outboard Fan Cowl and Thrust Reverser Half Brace.
(1) Put the outboard fan cowl hold open rod in to position to hold the
weight of the fan cowl (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).
(2) Remove the support arm from the outboard fan cowl and T/R half.
Subtask 78-30-10-020-060-A
D. Remove the Outboard Fan Cowl (Ref. TASK 71-13-11-000-010) or (Ref. TASK
71-13-16-000-010).
Subtask 78-30-10-020-061
E. Get access to the Crossover Beam.
(1) Configuration 1 : Outboard T/R half not removed.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-30-10-991-904, 405/TASK 78-30-10-991-905)
(a) At the position No.1 of the T/R half hinge:
1
_ Remove the nut (10), the washer (11) and the bolt (1).
(b) At the positions No.2 and No.3 of the T/R half hinge:
1
_ Loosen the nuts (8).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Outboard Thrust Reverser Half Hinges for ENG 1

Figure 404/TASK 78-30-10-991-904

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Outboard Thrust Reverser Half Hinges for ENG 2

Figure 405/TASK 78-30-10-991-905

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) At the position No.4 of the T/R half hinge:
1
_ Loosen the nut (6).
(2) Configuration 2 : Outboard T/R half removed.
(a) Remove the outboard T/R half

- for ENG 1 (Ref. TASK 78-32-01-000-010)
- for ENG 2 (Ref. TASK 78-32-04-000-010)
Subtask 78-30-10-020-062
F. Remove the forward crossover beam.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-30-10-991-900)
(1) Remove the cotter pin (1), the nut (2), the washer (3), the bolt (4)
and the spacer (5) on the left and right sides of the crossover beam.
(2) Remove the forward crossover beam.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-30-10-400-010
Installation of the Forward Crossover Beam (Fan and T/R Cowls Removed)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pin 54-57-17 02C-260
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-20-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant

71-13-11-400-010 Installation of the Left Fan Cowl
71-13-16-400-010 Installation of the Right Fan Cowl (438AR, 448AR)
78-32-01-400-010 Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Half - Eng
No. 1 (451AL)
78-32-02-400-010 Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Half (461AL)
- Eng No. 2
78-32-03-400-010 Installation of the Right Thrust Reverser Half - Eng
No. 1 (452AR)
78-32-04-400-010 Installation of the Right Reverser Half (462AR) -
Eng. No. 2
78-30-10-991-900 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-10-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-30-10-420-054
A. Install the forward crossover beam.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-30-10-991-900)
(1) Install the spacer (5), the bolt (4), the washer (3) and the nut (2).
(2) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).
(3) Install the cotter pin (1).
Subtask 78-30-10-420-055
B. Install the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).
Subtask 78-30-10-420-056
C. Install the left and right thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-01-
400-010) ,(Ref. TASK 78-32-02-400-010), (Ref. TASK 78-32-03-400-010) and
(Ref. TASK 78-32-04-400-010).
Subtask 78-30-10-420-057-A
D. Install the left and right fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-11-400-010)
and (Ref. TASK 71-13-16-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-30-10-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-30-10-400-010- 01
Installation of the Forward Crossover Beam (Inboard Fan and T/R Cowls not
Removed)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
IAE1N20002 1 SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER
S889BH0 1 BRACE - HOLD OPEN COWLS
TMHBS13-00-00 1 BRACE-HOLD OPEN COWLS
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pin 54-57-17 02C-260

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
54-56-00-400-002 Installation of the Lower Fairing

71-00-20-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant
71-13-11-400-010 Installation of the Left Fan Cowl
71-13-16-400-010 Installation of the Right Fan Cowl (438AR, 448AR)
No. 1 (451AL)
Eng. No. 2
78-30-10-991-900 Fig. 401
78-30-10-991-901 Fig. 402
78-30-10-991-902 Fig. 403
78-30-10-991-904 Fig. 404
78-30-10-991-905 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-10-860-053
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-30-10-420-058
A. Install the forward crossover beam.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-30-10-991-900)
(1) Install the spacer (5), the bolt (4), the washer (3) and the nut (2).
(2) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).
(3) Install the cotter pin (1).
Subtask 78-30-10-420-059
B. Install the parts removed for access to the Crossover Beam.
(1) Configuration 1 : Outboard T/R half not removed.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-30-10-991-904, 405/TASK 78-30-10-991-905)
(a) At the position No.1 of the T/R half hinge:
1
_ Install the bolt (1) and the washer (11).
2
_ Install the nut (10) to the bolt (1). Do not tighten the nut
at this step.
(b) At the position No.4 of the T/R half hinge:
1
_ TORQUE the nut (6) to between 480 and 690 lbf.in (5.42 and
7.79 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(c) At the positions No.2 and No.3 of the T/R half hinge:
1
_ TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 160 and 190 lbf.in (1.80 and
2.14 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) At the position No.1 of the T/R half hinge:
1
_ TORQUE the nut (10) to between 160 and 190 lbf.in (1.80 and
2.14 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Configuration 2 : Outboard T/R half removed.

- For ENG 1 (Ref. TASK 78-32-01-400-010)
- For ENG 2 (Ref. TASK 78-32-04-400-010)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-30-10-420-060-A
C. Install the Outboard Fan Cowl (Ref. TASK 71-13-11-400-010) or (Ref. TASK
71-13-16-400-010).
Subtask 78-30-10-420-061
D. Install the Brace of the Outboard Fan Cowl and Thrust Reverser Halves.
(1) Install the BRACE - HOLD OPEN COWLS (S889BH0) or BRACE-HOLD OPEN
COWLS (TMHBS13-00-00) to support the fan and thrust reverser cowl
doors.
(2) Put the adjustable struts in position.
(3) Adjust the length of the struts so that they hold the weight of the
thrust reverser halves.
(4) Put the thrust reverser half-open rods in their storage positions
(Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).
(5) Install the support arms so that they hold the weight of the fan cowl
doors.
NOTE : The support arms must be installed so that the brackets are on
____
the second latch from the front of the thrust reverser halves.
(6) Put the fan cowl hold-open rods in their storage positions (Ref. TASK
71-13-00-410-010).
Subtask 78-30-10-080-050
E. Remove the thrust reverser sling and the slat protection mat
-For ENG 1
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-30-10-991-901)
-For ENG 2
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-30-10-991-902)
(1) Remove the SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER (IAE1N20002) (1) from the thrust
reverser half (3).
(2) install the threaded fasteners in the hoist point nut plates.
(3) Remove the slat protection mats from the slats.
(4) Position the hinge access panel (2) on the thrust reverser half.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Attach the hinge access panel with the 11 screws (4).
(6) Install the thrust reverser pylon fairing (Ref. TASK 54-56-00-400-
002).
Subtask 78-30-10-420-062
F. Install the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-30-10-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

BEAM - CROSSOVER, FORWARD - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________
TASK 78-30-10-200-001
Visually Examine the Forward Crossover Beam Fitting
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the forward crossover
beam fitting.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SRM 54-30-00 (for corrective action)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-30-10-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-10-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-30-10-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-30-10-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-30-10-010-051
D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-30-10-110-050
E. Clean the Forward Crossover Beam Fitting
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the forward crossover beam fitting with a clean lint free cloth
made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-30-10-210-050
A. Examine the forward crossover beam fitting zones 1, 2 and 3.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-30-10-991-150)
(1) Examine zones 1, 2 and 3 of the fitting for cracks.
(a) Reject the fitting if any cracks are found.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Examine zones 1 and 2 of the fitting for gouges, scratches, nicks and
abrasion or wear.
(a) Reject the fitting if damage found is larger than 0.025 in.
(0.6349 mm) deep by 0.04 in. (1.0159 mm) long.
(b) If damage is less than (2) (a), repair the damage per Nacelle
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00) Crossover Beam Allowable Damage Limits.
(3) Examine zone 3 of the fitting for gouges, scratches, nicks and
abrasion or wear.
(a) Reject the fitting if damage found is larger than 0.02 in.
(0.5079 mm) deep by 0.25 in. (6.3499 mm) long.
(b) If damage is less than (3) (a), repair the damage per Nacelle
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00) Crossover Beam Allowable Damage Limits.
Subtask 78-30-10-210-051
B. Examine the Forward Crossover Beam Guide Pins (Tangs) Zone 4.
(1) Examine the guide pins (Tangs) for gouges, scratches, nicks and
abrasion or wear.
(a) Reject fitting if damage found is more than 0.020 in. (0.5079 mm)
deep before and after repair.
(b) If damage found is less than (1) (a) and damage is contained in
the Tangs only, repair the damage per Nacelle (Ref. SRM 54-30-00)
Crossover Beam Allowable Damage Limits.
(2) Examine the guide pins (Tangs) for cracks.
(a) If damage is found and damage is contained in the Tangs only,

repair damage per Nacelle (Ref. SRM 54-30-00) Crossover Beam
Allowable Damage Limits.
(b) After repair, remove and replace Crossover Beam Allowable Damage.
(3) Examine the guide pins (Tangs) for missing material (broken).
(a) If Tangs are broken or missing material is evident, repair the

damage per Nacelle (Ref. SRM 54-30-00) Crossover Beam Allowable
Damage.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) After repair, remove and replace Crossover Beam no later than
next scheduled engine change.
CAUTION : WHEN CLOSING THE THRUST REVERSER HALF IN ACCORDANCE

_______
WITH AMM 78-32-00-410-010, VISUALLY CHECK TO ENSURE THE
V-BLADE IS PROPERLY ENGAGED WITH THE V-GROOVE BEFORE
CLOSING ANY LATCHES. THE CROSSOVER BEAM TANGS HELP TO
LOCATE THE V-BLADE INTO THE V-GROOVE WHEN CLOSING THE
REVERSER HALF.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-30-10-410-050
A. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-30-10-440-050
Subtask 78-30-10-410-051
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-30-10

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER CONTROL AND INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004)
The thrust reverser is controlled from the cockpit by means of the throttle
control lever.
A thrust reverser latching lever, when actuated, allows the throttle control
lever to be moved rearward in the reverse thrust selection area and the
thrust reverser to be controlled by the Engine Electronic Control (EEC).
The EEC incorporates a thrust reverser feedback position and ground/flight
configuration which generates a command signal to the isolation valve and
the directional control valve.
The signal from the EEC to the directional valve is fed to the avionics
compartment where it passes through an inhibition relay (also called
permission switch) controlled by the Engine Interface Unit (EIU) and the
spoiler/elevator computer (SEC) according to the throttle control lever
position.
Each channel of the EEC can control and monitor the thrust reverser.
The hydraulic energy required for actuation is supplied from the normal
hydraulic system.
The thrust reverser operating sequences are displayed in the cockpit on the
lower ECAM display unit. In deployment, an amber REV indication will come
into view at the middle of the EPR dial when at least one of the translating
sleeves is unstowed (between 10% and 95%).
If this occurs in flight, REV will flash first for 9 sec then it will remain
steady. This indication will change to green color when the translating
sleeves are fully deployed and the reverse thrust can be applied.
In stowage, the indication changes to amber when one sleeve at least is less
than 95 % deployed and disappears when both sleeves are stowed.
2. Component
__________________
location
(Ref. Fig. 003, 005)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3011KM1 MANUAL CTL VALVE-T/R HYD SYS ENG1 78-31-41
3011KM2 MANUAL CTL VALVE-T/R HYD SYS ENG2 78-31-41
4007KS LOCK IND/PROX SENSOR-THRUST REV 78-31-15
LOWER LA ACTUATOR
4101KS1 HCU-THRUST REV ENG 1 78-31-51
4101KS2 HCU-THRUST REV ENG 2 78-31-51

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Throttle Control Lever

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

78-31-00

Page 4
Nov 01/07

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Control Power Supply

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 5/6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust reverser Indications

Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 005

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. _____________________
Component Description
A. Proximity switch
(1) The locking actuators (lower) incorporate sensors which signal lock
position to the EEC.
B. Hydraulic Actuator
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(1) General
There are four hydraulic actuators, mounted on the forward frame of
the thrust reverser. They are supplied with hydraulic fluid by the
HCU.
These hydaulic actuators have the following functions:
- to deploy the translating sleeves
- to stow the translating sleeves
- to lock in the stowed position.
(2) Description/Operation
(a) The lower actuators incorporate an integral lock mechanism to

hold the piston rod when the actuator is in the fully stowed
position.
(b) The actuator base is attached to a torque ring and the end of the
piston is attached to the translating sleeve. As hydraulic
pressure builds up in the actuator, the piston extends. This
moves the translating sleeve aft to the deploy position. In the
retract mode, the piston retracts which moves the translating
back to the stow position.
C. Flexible Shafts
(Ref. Fig. 006)
Three flexible shafts connect the four actuators together to synchronize
the speed with which the actuators operate. This synchronization keeps
the top and bottom of the sleeve traveling at the same rate so the sleeve
will not tilt and jam. The synchronization also keeps the two translating
sleeves moving together so reverse pressure in the secondary air flow is
equal on both sides of the engine.
The flexible shafts are installed inside the extend (deploy) hydraulic
hoses. The shaft engages a worm gear at the base of the actuator that
translates the turning action of the actuator piston as it moves out or
in. A cross-over shaft connects the two upper actuators. Another shaft
connects the upper and lower actuators on each side.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Actuation System Overall View

Figure 006

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

D. Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)
(Ref. Fig. 007, 008)
(1) General
The hydraulic control unit controls hydraulic fluid flow to the
thrust reverser actuators. Control and feedback signals are exchanged
with the EEC.
The HCU is mounted on the pylon over the engine centerline, just
forward of the C-duct and is accessible from the left side. The
hydraulic control unit is a solid state component and includes the
following items:
- isolation valve solenoid,
- isolation valve,
- directional control valve solenoid,
- directional control valve,
- pressure switch,
- filter and clogging indicator (pop out).
(2) Description
(a) Isolation valve solenoid and isolation valve. The isolation valve
solenoid and isolation valve provide the means of isolating the
thrust reverser actuation systems from the remaining hydraulic
network on the engine. The isolation valve solenoid is a dual
coil valve solenoid connected to both channels of the EEC. The
isolation valve is in the closed position while the thrust
reverser is in the stowed position. Upon actuation of the thrust
reverser system, the isolation valve solenoid is energized and
the isolation valve is opened.
(b) Directional control valve solenoid and directional control valve:

The directional control valve solenoid and directional control
valve directs high pressure hydraulic fluid to the correct end(s)
of the actuators to either stow or deploy the translating sleeve.
The directional control valve solenoid is a dual wound solenoid
connected to both channels of the EEC. The directional control
valve solenoid is energized when the deploy command is given and
provides hydraulic fluid at hydraulic pump supply pressure to
both ends of the actuators through the directional control valve
to initiate deployment of translating sleeve.
(c) Pressure switch

The pressure switch is an oval contact switch which provides
signals to the EEC to indicate when there is hydraulic pressure
downstream of the isolation valve. The pressure switch is closed
at pressure between 798 and 1450 psi and is opened at a minimum
pressure of 798 psi.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 007

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic Control Unit Electrical Diagram

Figure 008

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Filter and clogging indicator
The hydraulic control unit filter is used to filter the fluid
supply from the aircraft hydraulic system. The filter is a flow
through cartridge type filter. The clogging indicator monitors
pressure loss through the filter cartridge and features a pop-out
indicator to signal when it is necessary to replace the filter
element. The clogging indicator includes two spring loaded
magnetic pistons whose magnetic attraction keep the pop-out
indicator in the retracted position. The lower magnetic piston
monitors the differential pressure between the filtered elements.
As the differential pressure increases the piston compresses its
spring and moves away from the upper magnetic piston at a preset
displacement of approximately 2 mm, the upper magnetic position
spring overcomes the magnetic force and drives the pop-out
indicator from its retracted position.
(3) Operation
Selection of either stow or deploy from the cockpit sends a signal to
the engine EEC which, in turn, supplies two independent signals to
the thrist reverser HCU isolation valve and directional control
valve.
These signals to the HCU are only provided if the EEC has correct
signals e.g. reverser position and engine power setting.
Solenoid conditions are as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conditions Isolation Valve Solenoid Directional Valve Solenoid
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forward thrust 0 0
Deploying 1 1
Reverse thrust 1 1
Stowing 1 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : 1 = solenoid energized

____
0 = solenoid de-energized
(a) Initial stowed position

(Ref. Fig. 009)
In the initial stowed position with the reverse stow control
selected in the cockpit, the hydraulic pressure is applied to the
input of the HCU. All reverser hydraulic systems are pressurized
at the return pressure as long as the aircraft is in flight and
no signal is sent to open the isolation valve solenoid.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward Thrust Configuration Actuators Stowed

Figure 009

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Deploy sequence
(Ref. Fig. 010)
1
_ When reverse thrust is selected in the cockpit, the EEC
ensures that deployment is permitted:
- The right and left main landing gear compressed information
from LGCIU via the EIU is available.
- The TLA reverse signal from at least one SEC is available
(permission switch in the deployed position).
In that case, the electrical power (28VDC) is sent to the
isolation valve solenoid and to the directional valve
solenoid.
2
_ When the isolation valve is opened and the directional control
valve solenoid is energized, hydraulic pressure (3000 psi)
moves the directional control valve to supply hydraulic
pressure to the head end of the actuator to unlock the
actuators, and then extending the actuators.
3
_ As soon as at least one lock sensor indicates unlocked, an
unlocked sleeve signal is sent by these sensors to the EEC.
In the cockpit an amber REV indication is displayed in the
middle of the EPR dial or the ECAM display unit.
4
_ Each translating sleeve arriving at 95 percent of its travel
is slowed down until completely deployed through hydraulic
actuator inner restriction. This event is indicated to EEC
when both Linear variable Differential Transformers (LVTD)
detect this position. REV indication changes to green.
NOTE : When the thrust reverser is in the deployed position,

____
the isolation valve remains energized to maintain the
hydraulic pressure in the actuators to prevent
vibration. If an uncommanded stow movement is detected,
the EEC will de-energize the isolation valve. This will
lead to a thrust reverser redeploy due to aerodynamical
forces on the blocker doors.
(c) Stow sequence

(Ref. Fig. 009, 011)
1
_ When translating sleeves stowing is selected, the EEC ensures
that stowing is permitted. In that case the EEC de-energizes
the directional valve solenoid. When one translating sleeve is
less than 95 % deployed, REV indication changes to amber.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 16
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Deploy Sequence
Figure 010

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Stow Sequence
Figure 011

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Hydraulic pressure is supplied to the rod end of the actuator,
the head is connected to return. A flow limiter controls
hydraulic actuator piston retraction speed.
3
_ When both translating sleeves are fully stowed, they set the
proximity switches (lock sensor) which send the stowed
sleeves information to the EEC. The REV indication
disappears.
4
_ The actuators move until stowing is complete and the lower
actuator locks are engaged after which the isolation valve
solenoid is de-energized and the reverser is locked in the
forward thrust mode position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER CONTROL AND INDICATING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 78-31-00-040-040
Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System Non-Return Valve
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure supplies the data to deactivate (by pass) the thrust reverser
system non-return valve for maintenance of the thrust reverser system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-31-00-991-900 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-00-941-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-31-00-010-055
B. Remove the pylon access panels

FOR 1000EM1
413AL.
FOR 1000EM2
423AL.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-00-040-051
A. Put the thrust reverser system non-return valve in the bypass position.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-00-991-900)
(1) Remove the lockwire from the lever (2) of the valve (1).
(2) Put the lever (2) in line with the longitudinal axis of the valve.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser System Non-Return Valve

Figure 401/TASK 78-31-00-991-900

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-31-00-440-040
Reactivation of the Thrust Reverser System Non-Return Valve
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-31-00-991-900 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-00-860-067
engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
(4) Make sure that the acess panel in the pylon is removed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-00-440-051
A. Put the thrust reverser system non-return valve in the normal position.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-00-991-900)
(1) Put the lever (2) of the valve (1) at 90 degrees to the longitudinal
axis of the valve.
(2) Safety the lever in the normal position with the lockwire (Material
No. V02-147).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-31-00-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the pylon access panel

FOR 1000EM1
413AL.
FOR 1000EM2
423AL.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER CONTROL AND INDICATING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________________
TASK 78-31-00-710-041
Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System with the CFDS
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:

_______
- THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE THRUST REVERSERS OF ENGINE 1 (2) ARE CLEAR
OF ALL TOOLS, EQUIPMENT AND PERSONS
- THE THRUST REVERSERS ARE CLOSED AND LOCKED
- THE THROTTLE CONTROL LEVER OF ENGINE 1 (2) IS IN THE IDLE POSITION
(ZERO ON THE SCALE).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use this test to do a check of the thrust reverser system operation.
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-012 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
Sleeves
78-31-00-991-903 Fig. 501
FOR FIN 1000EM1
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump
29-23-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems
after Operation of the PTU
FOR FIN 1000EM2
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-24-00-864-001 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-00-861-054
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 78-31-00-860-063
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (upper and lower ECAM display unit only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(2) On the lower display unit of the ECAM system, get the HYD page. Make
sure that the Green (Yellow) pressure is zero.
Subtask 78-31-00-865-058
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
FOR 1000EM1
49VU ENGINE/1/FADEC A/AND EIU 1 2KS1 A04
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P39
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
FOR 1000EM2
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B 4KS2 Q40
Subtask 78-31-00-863-052
D. Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems
(1) Pressurize hydraulic system:

FOR 1000EM1
Pressurize the Green hydraulic system with the Yellow hydraulic
system through the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001).
On the lower display unit of the ECAM system:
- Make sure that the HYD page shows that the pressure of the Green
system is 3000 PSI.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FOR 1000EM2
Pressurize the auxiliary Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-
863-001).
On the lower display unit of the ECAM system:
- Make sure that the HYD page shows that the pressure of the Yellow
system is 3000 psi (206. bar).
(2) On the maintenance panel 50VU:

- release the FADEC GND PWR 1 (2) pushbutton switch (on the
pushbutton switch, the ON legend is on).
(3) On the FLT CTL panel 23VU:

- make sure that the SEC1 pushbutton switch is on (on the pusbutton
switch the OFF legend is off).
Subtask 78-31-00-710-063
E. On the left or right MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-00-710-064
A. Do this test:
NOTE : you can do this test through the channel B of the FADEC 1(2)
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the The ENG menu comes into view.
ENG indication
2. Push the line key adjacent to the The FADEC 1A(2A) menu comes into view.
FADEC 1A(2A) indication The EGT and FF indications go out of
view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the The SYSTEM TEST menu comes into view.
SYSTEM TEST indication
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-31-00-991-903)
4. Push the line key adjacent to the The REVERSER TEST menu comes into view.
REVERSER TEST indication

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Test

Figure 501/TASK 78-31-00-991-903

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-31-00-991-903)
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-31-00-991-903)
5. Push the line key adjacent to the

PRESS TO START TEST indication.
6. Push the line key adjacent to the

PRESS TO ACTIVATE TEST *
indication.
7. Within 15 seconds, put the Do a visual check to make sure that the
throttle control lever in the thrust reversers of the engine 1 (2)
IDLE REVERSE position. operate.
- The thrust reverser must be fully
deployed in less than 3 seconds.
On the upper ECAM display unit:
- The REV indication in the EPR
indicator of the engine 1(2) must be
amber when the thrust reversers
operate.
- The REV indication must become green
when the thrust reversers are fully
deployed.
NOTE : you must do the instruction

____
given on the MCDU in the time
specified (15 seconds) if not
the test will stop.
8. Put the throttle control lever in Do a Visual check to make sure that the
the IDLE position (zero on the thrust reversers of the engine 1 (2)
scale). stow.
- The thrust reverser must be fully
stowed in less than 5 seconds.
On the upper ECAM display unit:
- The REV indication in the EPR
indicator of the engine 1(2) must be
amber when the thrust reversers
operate.
- The REV indication goes out of view
stowed and locked.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : If you do not fully do the test
____
in the minute that follows the
test activation, the EEC will
stop the test. The thrust
reversers can then be in the
intermediate position. In this
case try again to stow the
thrust reversers through MCDU
test mode menu. If you cannot,
stow the thrust reversers
manually (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-
860-011).
9. Push the line key adjacent to the The CFDS menu comes into view.
RETURN indication until you get
the CFDS menu.
10. Push the MCDU MENU key. The MCDU menu comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-31-00-864-052
A. Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems
(1) FOR 1000EM1

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-
00-864-001).
FOR 1000EM2
Depressurize the auxiliary Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-
00-864-001).

- push the FADEC GND PWR 1 (2) pushbutton switch. On the pushbutton
switch, the ON legend goes off.
Subtask 78-31-00-869-055
B. Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-00-862-054
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-31-00-710-041- 01
Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser without the CFDS and Engine not Running
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use this test to do a check of the thrust reverser system operation.

You can use this test as an alternative in case of a CFDS failure.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific connection interface tool
No specific low frequency generator
No specific soft nose pliers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump
29-23-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems
after Operation of the PTU
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-00-860-064
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE PUMPS CAN NOT OPERATE AUTOMATICALLY. THIS IS
_______
TO PREVENT INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN YOU ENERGIZE THE AIRCRAFT
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS.
(1) On the HYD/FUEL panel 40VU, make sure that:

- The OFF legend of the HYD/BLUE/ELEC PUMP pushbutton switch is on.
- The ON legend of the HYD/YELLOW/ELEC PUMP pushbutton switch is off.
Subtask 78-31-00-861-055
B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 78-31-00-865-059
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN THE PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DA1(2), 3DA1(2,3),

_______
4DA1(2,3) AND 5DA1(2,3) BEFORE YOU OPEN THE PHC CIRCUIT
BREAKERS 2DA1(2,3). IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
- THE PROBES WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
- THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO MAINTENANCE
PERSONNEL.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/R 4DG2 W14
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/L 4DG1 X14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
123VU ANTI ICE/L/WHSLD 1DG1 AF10
123VU ANTI ICE/R/WHSLD 1DG2 AF03
Subtask 78-31-00-865-060
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
121VU HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/B/LEAK/TST 1881GP N35
FOR 1000EM1
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
FOR 1000EM2
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B 4KS2 Q40
Subtask 78-31-00-860-065
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

- Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is ON. The FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch
must be released.
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (ECAM display units only). (Ref. TASK 31-
60-00-860-001).
Subtask 78-31-00-010-054
F. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-00-480-053
G. Preparation for the Test:
(1) Connect the connection interface tool to the EEC connections J5 and
J11.
(2) Connect the connection interface tool to the low frequency generator.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-00-710-065
A. Do this test:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE LOW FREQUENCY GENERATOR AND ITS WIRING ARE
_______
NOT IN THE DEPLOYMENT RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSERS.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE THRUST REVERSERS ARE
_______
CLEAR.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the maintenance panel 50VU: - The OFF legends of these pushbutton

- Release the HYD/LEAK switches come on.
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B/G/Y
pushbutton switches.
2. On the FLT CTL panel 23VU:

- Push the FLT CTL/SEC 1
pushbutton switch.
- The OFF legend of this
pushbutton switch goes off.
3. On the EEC 1(2): On the open ECAM display unit:

- Supply a frequency of 2200HZ - The N2 indication for the engine 1(2)
with the low frequency must be approximately 60 percent.
generator.
4. Pressurize: On the lower ECAM display unit, on the

- The Green hydraulic system for HYD page:
the engine 1. (Ref. TASK 29-23- - The pressure indication must be 3000
00-863-001) psi (206. bar) for:

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- The Yellow hydraulic system for . the Green system (engine 1),
the engine 2. (Ref. TASK 29-24- . the Yellow system (engine 2).
00-863-001)
5. Set the thrust reverser control On the upper ECAM display unit:
lever of the engine 1(2) to MAX - The amber REV indication comes into
REVERSE position. view in the EPR indication of the ENG
1(2) during the deployment.
- The REV indication changes to green
deployed and locked.
- The thrust reversers must be fully
deployed in about 2 seconds.
NOTE : If you do not do the subsequent

____
step immediately, install a
warning notice on the throttle
control lever of the engine 1(2)
to prevent any movement of the
lever.
6. Set the throttle control lever of On the upper ECAM display unit:
the ENG 1(2) to the idle position - The REV indication in the EPR changes
(the zero mark on the graduated to amber during the stowage of the
sector). thrust reversers sleeves.
stowed and locked.
- The thrust reversers must be fully
stowed in about 2 seconds.
7. On the low frequency generator: On the upper ECAM display unit:

- Decrease the frequency to zero. - The N2 indication of the ENG 1(2)
goes back to zero.
8. Depressurize: On the lower ECAM display unit, on the

- the Green hydraulic system for HYD page:
the engine 1 (Ref. TASK 29-23- - The pressure indication goes back to
00-864-001), zero for:
- the Yellow hydraulic system for . the Green system (engine 1),
the engine 2 (Ref. TASK 29-24- . the Yellow system (engine 2).
00-864-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. On the maintenance panel 50VU: - The ON legend of this pushbutton
- Push the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) switch goes off.
pushbutton switch.
- Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT

VALVES/B/G/Y pushbutton
switches.
- The OFF legends of these
pushbutton switches go off.
10. On the FLT CTL panel 23VU: - The OFF legend of this pushbutton
- Release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 switch comes on.
pushbutton switch.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-31-00-080-053
A. On EEC:
(1) Disconnect the low frequency generator.
(2) Disconnect the connection interface tool.
Subtask 78-31-00-420-052
B. Connect the N2 speed sensor connector to the EEC connections J5 and J11.
with the soft nose pliers.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-00-710-066
C. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 50VU: - The ON legend of this pushbutton

- Release the ENG/FADEC GND switch comes on.
PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch.
2. On the upper ECAM display unit:

- Make sure that there is no
indication related to the N2
speed sensor.
3. On the panel 50VU: - The ON legend of this pushbutton

- Push the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) switch goes off.
pushbutton switch.
Subtask 78-31-00-410-054
D. Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-31-00-869-056
E. Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 78-31-00-862-055
F. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
Subtask 78-31-00-865-061
G. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1DA1, 1DA2, 2DA1, 2DA2, 2DA3, 3DA1, 3DA2, 3DA3, 4DA1, 4DA2, 4DA3, 5DA1,
5DA2, 5DA3, 4DG1, 4DG2, 1DG1, 1DG2

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-31-00-710-041- 02
Operational test of the Thrust Reverser without the CFDS and Engine Running
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use this test on the thrust reverser system operation.

You can do this test during an engine run-up test.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-700-013 Procedure to Dry Out the High Pressure Turbine After
Oil Contamination
71-00-00-710-018 Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures
71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
72-50-00-200-010 Inspection of the Turbine Exhaust Case
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-00-710-067
A. Start the engine 1(2) and let it become stable at ground idle (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-710-043).
Subtask 78-31-00-860-066
B. Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM display unit only) (Ref. TASK 31-
60-00-860-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-00-710-068
A. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Set the thrust reverse control On the upper ECAM display unit:
level of the engine 1(2) to the - The amber REV indication comes into
reverse idle position. view in the EPR indication of the
engine 1(2) during the deployment.
- The REV indication changes to green
when the sleeves are deployed and
locked.
2. Set the throttle control lever of On the upper ECAM display unit:
the engine 1(2) to the idle stop - The REV indication in the EPR
position (the zero mark on the indication of the engine 1(2) changes
graduated scale). to amber during the stowage of the
sleeves.
when the thrust reversers are stowed
and locked.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-31-00-710-069
A. Stop down the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
Subtask 78-31-00-869-054
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-00-210-054
C. Inspect Turbine Exhaust Case for Oil
(1) Visually inspect the turbine exhaust case for signs of oil having
exited the No.4 bearing weep tube port (Ref. TASK 72-50-00-200-010).
(2) If oil is found, do a high turbine dry-out (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-

013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LOCK INDICATOR/PROXIMITY SENSOR - THRUST REVERSER LOWER ACTUATOR (4006KS,
_________________________________________________________________________
4007KS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________
TASK 78-31-15-000-010
Removal of the Lock Indicator Proximity Sensor (4006KS,4007KS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-31-15-991-151 Fig. 401
78-31-15-991-152 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-15-941-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-31-15-010-051
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-31-15-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-31-15-869-050
D. Put the locking actuators in the unlocked position

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-15-991-151)
(1) Move the lock lever (2) on the locking actuator (1) aft to the
unlocked position and install the PIN - LOCKOUT ACTUATOR (3) to hold
the lock lever in the unlocked position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-15-020-050
A. Removal of the lock indicator proximity sensor:
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (14) from the proximity sensor
(16)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-31-15-991-152)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Locking Actuator Lock-Out

Figure 401/TASK 78-31-15-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Stow/Lock Sensor
Figure 402/TASK 78-31-15-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the proximity sensor
(a) Remove the nut (19) and the lockwasher (18) that attach the
proximity sensor (16) to the locking actuator (1).
(b) Remove the proximity sensor and shim (17).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-31-15-400-010
Installation of the Lock Indicator Proximity Sensor (4006KS,4007KS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-15-912-010 Connection of Electrical Connectors
the CFDS
78-31-15-820-010 Adjustment of the Lock Indicator Proximity Sensor
78-31-15-991-151 Fig. 401
78-31-15-991-152 Fig. 402

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-15-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-31-15-010-052
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-31-15-040-051
C. Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic-Control-Unit (HCU) is

deactivated: (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-15-420-050
A. Installation of the lock indicator proximity sensor:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-31-15-991-152)
(1) Install the proximity sensor
(a) Put the shim (17) on the proximity sensor (16).
(b) Put the proximity sensor and shim in to the mount hole on the
locking actuator (1) from your right.
(c) Install the lockwasher (18) and the nut (19) on the proximity
sensor.
(d) TORQUE the nut (19) to between to between 12 and 16 lbf.in (0.13
and 0.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Install the electrical connector
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-31-15-991-152)
(a) Connect the electrical connector (14) to the proximity sensor

(16) (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
(b) Tighten the electrical connector by hand plus one-eighth turn.
Subtask 78-31-15-869-051
B. Put the locking actuators in the locked position

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-15-991-151)
CAUTION : THE LOCKING ACTUATOR LOCK LEVERS MUST BE IN THE FORWARD LOCKED
_______
POSITION FOR FLIGHT.
(1) Remove the lockout pin, IAE 1N20049, (3) from the lock lever (2) of
the locking actuator (1) and move the lock levers forward to the
locked position.
Subtask 78-31-15-820-052
C. Measure the gap between the end of the proximity sensor (4) and the
target plate (13) on the lock lever (2)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-31-15-991-152)
If the gap is not between 0.059 in. (1.5 mm) and 0.079 in. (2 mm) ,adjust
the gap (Ref. TASK 78-31-15-820-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-31-15-440-050
A. Activate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-31-15-410-051
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-15-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the Thrust Reverser (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-

041) and make sure that on CFDS no fault is shown related to the Thrust
Reverser system.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LOCK INDICATOR/PROXIMITY SENSOR - THRUST REVERSER LOWER ACTUATOR (4006KS,
_________________________________________________________________________
4007KS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________
TASK 78-31-15-820-010
Adjustment of the Lock Indicator Proximity Sensor
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data to adjust and test the lock indicator proximity
sensor.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-31-15-000-010 Removal of the Lock Indicator Proximity Sensor
(4006KS,4007KS)
78-31-15-400-010 Installation of the Lock Indicator Proximity Sensor
(4006KS,4007KS)
78-31-15-991-150 Fig. 501

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-15-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-31-15-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-31-15-040-052
C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser:
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-15-820-050
A. Find the correct spacer dimension

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-31-15-991-150)
(1) Measure the distance between the face of the proximity switch and the
target plate with feeler gauges. If distance is not between 0.06 in.
(1.5 mm) and 0.08 in. (2 mm) continue with the adjustment procedure.
(2) Calculate the dimension of the spacer (3) that is necessary.
Subtask 78-31-15-020-051
B. Remove the proximity sensor (Ref. TASK 78-31-15-000-010).
Subtask 78-31-15-420-051
C. Adjust the thickness of the spacer as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-31-15-991-150)
(1) If the distance between the face of the proximity switch and the
target plate is larger than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm), replace the spacer
with a new one and grind material from the spacer to get the correct
distance.
(2) If the distance between the face of the proximity switch and the
R target plate is smaller than 0.06 in. (1.5 mm), replace the spacer
R with a new one and grind material from the spacer to get the correct
R distance.
NOTE : The spacer is made of one piece and ground to the correct
____
thickness when the switch is assembled in the factory.
(3) Install the proximity sensor (Ref. TASK 78-31-15-400-010).
Subtask 78-31-15-820-051
D. Measure the distance between the face of the proximity switch and the
target plate on the actuator lock lever. If the distance is not between
0.06 in. (1.5 mm) and 0.08 in. (2 mm), repeat step C.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Proximity Sensor
Figure 501/TASK 78-31-15-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-31-15-440-051
Subtask 78-31-15-410-050
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-15

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MANUAL CONTROL VALVE - THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM,ENG 1 (2) (3011KM1,
___________________________________________________________________________
3011KM2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________
TASK 78-31-41-000-041
Removal of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Manual Control Valve (3011KM1,3011KM2)
_______
ONE HOUR.
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN YOUR
_______
MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND
INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES
OR MOUTH.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED HYDRAULIC
_______
FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plug

No specific caps
No specific container

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-41

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
78-31-41-991-911 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-41-941-062
1(2).
Subtask 78-31-41-614-050
B. Depressurize the Hydraulic System.
(1) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to pressurize

the applicable system.
(a) On the HYD/FUEL panel 40VU.
(b) On the ground service panel of the applicable hydraulic system.
(2) Depressurize the applicable hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-41

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the applicable hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 78-31-41-040-057
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-31-41-941-063
D. Put the access platform in to position.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-41-991-911)
Subtask 78-31-41-020-052
A. Removal of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Manual Control Valve.
(1) Remove the pylon access panel

FOR 1000EM1
413AL
FOR 1000EM2
423AL
(2) Put a container in to position below the manual control valve.
(3) Disconnect the pipe (5) and loosen the pipe (1) from the manual
control valve (7).
(4) Remove the bolts (2) and the washers (3).
(5) Hold the valve (7), disconnect the pipe (1), remove the valve (7) and
immediately put a blanking plug on the pipe (1).
NOTE : A large quantity of hydraulic fluid flows from the pipe (1).
____
Install the plug on the pipe before the end of hydraulic flow.
If you do not put a plug the reservoir will become empty.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-41

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Manual Control Valve

Figure 401/TASK 78-31-41-991-911

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-41

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Discard the hydraulic fluid from the container and let the container
in position.
(7) Install caps on all the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-41

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-31-41-400-041
Installation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Manual Control Valve

(3011KM1,3011KM2)
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
the CFDS

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-41

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-31-41-991-911 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-41-860-060
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-31-41-630-050
B. Remove the caps from the openings.
NOTE : Do not remove the blanking plug from the pipe (1).
____
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-41-991-911)
Subtask 78-31-41-860-061
A. Prepare the installation of the manual control valve (7).
(1) Make sure that the lever (4) is in the NORMAL position and lockwired.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-41

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-41-420-055
B. Installation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Manual Control Valve.
(1) Remove the blanking plug from the pipe (1) and immediately connect
the pipe (1) to the valve (7).
NOTE : Hydraulic fluid flows from the pipe (1). Connect the pipe (1)
____
to the valve (7) before the end of hydraulic flow. If you do
not the reservoir will become empty.
(2) Tighten the pipe nut (8) by hand.
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic fluid flows drops by drops out of the
valve (7) port to the HCU.
NOTE : The non-return valve of the manual control valve (7) has two
____
slots, and you have to let the empty in the valve (7) become
full before you check the hydraulic fluid leakage.
Subtask 78-31-41-420-054
C. Installation of the Manual Control Valve:
(1) Put the manual control valve (7) in position and install the bolts
(2) with the washers (3). Tighten the bolts (2).
(2) Connect the pipe (5) to the manual control valve (7).
(3) TORQUE the pipe nuts (6) and (8) to between 7.5 and 8.3 m.daN (55.30
and 61.20 lbf.ft).
Subtask 78-31-41-210-060
D. Make sure that the level of hydraulic fluid in reservoirs is correct.

If necessary, fill the reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 78-31-41-614-051
E. Pressurize the Hydraulic Systems:
WARNING : PRESSURIZATION OF THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CAN RESULT IN

_______
INADVERTENT THRUST REVERSER OPERATION. REMOVE ALL PERSONNEL
FROM THE AREA AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER BEFORE THE HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED. FAILURE TO COMPLY CAN RESULT IN INJURY
TO PERSONNEL.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-41

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
(2) Pressurize the applicable hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-

001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
(3) Check that there is no leaks at the pipe nut (8).
Subtask 78-31-41-440-056
F. Activate the HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-31-41-710-052
G. Do an operational test of the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-

710-041).
NOTE : Do five deploy/stow cycles to bleed the air from the thrust
____
reverser system.
Subtask 78-31-41-790-050
H. Do a leak Check:
(1) Make sure that there is no leaks at the manual control valve.
(2) Remove the container and discard the drained fluid.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-31-41-410-059
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the pylon access panel

FOR 1000EM1
413AL
FOR 1000EM2
423AL

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-41

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

PYLON HYDRAULIC TUBE AND TEE CONNECTORS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
TASK 78-31-49-000-010
Removal of the Pylon Hydraulic Tube Tee Connectors
_______
ONE HOUR.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
No specific clean container

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cables and Tubes
78-32-74-000-010 Removal of the Right C-Duct Flexible Synchronous
Cables and Tubes
78-31-49-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-49-941-101
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-49-614-050
B. Depressurize the Hydraulic System.


001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 78-31-49-010-163
C. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-31-49-040-150
D. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser:
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic-Control-Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-31-49-010-164
E. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-49-010-165
F. Remove the upper flexible synchronous cables and tubes
(1) Remove the left C-duct upper flexible synchronous cables and tubes
(Ref. TASK 78-32-44-000-010).
(2) Remove the right C-duct upper flexible synchronous cables and tubes
(Ref. TASK 78-32-74-000-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-49-020-098
A. Removal of the Pylon Hydraulic Tube Tee Connectors:
(1) Disconnect the hydraulic tubes

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-49-991-150)
(a) Put the clean container under the hydraulic connections to catch
the hydraulic fluid when the connections are opened.
(b) Disconnect the hydraulic pressure tube (9) from the pressure tee
connector (10).
(c) Disconnect the hydraulic return tube (7) from the return tee
connector (2).
(d) Remove the container and discard the drained hydraulic fluid.
(2) Remove the tee connectors

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-49-991-150)
(a) Remove the three bolts (4), the three washers (3) and the
pressure tee connector (10) from the pylon bracket (1).
(b) Remove the three bolts (4), the three washers (3) and the return
tee connector (2) from the pylon bracket (1).
Subtask 78-31-49-010-166
B. Remove the union (5) from the pressure tee connector (10)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-49-991-150)
Subtask 78-31-49-620-050
C. Put the applicable caps on all the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Tee Connectors
Figure 401/TASK 78-31-49-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-31-49-400-010
Installation of the Pylon Hydraulic Tube Tee Connectors
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-002 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the CFDS
Cables and Tubes
78-32-74-400-010 Installation of the Right C-Duct Flexible Synchronous
Cables and Tubes
78-31-49-991-150 Fig. 401
78-31-49-991-151 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-49-860-106
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-31-49-010-167
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-31-49-040-151
C. Make Sure That the Thrust Reverser are Deactivated:
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
(1) Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic-Control-Unit (HCU) is

Subtask 78-31-49-630-050
D. Remove the applicable caps from all the openings.
Subtask 78-31-49-410-115
E. Install the union to the pressure tee connector.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-49-991-150)
(1) Install the union (5) in the port of the pressure tee connector (10).
(2) TORQUE the union to between 270 and 300 lbf.in (3.05 and 3.39 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-49-420-097
A. Install the tee connectors

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-49-991-150)
(1) Put the return tee connector (2) in position on the pylon bracket
(1).
(2) Install the tee connector (2) with the three bolts (4) and the three
washers (3).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Put the pressure tee connector (10) in position on the pylon bracket
(1).
(4) Install the tee connector (10) with the three bolts (4) and the three
washers (3).
(5) TORQUE the six bolts (4) to between 50 and 70 lbf.in (0.56 and 0.79
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(6) Connect the hydraulic tubes

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-49-991-150)
(a) Connect the hydraulic pressure tube (9) to the pressure tee
connector (10).
(b) Connect the hydraulic return tube (7) to the return tee connector
(2).
(c) TORQUE the tube B-nuts (6) and (8) to between 450 and 550 lbf.in
(5.08 and 6.21 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-31-49-410-116
B. Install the C-duct flexible synchronous cables and tubes
(1) Install the right C-duct upper flexible synchronous cables and tubes
(Ref. TASK 78-32-74-400-010).
(2) Install the left C-duct upper flexible synchronous cables and tubes
(Ref. TASK 78-32-44-400-010).
Subtask 78-31-49-410-117
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-49-614-051
D. Pressurize the Hydraulic Systems:

_______
TO PERSONNEL.

001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
(3) Check that there is no leaks at the pipe nut (8).
Subtask 78-31-49-440-102
E. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-31-49-942-050
F. Remove the warning notice(s).
Subtask 78-31-49-870-050
G. Bleed the air from the hydraulic thrust reverser actuation system
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-31-49-991-151)
_______
THE SYSTEM.
_______
(1) Move the lock levers (21) of the left and right locking actuators
(20) aft to the unlocked position and install the PIN - LOCKOUT
ACTUATOR (IAE1N20049) (22), to hold the lock levers in the unlocked
position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Translating Sleeve Lockout

Figure 402/TASK 78-31-49-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Operate the System:
WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER TRANSLATING SLEEVES DEPLOY/STOW IN 4.5

_______
SECONDS OR LESS. REMOVE ALL PERSONNEL FROM THE AREA AROUND
THE THRUST REVERSER BEFORE POWER DEPLOYMENT/STOWAGE OF THE
TRANSLATING SLEEVES. FAILURE TO COMPLY CAN RESULT IN INJURY
TO PERSONNEL.
(a) Operate the system through ten cycles of translating sleeve power
extension and retraction (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).
(3) Remove the Lockout Pins:

_______
(a) Remove the lockout pins (IAE1N20049) (22) from the lock levers
(21) of the left and right locking actuators (20) and move the
lock levers forward to the locked position.
(4) Refill the green hydraulic reservoir for engine 1 (yellow hydraulic
reservoir for engine 2) (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-002).
Subtask 78-31-49-790-050
H. Do a leak check of the pylon hydraulic tube tee connectors. No leaks are
permitted.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-31-49-410-118
A. Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-49

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

CONTROL UNIT - HYDRAULIC (HCU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 78-31-51-000-010
Removal of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (4101KS)
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
No specific container, minimum capacity 2 USgal (8 l)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-31-51-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-51-864-052
A. Depressurization of hydraulic systems:


001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 78-31-51-941-055

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-31-51-010-059
C. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-31-51-040-055
D. Deactivate the thrust reverser

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-040-012)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-51-020-053
A. Removal of the HCU:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-51-991-150)
(1) Disconnect the electrical and hydraulic connections
(a) Disconnect the two electrical connectors (8) from the HCU (3).
(b) Put a clean container, minimum capacity 2 USgal (8 l) in position

to catch the hydraulic fluid from the connections when they are
opened.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust-Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit

Figure 401/TASK 78-31-51-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Disconnect:
CAUTION : HOLD THE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR WITH A WRENCH

_______
WHILE YOU LOOSEN THE HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS TO PREVENT
DAMAGE TO THE HCU.
1
_ Disconnect the pressure hydraulic tube (2) and the return
hydraulic tube (1) from the forward end of the HCU.
(d) Disconnect the pressure hydraulic tube (6) and the return
hydraulic tube (7) from the aft end of the HCU.
(e) Remove the container and discard the drained hydraulic fluid.
(2) Remove the HCU
(a) Remove the three bolts (5) and the three washers (4) that attach
the HCU (3) to the pylon.
(b) Remove the HCU from the pylon.
(3) Install caps to all the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-31-51-400-010
Installation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (4101KS)
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to install the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
the CFDS
78-31-51-991-150 Fig. 401
78-31-51-991-151 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-51-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-51-010-062
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-31-51-110-051
C. Clean component:
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-076) to clean the HCU mounting pad on the pylon.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-51-420-055
A. Installation of the HCU:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-31-51-991-150)
WARNING : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT THE HYDRAULIC PORT IS NOT BLOCKED. IF
_______
THE RETURN PORT IS BLOCKED THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE
ACCIDENTLY AND CAUSE INJURY OR DAMAGE.
(1) Remove the caps from all the openings.
(2) Make sure that the HCU return port is not blocked.
(3) Connect the hydraulic tubes
(a) Connect the return hydraulic tube (1) to the forward end of the
HCU (3) and tighten the tube nut with your hand.
(b) Connect the pressure hydraulic tube (6) and the return hydraulic
tube (7) to the aft end of the HCU and tighten the tube nuts with
your hand.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Connect the pressure hydraulic tube (2) to the forward end of the
HCU (3) and tighten the tube nut with your hand.
(4) Install the HCU (3)
(a) Attach the HCU to the pylon with the three bolts (5) and the
three washers (4).
NOTE : Tighten with your hand the two outer bolts (5) first, then
____
the inner bolt (5).
(b) TORQUE the bolts (5) to between 50 and 70 lbf.in (0.56 and 0.79
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(5) TORQUE the tube nuts of the pressure hydraulic tubes (2) and (6) to
between 540 and 600 lbf.in (6.10 and 6.78 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013)
(6) TORQUE the tube nuts of the return hydraulic tubes (1) and (7) to
between 630 and 700 lbf.in (7.11 and 7.91 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013)
(7) Attach the electrical connectors to the HCU
(a) Connect the two electrical connectors (8) to the HCU (3)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
(b) Tighten the two connectors with your hand plus one eighth of a
turn.
Subtask 78-31-51-440-054
B. Activate the HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-31-51-863-052
C. Pressurization of hydraulic systems

_______
TO PERSONNEL.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
Subtask 78-31-51-870-050
D. Bleed the air from the thrust reverser hydraulic actuation system
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-31-51-991-151)
_______
THE SYSTEM.
_______
(1) Move the lock levers (18) of the left and right locking actuators aft
(IAE1N20049) (19), to hold the lock levers in the unlocked position.
(2) Operate the system:

_______
TO PERSONNEL.
(3) Remove the lockout pins:

_______
(18) of the left and right locking actuators and move the lock
levers forward to the locked position.
(4) Refill the hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or

(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust-Reverser Locking Actuator

Figure 402/TASK 78-31-51-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-31-51-410-058
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-31-51-710-053
B. Do an operational test of the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-

710-041) on the FADEC channels 1A(2A) and 1B(2B).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-31-51-000-011
Removal of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter Cartridge
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) filter cartridge and gain access to the clog indicator.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container capacity 2US Gal

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-31-51-991-153 Fig. 403

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-51-864-051
A. Depressurization of hydraulic systems


001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 78-31-51-941-057
1(2).
Subtask 78-31-51-010-061
C. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-51-040-057
D. Deactivate the thrust reverser

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-51-020-052
A. Removal of the thrust reverser HCU filter module

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-31-51-991-153)
(1) Remove the HCU filter cartridge
(a) Put a container capacity 2US Gal under the HCU to catch the
hydraulic fluid from the connections when they are opened.
(b) Remove the lockwire from the filter bowl (3).
(c) Turn the filter bowl by hand in a counterclockwise direction and

remove it from the HCU filter head (1).
(d) Remove the filter cartridge (4) from the HCU filter head (1).
(2) Remove the sight glass of the HCU filter clog indicator
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-31-51-991-153)
(a) Turn the retaining ring (6) in a counterclockwise direction and

remove it from the HCU filter head (1).
(b) Remove the sight glass (5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

HCU Filter Module and Clog Indicator

Figure 403/TASK 78-31-51-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-31-51-400-011
Installation of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter Cartridge
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to install the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) filter cartridge and to reset the clog indicator.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Wire (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the CFDS
78-31-51-991-151 Fig. 402
78-31-51-991-153 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-51-860-052
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-31-51-010-063
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-51-040-058
C. Deactivation of the thrust reverser
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
(1) Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-51-420-056
A. Installation of the filter cartridge

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-31-51-991-153)
(1) Install the filter cartridge (4) in the filterhead (1).
NOTE : Make sure that the packing is not damaged. If packing is

____
damaged, replace with new packing (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010).
(2) Install the filter bowl (3) on the filter head (1).
NOTE : Make sure that the packing is not damaged. If packing is

____
damaged, replace with new packing (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010).
(a) Tighten the filter bowl by hand.
(b) Safety the filter bowl with Wire (Material No. V02-156).
Subtask 78-31-51-420-064
B. Installation of the clog indicator sight glass

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-31-51-991-153)
(1) Push the red indicator magnet (7) in to reset the clog indicator.
(2) Put the sight glass (5) on the filter head (1).
(3) Install the retaining ring (6) to hold the sight glass (5) in
position. Tighten the retaining ring by hand.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-51-440-056
C. Activate the HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-31-51-863-051
D. Pressurization of hydraulic systems

_______
TO PERSONNEL.

001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
Subtask 78-31-51-870-051
E. Bleed the air from the thrust reverser hydraulic actuation system
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-31-51-991-151)
_______
THE SYSTEM.
_______
(1) Move the lock levers (18) of the left and right locking actuators aft
(IAE1N20049) (19), to hold the lock levers in the unlocked position.

_______
TO PERSONNEL.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


_______
(18) of the left and right locking actuators and move the lock
(4) Make sure there is no leaks at the filter bowl.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-31-51-410-060
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

CONTROL UNIT - HYDRAULIC (HCU) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________
TASK 78-31-51-200-010
General Check of the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) General Condition and Filter
Indicator, without component removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the data for a general check of the Hydraulic Control Unit
and filter indicator without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-31-51-000-010 Removal of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit
(4101KS)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-31-51-000-011 Removal of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter Cartridge

78-31-51-400-010 Installation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (4101KS)
78-31-51-400-011 Installation of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter
Cartridge
78-31-51-991-152 Fig. 601
78-31-51-991-154 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-31-51-941-066
1(2).
Subtask 78-31-51-010-083
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-51-040-070
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-040-012)
Subtask 78-31-51-110-054
D. Clean the Glass Bowl
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the glass bowl with a clean lint free cloth made moist with
cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-31-51-210-060
A. Examine the Sight Glass to find the red indicator is visible in it.
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-31-51-991-152)
(1) If the red indicator (2) is not extended in to the sight glass (1),
the HCU filter has not clogged and is in serviceable condition.
(2) If the red indicator (2) is extended in to the sight glass (1), the
HCU filter has clogged and must be replaced (Ref. TASK 78-31-51-000-
011) and (Ref. TASK 78-31-51-400-011).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

HCU Filter Indicator

Figure 601/TASK 78-31-51-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-31-51-210-061
B. Examine the Lock-out pin stowage bracket for heat damage.

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 78-31-51-991-154)
(1) If the lock-out pin stowage nylon bracket shows signs of heat damage
is deformed or melted, replace the Hydraulic Control Unit (Ref. TASK
78-31-51-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 78-31-51-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-31-51-440-064
Subtask 78-31-51-410-074
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

HCU out Pin Stowage Bracket

Figure 602/TASK 78-31-51-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-31-51

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER HALVES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The thrust reverser is attached to the pylon (immediately aft of the engine
fan case) and to the fan case by the vee blade-vee groove system.
The reverser is constructed in two halves which are hinged at the top to the
pylon and latched together along the bottom centerline.
2. Description
___________
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
Each thrust reverser half is supported from the pylon by four hinges.
These hinges are integral with a machined aluminium beam which runs along
the upper section of the thrust reverser. The thrust reverser consists of
four parts : the C-duct fixed structure, the translating sleeve, the
blocker doors and the cascades.
B. C-Duct Fixed Structure

(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
The C-duct is a door hinged to the pylon, one right side, one left side
of the engine. When open, the C-ducts permit access to the engine, when
closed the two C-ducts encompass the engine and are latched together
beneath the engine.
The C-duct is formed of two walls.
The inner wall blankets the engine and encloses the engine compartment.
In order to accomodate the new position of the pressure regulator valve a
7.5in. by 4.5in., 0.418in. deep pandown is provided in the left hand
C-duct inner wall.
The space between the two walls forms a duct to guide the air from the
fan to the common nozzle at the rear of the engine. The C-duct contains
hoisting points for removal and installation with the use of a
three-point handling sling. The thrust reverser uses loadshare and bumper
fittings to enhance engine performance retention. These loadshare
fittings are located where the thrust reverser is coupled to the common
nozzle exhaust collector.
Each C-duct contains a duct in the upper bifurcation wall which provides
air to the precooler. The right hand C-duct contains an inlet for the
Active Clearance Control (ACC) valve which provides air to cool the
turbine case area. The left hand C-duct contains an inlet which provides
air to the No. 4 bearing compartment Air Cooled Air Cooler (ACAC).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Structure

Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Upper Beam

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Assembly

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser C-duct Inner Wall

Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Translating Sleeve
(Ref. Fig. 001, 003, 005)
The translating sleeve forms the outer surface of the C-duct. In forward
thrust mode, the translating sleeve is held against the front of the
C-duct providing an aerodynamically smooth surface to the engine nacelle.
In reverse thrust mode, the translating sleeve moves aft on tracks near
the top and bottom of the C-duct. By such action, it moves the blocker
doors down and exposes the cascades, thereby blocking the flow of fan air
coming into the duct and directing it outward and forward through the
cascades.
The translating sleeve contains panels for access to the thrust reverser
actuator rear attachments.
D. Blocker Doors
(Ref. Fig. 003, 005)
Fire blocker doors are mounted side by side on the inside of the outer
wall of each C-duct. The forward edge of the blocker doors is hinged to
the translating sleeve and travel back with the sleeve.
The aft edge of the blocker doors is attached to the inner wall of the
C-duct by a drag link. In forward thrust mode the blocker doors are flush
against the outer wall and present a smooth surface to the flow of air
through the duct.
In reverse thrust mode, the blocker door hinge moves aft with the
translating sleeve. The aft edge of the blocker door, held by the drag
link to the inner wall, is pulled down against the inner wall. The five
doors are shaped to fit together to form a complete barrier across the
air duct and effectively block the flow of air through the duct.
E. Cascades
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006)
The cascades, in the outer wall of the C-duct, are covered by the
translating sleeve on the outside and by the blocker doors on the inside
during forward thrust.
In reverse thrust mode, the cascades are exposed on the outside when the
translating sleeve moves aft and exposed on the inside when the blocker
door hinges moves aft and the blocker doors are pulled down.
The air in the C-duct stopped by the blocker doors is forced out through
the cascades. The louvers of the cascades are angled to send the air
forward and outward thereby creating a reverse thrust against the
movement of the aircraft.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Air Flow With Thrust Reverser Stowed and Deployed

Figure 005

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Cascades

Figure 006

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. Materials
_________
The C-duct inner barrel is constructed of an aluminium face sheet bonded to
an aluminium honeycomb core. The cascades are constructed of moulded
graphite.
The blocker doors are machined aluminium.
The blocker door drag links and cascade aft rings are made of aluminium.
Translating sleeve outer skin is constructed of a graphite panel composed of
four layers of graphite skin with aluminium core frames. The translating
sleeve acoustic panels are sandwich panels.They are composed of a 025 perf
Al skin face sheet, a 3/8 cell Al field core and 020 Al back skin.
4. ____________________
Removal/Installation
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The thrust reverser incorporates hoisting points for removal and
installation of the thrust reverser C-duct assemblies with the use of a
three point handling sling.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Removal/Installation

Figure 007

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER HALVES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
______________________________________________
TASK 78-32-00-010-010
Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
WARNING : THIS PROCEDURE MUST BE DONE CAREFULLY. FAILURE TO OBEY THE

_______
INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS PROCEDURE CAN CAUSE THE THRUST REVERSER HALF TO
CLOSE FAST AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS BETWEEN THE THRUST REVERSER
HALF AND THE ENGINE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to open the thrust reverser halves as doors to
get access to the engine core compartment.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1N20009 2 HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Approved engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-38-25-200-010 Examine the Disconnect Panel Rubber Fireseal
78-32-51-820-010 Adjustment of the Thrust Reverser Half Forward
Hold-Open Rod
78-32-00-991-150 Fig. 201
78-32-00-991-164 Fig. 202
78-32-00-991-151 Fig. 203
78-32-00-991-152 Fig. 204
78-32-00-991-153 Fig. 205
78-32-00-991-154 Fig. 206
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-941-050
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-010-051
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-00-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-052
D. Open the thrust reverser pressure relief door 452DR(462DR) (3)

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 78-32-00-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-00-820-050
E. Adjust the auxiliary latch assembly to its minimum length

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 78-32-00-991-150, 202/TASK 78-32-00-991-164)
CAUTION : DO NOT TURN THE BODY OF THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY TO MAKE IT
_______
SHORTER THAN ITS MINIMUM LENGTH. THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY
CAN BE DAMAGED IF YOU TRY TO DECREASE ITS MINIMUM LENGTH.
(1) Remove the auxiliary latch assembly (2) from the retention clip (5).
(2) Turn the body of the auxiliary latch assembly (2) around the end
fitting which is attached to the thrust reverser half.Turn it until
the end fitting just touches the stop in the body.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Half Latch Access

Figure 201/TASK 78-32-00-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Auxiliary Latch Assembly

Figure 202/TASK 78-32-00-991-164

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 205
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Hold the body so that it does not move and turn the other end
fitting. Turn the fitting until it just touches the stop in the body.
NOTE : When both end fittings just touch the stops, this is the
____
minimum length of the auxiliary latch assembly.
Subtask 78-32-00-480-050
F. Install the auxiliary latch assembly

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 78-32-00-991-164)
_______
SHORTER THAN ITS MINIMUM LENGTH. STOP TURNING THE BODY WHEN
EITHER END FITTING TOUCHES THE STOP IN THE BODY. THE AUXILIARY
LATCH ASSEMBLY CAN BE DAMAGED IF YOU TRY TO DECREASE ITS
MINIMUM LENGTH.
(1) Hold the end fitting (which is not attached to the thrust reverser
half) of the auxiliary latch assembly (2) so that it does not move.
(2) Turn the body of the auxiliary latch assembly (2) to make it longer.
Increase the length until the end fitting can be attached to the hook
(4) on the other thrust reverser half. Make sure that an equal amount
of thread shows on each side of the body before you do step (3).
(3) Engage the auxiliary latch assembly (2) in the hook (4) on the other
thrust reverser half.
(4) Turn the body of the auxiliary latch assembly (2) with a wrench to
pull the two thrust reverser halves closer together. This relieves
the tension on the thrust reverser latches.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-00-010-053
A. Open the thrust reverser half latches

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 78-32-00-991-151)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY DEVICE IS ENGAGED
_______
BEFORE YOU RELEASE THE LATCHES. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE THE
LATCHES TO OPEN FAST AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
(1) Release the middle bifurcation latch (LATCH No.3) (13).
(2) Release the forward bifurcation latch (LATCH No.2) (1).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 206
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Half Latches

Figure 203/TASK 78-32-00-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 207
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Release the translating sleeve double latch (14).
(4) Release the aft bifurcation latch (LATCH No.4) (6).
(5) Release the V-groove latch (LATCH No.1) (7).
Subtask 78-32-00-080-050
B. Put the auxiliary latch assembly into its storage position

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 78-32-00-991-150, 202/TASK 78-32-00-991-164)
CAUTION : YOU MUST ADJUST THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY TO ITS MINIMUM
_______
LENGTH BEFORE YOU PUT IT IN TO THE RETENTION CLIP. IF YOU DO
NOT DO THIS THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY CAN MOVE OUT OF ITS
POSITION.
_______
MINIMUM LENGTH.
Increase the length of the auxiliary latch assembly until the end
fitting disengages from the hook (4) on the other thrust reverser
half.
fitting which is attached to the thrust reverser half. Turn it until
fitting. Turn the end fitting until it just touches the stop in the
body.
NOTE : When both end fittings touch the stops this is the minimum
____
length of the auxiliary latch assembly.
(4) Put the auxiliary latch assembly (2) into the retention clip (5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 208
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-480-051
C. Attach the hydraulic hand pump, HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT
(IAE1N20009)
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 78-32-00-991-152)
WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE
_______
OIL FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO
THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.
(1) Attach the hose (26) of the hydraulic hand pump (25) to the opening
actuator manifold connector (27) on the thrust reverser half (24).
(2) Make sure that the hand pump reservoir is filled with Approved engine
oil (Material No. V10-077).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-059
D. Open the thrust reverser half:

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 78-32-00-991-152)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
(1) Make sure that the hose (26) on the hydraulic hand pump (25) is
correctly connected to the opening actuator manifold (27).
(2) Close the valve on the hand pump (25).
(3) Operate the hand pump (25) until the thrust reverser half is fully
open.
Subtask 78-32-00-481-050
E. Put the hold open rods in position to hold the thrust reverser half
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 78-32-00-991-153)
(1) Put the aft hold open rod (43) in position
(a) Open the clip assembly (54) to release the hold open rod (43).
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 78-32-00-991-154)
(b) Push the lock arm (42) and fully extend the hold open rod (43.
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 78-32-00-991-153)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 209
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Manual Opening of the Thrust Reverser Half

Figure 204/TASK 78-32-00-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 210
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Half Hold-Open Rods - Stowed

Figure 205/TASK 78-32-00-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 211
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Half Hold-Open Rods - Deployed

Figure 206/TASK 78-32-00-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 212
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Release the lock arm (42) and make sure the hold open rod (43) is
locked in the fully extended position.
(d) Open the valve on the hydraulic hand pump (25) slowly. Let the
thrust reverser half close until the rod plunger (41) is engaged
in the rod anchorage bracket (40).
(e) Close the hand pump valve.
(2) Put the forward hold open rod (37) in position
(a) Open the clip assembly (53) to release the hold open rod (37).
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 78-32-00-991-154)
(b) Push the spring loaded coupler (39) and put the hold open rod
(37) in the anchorage bracket (38) and release the coupler (39).
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 78-32-00-991-153)
NOTE : Adjustment of the forward hold-open rod should be

____
necessary only during initial installation of the
hold-open rod, or if the adjustment has been disturbed.
NOTE : If the coupler does not engage satisfactorily because the

____
rod is the incorrect length, adjust the forward hold-open
rod (Ref. TASK 78-32-51-820-010).
(c) Open the valve on the hand pump (25) to let the thrust reverser
half close slowly. Let the thrust reverser half close until the
weight is taken on the two hold open rods (37) and (43).
(3) Make sure that the thrust reverser half is held correctly
(a) Make sure the spring loaded coupler (39) and (41) on each rod is
fully compressed.
(b) Make sure the weight of the thrust reverser half is held equally
by the two hold open rods (37) and (43).
(c) If the weight of the thrust reverser half is not held equally by
the two hold open rods (37) and (43), adjust the forward hold
open rod (37) (Ref. TASK 78-32-51-820-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 213
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-080-051
F. Disconnect the hose (26) of the hydraulic hand pump (25) HYDRAULIC PUMP
UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT (IAE1N20009) from the actuator manifold connector
(27) of the thrust reverser half (24)
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 78-32-00-991-152)
CAUTION : DO NOT DISCONNECT THE HAND PUMP UNTIL THE OPENING ACTUATOR
_______
SYSTEM IS DRAINED A MINIMUM OF (1) MINUTE, AFTER OPENING OR
CLOSING THE THRUST REVERSER COWL. COMPLIANCE WITH THIS
RECOMMENDATION HAS PROVEN TO EXTEND THE THRUST REVERSER COWL
OPERATING SERVICE LIFE AND MINIMIZES LEAKAGE.
Subtask 78-32-00-210-069
G. Examine the disconnect Panel rubber Fireseal (Ref. TASK 72-38-25-200-

010).
NOTE : This subtask is only applicable for engines that are Post SBE
____
79-0087 (V2500-A1) and Post SBE 79-0088 (V2500-A5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 214
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-00-410-010
Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
WARNING : THIS PROCEDURE MUST BE DONE CAREFULLY. FAILURE TO OBEY THE

_______
INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS PROCEDURE CAN CAUSE THE THRUST REVERSER HALF TO
CLOSE FAST AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS BETWEEN THE THRUST REVERSER
HALF AND THE ENGINE.
CAUTION : FIRST CLOSE ONE HALVE OF THE REVERSER AND MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO
_______
CHAFING BETWEEN THE LOWER BUMPER OF THE REVERSER HALF AND THE ENGINE
HARNESSES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to close the thrust reverser halves after
maintenance is completed.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

white petrolatum (Ref. 70-30-00)
Approved engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 215
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-00-991-150 Fig. 201
78-32-00-991-164 Fig. 202
78-32-00-991-151 Fig. 203
78-32-00-991-152 Fig. 204
78-32-00-991-153 Fig. 205
78-32-00-991-154 Fig. 206
78-32-00-991-168 Fig. 207
78-32-00-991-157 Fig. 208
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 216
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-010-061
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-00-040-055
Subtask 78-32-00-480-052
D. Attach the hydraulic hand pump HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT
(IAE1N20009).
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 78-32-00-991-152)
WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE
_______
OIL FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO
THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.
(1) Attach the hose (26) of the hand pump (25) to the opening actuator
manifold connector (27) on the thrust reverser half (24).
(2) Make sure that the hand pump reservoir is filled with Approved engine
oil (Material No. V10-077).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 217
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-640-050
E. Lubricate the Bifurcation Panel Fireseal

(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 78-32-00-991-168)
SBE 79-0087 and SBE 79-0088
(1) Apply white petrolatum (Material No. V10-041) liberally to the

bifurcation panel fireseal.
(2) Wipe clean the seal land areas of the TRU halves and make certain
that there are no burrs. If there are burrs, remove by hand-dressing.
Subtask 78-32-00-081-050
F. Disengage the thrust reverser half hold-open rods

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 78-32-00-991-153)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE THRUST REVERSER HALF AREA IS CLEAR OF TOOLS
_______
AND EQUIPMENT BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE DOOR. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE THRUST REVERSER HALF AND TO THE ENGINE.
(1) Make sure that the hose (26) of the hand pump (25) is correctly
connected to the thrust reverser half opening actuator manifold (27).
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 78-32-00-991-152)
(2) Close the valve on the hand pump (25) and operate the pump to open
the thrust reverser half (24). This removes the load from the
hold-open rods (37) and (43).
(3) Let the hold-open rods (37) and (43) disengage from the rod anchorage
brackets (38) and (40). Apply pressure to the spring loaded lock that
is marked Push. Retract the coupler end of the rod in the strut
outer tube and release the lock. Continue to retract the coupler
until the lock is in the front locking groove of the rod lock and the
rod halves are locked together.
(4) Put the forward hold-open rod (37) in the clip assembly (53) and
close the latch.
(5) Push the lock arm (42) on the aft hold-open rod (43) and retract the
hold-open rod (43).
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 78-32-00-991-153)
(6) Release the lock arm (42) to hold the hold-open rod (43) in the fully
retracted position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 218
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Bifurcation Panel
Figure 207/TASK 78-32-00-991-168

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 219
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Put the aft hold-open rod (43) in the clip assembly (54) and close
the latch.
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 78-32-00-991-154)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-00-410-050
A. Close the thrust reverser half:

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 78-32-00-991-152)
FOR 1000EM1
451Al, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
(1) Close the thrust reverser half with precaution:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE FRONT LATCH IS IN THE LOCKED POSITION WHEN
_______
YOU CLOSE THE LEFT THRUST REVERSER HALF 451AL (461AL).
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 78-32-00-991-151)
(a) Open the valve on the hydraulic hand pump (25) HYDRAULIC PUMP
UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT (IAE1N20009) slowly and let the thrust
reverser half (24) close.
Subtask 78-32-00-080-052
B. Disconnect the hose (26) of the hydraulic hand pump (25) HYDRAULIC PUMP
UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT (IAE1N20009) from the actuator manifold connector
(27) of the thrust reverser half (24).
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 78-32-00-991-152)
CAUTION : DO NOT DISCONNECT THE HAND PUMP UNTIL THE OPENING ACTUATOR
_______
SYSTEM IS DRAINED A MINIMUM OF (1) MINUTE, AFTER OPENING OR
CLOSING THE THRUST REVERSER COWL. COMPLIANCE WITH THIS
RECOMMENDATION HAS PROVEN TO EXTEND THE THRUST REVERSER COWL
OPERATING SERVICE LIFE AND MINIMIZES LEAKAGE.
Subtask 78-32-00-820-051
C. Adjust the auxiliary latch assembly to its minimum length

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 78-32-00-991-150, 202/TASK 78-32-00-991-164)
_______
SHORTER THAN ITS MINIMUM LENGTH. THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY
CAN BE DAMAGED IF YOU TRY TO DECREASE ITS MINIMUM LENGTH.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 220
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Remove the auxiliary latch assembly (2) from the retention clip (5).
body.
NOTE : When both end fittings just touch the stops this is the
____
Subtask 78-32-00-480-053
D. Engage the auxiliary latch assembly

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 78-32-00-991-150, 202/TASK 78-32-00-991-164)
(1) Hold the end fitting (which is not attached to the thrust reverser
half) of the auxiliary latch assembly (2) so that it does not move.
Increase its length until the end fitting can be attached to the hook
(4) on the other thrust reverser half. Make sure that an equal amount
of thread shows on each side of the body before you do step (3).
(3) Engage the auxiliary latch assembly (2) in the hook (4) on the other
Subtask 78-32-00-480-054
E. Engage the front latch open indicator

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 78-32-00-991-164, 203/TASK 78-32-00-991-151, 208/TASK
78-32-00-991-157)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU POSITION THE FRONT LATCH CORRECTLY AGAINST
_______
THE FRONT LATCH OPEN INDICATOR WHILE YOU PULL THE THRUST
REVERSER HALVES TOGETHER WITH THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY. IF
YOU DO NOT DO THIS THE FRONT LATCH CAN GET CAUGHT BETWEEN THE
THRUST REVERSER HALVES AND THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY AND THE
HOOK CAN GET DAMAGED.
_______
MINIMUM LENGTH.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 221
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Half Latches

Figure 208/TASK 78-32-00-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 222
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Push the front latch open indicator (16) to the recessed position and
hold it there.
(2) Turn the body of the auxiliary latch assembly (2) with a wrench to
pull the thrust reverser halves closer together.
Subtask 78-32-00-410-051
F. Close the thrust reverser latches

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 78-32-00-991-151, 208/TASK 78-32-00-991-157)
(1) Push the latch open indicators (15) to the recessed position.
(2) Engage and close the V-groove latch (LATCH No.1) (7).
(3) Engage and close the aft bifurcation latch (LATCH No.4) (6).
(4) Engage and close the thrust reverser translating sleeve double
latches (14).
(5) Engage and close the forward bifurcation latch (LATCH No.2) (1).
(6) Engage and close the middle bifurcation latch (LATCH No.3) (13).
Subtask 78-32-00-080-053
G. Put the auxiliary latch assembly back into the storage

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 78-32-00-991-150, 202/TASK 78-32-00-991-164)
CAUTION : IF THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY IS NOT PROPERLY SECURED ONTO

_______
ITS RETENTION CLIP, THE THREADED END FITTING OF THE AUXILIARY
LATCH ASSEMBLY MAY START ROTATING DURING FLIGHT DUE TO
VIBRATIONS AND MAY GET LOST.
CAUTION : YOU MUST ADJUST THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY TO ITS MINIMUM
_______
LENGTH BEFORE YOU PUT IT IN TO THE RETENTION CLIP. IF YOU DO
NOT DO THIS THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY CAN MOVE OUT OF ITS
POSITION.
_______
MINIMUM LENGTH.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 223
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Increase the length of the auxiliary latch assembly (2) until the end
fitting disengages from the hook (4) on the other thrust reverser
half.
body.
NOTE : When both end fittings just touch the stops this is the
____
(4) Put the auxiliary latch assembly (2) into the retention clip (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-00-410-052
A. Close the thrust reverser pressure relief door 452DR(462DR) (3).

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 78-32-00-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-00-440-050
B. Activate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
440-012).
Subtask 78-32-00-410-053
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 224
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-00-860-010
Manual Extension of the Thrust Reverser Translating Sleeves
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to manually translate the thrust reverser
translating sleeves to the extended (deployed) position.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(451AL)
Eng No. 2
(452AR)
Eng. No. 2
78-32-00-991-155 Fig. 209
78-32-00-991-156 Fig. 210

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 225
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-054

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-00-040-056

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 226
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-020-050
D. Put the locking actuators in the unlocked position

(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 78-32-00-991-155)
(1) Move the lock levers (65) on the left and the right locking actuators
ACTUATOR (IAE1N20049), (67) to hold the lock levers in the unlocked
position.
Subtask 78-32-00-010-069
E. Remove the pylon access panel

FOR 1000EM1
413AL
FOR 1000EM2
423AL
Subtask 78-32-00-020-051
F. Put the non-return valve in the by-pass position

(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 78-32-00-991-156)
(1) Remove the lockwire that safeties the lever (71) in the normal
position.
(2) Move the lever (71) of the non-return valve (70) to the by-pass
position.
Subtask 78-32-00-010-055
G. Make sure it is safe to extend the translating sleeves.
CAUTION : DO NOT EXTEND THE THRUST REVERSER TRANSLATING SLEEVE WITH THE
_______
THRUST REVERSER HALVES FULLY OPEN. DAMAGE TO THE TRANSLATING
SLEEVE SYNCHRONISING CABLES, AND THE HINGE ACCESS PANELS OF THE
THRUST REVERSER HALF COULD OCCUR. CLOSE THE THRUST REVERSER
HALVES BEFORE YOU EXTEND THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES. REMOVE THE
HINGE ACCESS PANELS IF THE THRUST REVERSER HALVES WILL BE
OPENED AFTER THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES HAVE BEEN EXTENDED.
(1) Make sure that the thrust reverser halves are closed (Ref. TASK 78-
32-00-410-010):
FOR 1000EM1
457AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 227
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Locking Actuator

Figure 209/TASK 78-32-00-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 228
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Non-Return Valve (3011KM)

Figure 210/TASK 78-32-00-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 229
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the applicable hinge access panels: (Ref. TASK 78-32-01-000-
010) (Ref. TASK 78-32-02-000-010) (Ref. TASK 78-32-03-000-010)
(Ref. TASK 78-32-04-000-010)
NOTE : This step is only necessary if the thrust reverser halves will
____
be opened after the translating sleeves have been extended.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-00-010-056
A. Extend the translating sleeve

(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 78-32-00-991-155)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE POWER TOOLS IN THE MANUAL DRIVE SOCKETS TO MOVE THE
_______
THRUST REVERSER TRANSLATING SLEEVE. TOO MUCH TORQUE COULD CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE TRANSLATING SLEEVE MECHANISM. THE MAXIMUM TORQUE
PERMITTED DURING EXTENSION IS 275 LBF IN. (3,11 MDAN).
NOTE : You may need to turn and align the manual drive rods (protruding
____
square shafts) before you can push the square drive into the
manual drive. The socket end of your 0.375 in. square drive is a
convenient tool to use for this purpose.
NOTE : The manual drive rods have a strong return spring to ensure the
____
manual drives disengage after you use them. You must continue to
push the manual drive rods in to maintain engagement while you
turn the square drives.
(1) Put a 0.375 in. square drive in to the manual drive socket (66) of
the left and right thrust reverser halves.
(2) Push the square drive in to engage the internal actuator drives. For
the left and right thrust reverser halves, turn the square drive
clockwise.
NOTE : Use the manual drives on the left and right thrust reverser
____
halves at the same time, to extend (deploy) the translating
sleeves.
(3) Remove the square drives.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 230
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-00-860-011
Manual Retraction of the Thrust Reverser Translating Sleeves
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to manually translate the thrust reverser
translating sleeves to the retracted (stowed) position.
The task that follows is to be used when the thrust reverser translating
sleeves have been manually extended.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(451AL)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 231
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No. 1 (451AL)
Eng No. 2
78-32-02-400-010 Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Half (461AL)
- Eng No. 2
(452AR)
No. 1 (452AR)
Eng. No. 2
Eng. No. 2
78-32-00-991-155 Fig. 209
78-32-00-991-156 Fig. 210
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-062
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 232
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Make sure that the pylon access panels are removed:
FOR 1000EM1
413AL
FOR 1000EM2
423AL
(3) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are closed: (Ref. TASK 78-
32-00-410-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
(4) Make sure that the applicable hinge access panels are removed:
(Ref. TASK 78-32-01-000-010) (Ref. TASK 78-32-02-000-010) (Ref. TASK
78-32-03-000-010) (Ref. TASK 78-32-04-000-010)
Subtask 78-32-00-040-052
Subtask 78-32-00-420-050
D. Put the locking actuators in the locked position

(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 78-32-00-991-155)
CAUTION : THE LOCKING ACTUATOR LOCK LEVERS MUST BE IN THE FORWARD LOCKED
_______
POSITION FOR FLIGHT OPERATION.
(1) Remove the lockout pins (67) PIN - LOCKOUT ACTUATOR (IAE1N20049) from
the lock levers (65) of the left and the right locking actuators (64)
and move the lock levers forward to the locked position.
(2) Put the non-return valve (70) in the NORMAL position

(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 78-32-00-991-156)
(3) Move the lever (71) to the normal position.
(4) Safety the lever (71) to the body of the non-return valve (70) with
the Lockwire (Material No. V02-147).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 233
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-410-060
E. Install the pylon access panels

FOR 1000EM1
413AL
FOR 1000EM2
423AL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-00-410-054
A. Retract the translating sleeve

(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 78-32-00-991-155)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE POWER TOOLS IN THE MANUAL DRIVE SOCKETS TO MOVE THE
_______
THRUST REVERSER TRANSLATING SLEEVE. TOO MUCH TORQUE COULD CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE TRANSLATING SLEEVE MECHANISM. THE MAXIMUM TORQUE
PERMITTED DURING RETRACTION IS 350 LBF IN. (3,96 MDAN).
CAUTION : DO NOT RETRACT THE THRUST REVERSER TRANSLATING SLEEVES WITH THE
_______
THRUST REVERSER HALVES OPEN. DAMAGE TO THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES,
SYNCHRONOUS CABLES AND THE HINGE ACCESS PANELS OF THE THRUST
REVERSER COULD OCCUR. CLOSE THE THRUST REVERSER HALVES BEFORE
YOU RETRACT THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES.
NOTE : You may need to turn and align the manual drive rods (protruding
____
square shafts) before you can push the square drive into the
manual drive. The socket end of your 0.375 in. square drive is a
convenient tool to use for this purpose.
NOTE : The manual drive rods have a strong return spring to ensure the
____
manual drives disengage after you use them. You must continue to
push the manual drive rods in to maintain engagement while you
turn the square drives.
(1) Put a 0.375 in. square drive into the manual drive socket (66) of the
left and right thrust reverser halves.
(2) Push the square drive into engage the internal actuator drives. For
the left and right thrust reverser halves, turn the square drive
counterclockwise.
NOTE : Use the manual drives on the left and right thrust reverser
____
halves at the same time, to extend (deploy) the translating
sleeves.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 234
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the square drives.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-00-410-055
A. Install the applicable thrust reverser half hinge access panels

(Ref. TASK 78-32-01-400-010) (Ref. TASK 78-32-02-400-010) (Ref. TASK 78-
32-03-400-010) (Ref. TASK 78-32-04-400-010)
NOTE : This step is only necessary if the hinge access panels were
____
removed during the manual extension task.
Subtask 78-32-00-440-054
Subtask 78-32-00-410-056
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 235
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER HALVES - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-00-040-010
Sealing of the Lockout-Pin Storage Location
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the CDL TASK: 78-4

R Lockout Pin
R (old CDL reference: 78-2)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Methylethylketone (Ref. 70-30-00)
sealing tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-32-00-991-169 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-010-084
A. Visually find the storage location of the lockout pins.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-00-040-064
A. Seal the lockout-pin storage location
(1) Clean the area around the lockout-pin storage location with
Methylethylketone (Material No. V01-076) and wipe with a dry lint-
free cloth.
(2) Put sealing tape (Material No. V02-006) on the lockout-pin storage
location to make sure that no dirt goes into the orifice.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-00-991-169)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Lockout-Pin Storage Location

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-00-991-169

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-00-040-011
Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser with one Blocker Door missing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the CDL TASK: 78-3

R Thrust Reverser Blocker Door
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-30-00-040-013 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Flight
78-32-42-000-010 Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Door Drag
Links
78-32-45-000-010 Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors
78-32-72-000-010 Removal of the Right Blocker Door Link Assembly
78-32-75-000-010 Removal of the Right Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-941-070
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-085

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-00-040-065

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-010-086

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-00-040-066
A. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser with one blocker door missing.
(1) Remove the blocker door (Ref. TASK 78-32-45-000-010) or (Ref. TASK
78-32-75-000-010).
(2) Remove the blocker door link assembly (Ref. TASK 78-32-42-000-010) or
(Ref. TASK 78-32-72-000-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-00-410-083
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the left thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).
FOR 1000EM1
451AL.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL.
Subtask 78-32-00-440-063
B. Activate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-00-440-064
C. Make the Thrust Reverser unserviceable for flight (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
040-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-410-084
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER HALVES - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________
TASK 78-32-00-700-001
Operational Check of Thrust Reverser Lower Actuator Lock Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific square drive tool (speed handle)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
78-32-00-991-165 Fig. 501

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-941-058
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-070
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Put the access platform in position.
Subtask 78-32-00-040-059

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-00-710-050
A. Check the RH and LH locking actuator locking mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-32-00-991-165)
(1) Ensure the locking actuator is in the fully stowed and locked
condition.
(2) Move the lock lever (2) on the RH locking actuator (1) aft to the
unlocked position and install the PIN - LOCKOUT ACTUATOR
(3) Engage a square drive tool (speed handle) in the manual drive unit
(4) adjacent to the actuator.
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT EXCEED THE PLACARDED MAXIMUM TORQUE VALUE AT
_______
THE HANDWIND UNIT. DO NOT USE POWER TOOLS TO DEPLOY OR STOW
TRANSLATING SLEEVE.
(4) Attempt to manually deploy the RH translating sleeve (Ref. TASK 78-
32-00-860-010) , while maintaining the LH locking actuator in the
locked condition.
(5) Confirm that the translating sleeve will not deploy. A hard stop
should be felt while attempting to crank the manual drive. Ensure the
placarded maximum torque is not exceeded and power tools are not used
to deploy the sleeve.
(6) Repeat steps (1) through (5) on LH locking actuator (1).
(7) Return the thrust reverser to the stowed and locked condition.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-00-410-067
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 78-32-00-440-057

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Locking Actuator

Figure 501/TASK 78-32-00-991-165

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-410-068
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER HALVES - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________
TASK 78-32-00-200-010
Detailed Check of the Thrust Reverser Blocker Door Assemblies
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the thrust reverser to
determine allowable damage.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 1000EM2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-00-991-158 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-941-054
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-063
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR e access platform in position.
Subtask 78-32-00-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-980-050
D. Manually extend the thrust reverser translating sleeves (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-860-010).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-00-991-158)
Subtask 78-32-00-210-050
A. Do a detailed visual inspection for cracks in the aft web door stiffeners
NOTE : Enter the thrust reverser through the aft opening of the C-duct to
____
get access to the aft side of the blocker doors.
(1) Inspection of the rib apex region No.1:
(a) Start at the top surface of the ribs and proceed to the door skin
next to the radius of the rib root.
(b) No cracks are allowed.
(2) Inspection of the hinge rib regions No.2A and 2B:
(a) Do the inspection along the door skin next to the rib root.
(b) No cracks are allowed.
(3) If any cracks are found, regardless of size or depth, reject the
blocker door assembly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-00-980-051
A. Manually retract the translating sleeves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-00-440-052

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors

Figure 601/TASK 78-32-00-991-158

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-410-061
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-00-200-011
General Visual Inspection of the C-Duct Hinge Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 783200-03
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific inspection lamp

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-52-11-918-010 Specified Types of Damage
78-32-00-991-170 Fig. 602
78-32-00-991-166 Fig. 603
78-32-00-991-167 Fig. 604

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-00-040-051

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-020-055
D. Remove the thrust reverser pylon fairing (Ref. TASK 54-56-00-000-002):
(1) Remove the hinge access panel.

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 78-32-00-991-170)
(a) Remove the 11 screws (5).
(b) Remove the hinge access panel (4) from the thrust reverser half
(2).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-058

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 78-32-00-991-166, 604/TASK 78-32-00-991-167)
Subtask 78-32-00-210-051
A. Examine the C-duct hinge fittings. Use the inspection lamp as necessary
(1) Examine the C-duct hinge fittings for cracks, wear or other obvious
damage (Ref. TASK 70-52-11-918-010).
(2) If damage is found, reject the part.
(3) Examine the C-duct hinge fitting bushings for correct installation in
the hinge fittings.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-00-410-057
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Half and Sling

Figure 602/TASK 78-32-00-991-170

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C-Duct Hinge Fittings (LH)


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C-Duct Hinge Fittings (LH)


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C-Duct Hinge Fittings (RH)


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C-Duct Hinge Fittings (RH)


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 613
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-410-085
B. Install the hinge access panel.

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 78-32-00-991-170)
(1) Position the hinge access (4) on the thrust reverser half (2).
002).
Subtask 78-32-00-440-051
C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-00-410-058
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 614
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-00-200-013
General Visual Inspection of Inner Barrel Heatshield and Fire Seals
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific inspection lamp

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-00-991-160 Fig. 605
78-32-00-991-161 Fig. 606

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 615
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-941-055
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-064
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-00-040-054

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 616
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-010-065

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-00-110-050
E. Clean the C-duct Heatshields
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the C-duct heatshields with a lint free cloth made moist with
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-00-210-052
A. Examine the C-duct heatshields and fire seals

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 78-32-00-991-160, 606/TASK 78-32-00-991-161)
Use the inspection lamp as necessary
(1) Examine the C-duct heatshields for security of attachment.

If loose, reject the attachments.
(2) Examine the C-duct heatshields for wear, thermal damage, cracks,
rips, tears and punctures.
(3) Examine the C-duct fire seals for security of attachment.
(4) Examine the C-duct fire seals for wear, thermal damage, cracks, rips,
tears and punctures.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 617
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C-Duct Fixed Structure

Figure 605/TASK 78-32-00-991-160

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 618
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 606/TASK 78-32-00-991-161

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 619
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-00-410-062
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-00-440-053
Subtask 78-32-00-410-063
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 620
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-00-200-014
General Visual Inspection of Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors and Linkages for
Condition and Security
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 621
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-32-45-200-010 Visually Examine the Surface Damage on the Blocker

Door of the Left Thrust Reverser
78-32-75-200-010 Visually Examine the Surface Damage on the Blocker
Door of the Right Thrust Reverser
78-32-00-991-159 Fig. 607
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-941-056
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-066
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 622
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-040-057

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-00-980-052
00-860-010).
Subtask 78-32-00-110-051
E. Clean the Thrust Reverser Components
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the thrust reverser components that follow with a lint free
cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002)
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 78-32-00-991-159)
(a) Blocker doors (3).
(b) Blocker door links (2).
(c) Translating sleeve blocker door hinges (1).
(d) Thrust reverser blocker door pivot fittings (4).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 623
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors and Links

Figure 607/TASK 78-32-00-991-159

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 624
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-00-210-053
A. Examine the blocker doors and links

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 78-32-00-991-159)
(1) Examine the blocker doors (3) for cracks, wear or other obvious
damage or loose or missing fasteners (Ref. TASK 78-32-45-200-010) and
(Ref. TASK 78-32-75-200-010).
(2) Examine the translating sleeve blocker door hinges (1) for cracks,
wear or other obvious damage or loose or missing fasteners.
(3) Examine the thrust reverser blocker door pivot fittings (4) for
cracks, wear or other obvious damage or loose or missing fasteners.
(4) Examine the blocker door links (2) for cracks, wear or other obvious
damage or loose or missing fasteners.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-00-980-053
Subtask 78-32-00-440-055
Subtask 78-32-00-410-064
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 625
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-00-200-015
Visually Examine the Thrust Reverser - Allowable Damage Data
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
General - Allowable damage data are intended to permit an operator to

determine whether a damaged nacelle component may be returned to service
without repair. Damage permitted by these data will have no significant
effect on the strength or fatigue life of the structure, which will still be
able to fulfill its design function. The types of allowable damage permitted
are defined and brief descriptions are given of the cleanup procedures
needed to either prevent damage propagation or improve the aerodynamic
smoothness of the damaged part.
Material Types - The basic material used in the construction of the thrust
reverser components is aluminium. It makes up the bonded panel construction
of the thrust reverser translating sleeve and the sheet metal and bonded
panel construction of the C-duct inner barrel. In addition, the outer skin
of the translating sleeve is made up of layered plies of graphite and
fiberglass material.
Damage - All damage limits assume that exposed edges do not extend above the
skin contour. Any such damage should be reworked to remove or feather the
extensions. Holes and cracks in the pressure boundaries must be sealed with
applicable tape material. Allowable damage is classified as either unlimited
usage or time limited.
Unlimited usage damage is defined as minor damage which does not affect the
structural integrity or functional capability of the component and which
needs no repairs over the aircraft design life.
Time limited damage is defined as minor damage which does not affect the
structural integrity of the component in normal operation, but could reduce
the design life of the component. Therefore, damage must be permanently
repaired no later than the next maintenance C check. The location and size
of the damage is to be noted and checked at each subsequent A check to make
sure that the damage has not grown beyond the time limited damage
allowances.
Damage Types - The types of allowable damage permitted on the thrust

reverser components are defined below. They apply only to the parent
material and do not include damage to surface finishes such as paint.
Abrasion - An abrasion is a damage area which results in a cross sectional

area change because the area was scuffed, rubbed, scraped or had other
surface erosion. An abrasion usually appears rough and irregular.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 626
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Gouge - A gouge is a damage area of any size which results in a cross
sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact with a relatively
sharp object which produces a continuous, sharp or smooth channel-like
groove in the material.
Nick - A nick is a local gouge with sharp edges. Consider a series of nicks
in a line to be a gouge.
Scratch - A scratch is a line of damage in the material and results in a

cross sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact with a very
sharp object.
Crack - A crack is a partial fracture or complete break in the material and

produces a most significant cross sectional area change. It usually appears
as an irregular line.
Dent - A dent is damage area which is depressed with respect to its normal
contour. There is no change in the cross sectional area. Area boundaries are
smooth. Its form is usually the result of contact with a smoothly contoured
object.
Rip/Tear (Woven Wire) - A rip or a tear in the woven wire of an acoustic

bonded panel is a sharp continuous separation of the wire fibers.
Hole - A hole is a complete penetration of the material.
Disbond - A disbond is a separation of the face sheet from the honeycomb

core of a bonded panel.
Delamination - A delamination is the separation of two laminate plies or

faying surfaces.
Missing Rivet - Absence of rivet from the fastener hole.
Loose Rivet - Ineffective fastener.
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the thrust reverser to
determine allowable damage.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-515, 517-599, 78-32-00

Page 627
May 01/09

CES

I A E

V2500

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

sealing tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
R 78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
R Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-00-991-162 Fig. 608
78-32-00-991-171 Fig. 609
78-32-00-991-163 Fig. 610

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-515, 517-599, 78-32-00

Page 628
May 01/09

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-00-941-057
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-00-010-067
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-00-040-058

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 629
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-980-054
D. Manually extend deploy the thrust reverser translating sleeves (Ref. TASK
78-32-00-860-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-00-210-054
A. Examine the translating cowl

(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 78-32-00-991-162, 609/TASK 78-32-00-991-171)
(1) Abrasion
(a) Zones TS1, TS2, TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7, TS8, TS9 - Finishes only
Damage allowed to surface resin only. No fiber damaged allowed.
Inspection interval at operator option. Prevent growth. Apply
sealing tape (Material No. V02-006) to protect damage area from
moisture. Unlimited use.
NOTE : A change in color of the wire mesh acoustic skin (Zone

____
TS4) may occur in different locations when the translating
sleeve is made because too much adhesive bleeds through
the internal honeycomb to just below the wire mesh
surface. This condition is not wear of the wire mesh
acoustic surface and is satisfactory for continued service
with no restrictions.
(2) Crack
(a) Zones TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7, TS8 - 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) maximum
length allowed in zones TS4, TS5, TS6 and TS7. 0.25 in. (6.35 mm)
maximum length allowed in fore and aft direction in zone TS3.
1.00 in. (25.4 mm) maximum length allowed in circumferential
direction in zone TS3. 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) maximum length allowed
in zone TS8. No two cracks within 10.00 in. (254.0 mm). Maximum
of 5 cracks allowed in each barrel half. Cracks wider than 0.10
in. (2.54 mm) consider as holes. Cracks 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) deep
or less consider as scratches. Unlimited use of terminated crack
between any two fasteners in a joint of ten or more fasteners.
Apply sealing tape (Material No. V02-006) to protect the damage
area from moisture. Repair at next C check. Monitor at A check.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 630
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Translating Cowl
Figure 608/TASK 78-32-00-991-162

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 631
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Translating Sleeve
Figure 609/TASK 78-32-00-991-171

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 632
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Delamination/Disbond
(a) Zones TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7 - 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) maximum length
allowed in TS4, TS5, TS6 and TS7. 0.75 in. (19.05 mm) maximum
length and 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) maximum width allowed in zone TS3.
No two within 10.00 in. (254.0 mm). Maximum of 5
delaminations/disbonds allowed in each barrel half. Repair
delaminations/disbonds that have exceeded the maximum size.
Repair all delaminations/disbonds at next C check. Monitor at A
check. Time limited.
(4) Gouge/Scratch
(a) Zones TS1, TS2, TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7, TS8, TS9 - 10.00 in.
(254.0 mm) maximum length 0.010 in (0.25 mm) maximum depth 0.10
in. (2.54 mm) maximum width. No two within 10.00 in. (254.0 mm).
Maximum of 10 gouges and 10 scratches allowed in each barrel
half. Apply sealing tape (Material No. V02-006) to the damage
area to protect it from moisture. Replace the tape if it becomes
peeled or damaged. Monitor at A check. Unlimited use.
(5) Hole
(a) Zones TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7 - 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) maximum diameter
hole allowed in zones TS4, TS6 and TS7. 3.00 in (76.2 mm) maximum
diameter hole allowed in zone TS5. Not two within 10.00 in.
(254.0 mm). Maximum of 5 holes allowed in each barrel half.
Cracks wider than 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) consider as holes. Apply
sealing tape (Material No. V02-006) to protect the damage area
from moisture. Repair at next C check. Monitor at A check.
(6) Nick
(a) Zones TS1, TS2, TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7, TS8, TS9 - 10.00 in.
(254.0 mm) maximum length. 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) maximum depth.
0.10 in. (2.54 mm) maximum width. Maximum of 14 nicks in each
1.00 ft2 (0.09 m2) of panel/stiffener. Apply sealing tape
(Material No. V02-006) to protect damage area from moisture.
Replace the tape if it becomes peeled or damaged. Monitor at A
check. Unlimited use.
(7) Blistered paint
(a) Zone TS1 - Allowed in aft latch area. Unlimited use.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 633
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(8) Missing or loose rivet
(a) The entire row of rivets (circumferential) on the edge of the

forward split line and last nine rivets (longitudinal) on the
outer panel skin bottom edge forward of the forward split line.
(Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 78-32-00-991-171)
1
_ One missing or loose rivet:
Permit to fly maximum two flight cycle provided adjacent
rivets after completion of first flight cycle. Repair per
VRS2332 after completion of two flight cycles.
2
_ Two or more missing or loose rivets:
Repair per VRS2332.
Subtask 78-32-00-010-068
B. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-00-210-055
C. Examine the C-duct fixed structure

(Ref. Fig. 610/TASK 78-32-00-991-163)
(1) Disbond
(a) Zones FS1, FS2, FS3, FS4 - 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) maximum width.
Separated from other disbonds by a fully bonded panel 4 times the
diameter of the disbond. Similar damage on the opposite face
sheet not opposed or overlapped. Maximum of 2 disbonds in each
1.00 ft2 (0.09 m2) of panel. 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) minimum from
honeycomb core edge. Repair at next C check. Monitor at A check.
(b) Zone FS5 - No disbonds allowed. Monitor at A check
(2) Dent
(a) Zones FS1, FS2, FS4, FS5 - 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) maximum length.
width. 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) minimum radius. No face sheet thinning
allowed. Crushed core acceptable. No two within 3.00 in (76.2
mm). 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) minimum from honeycomb core edge.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 634
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 610/TASK 78-32-00-991-163

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 635
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Inspection interval at operator option. Prevent growth. Unlimited
use.
(3) Gouge
(a) Zones FS2, FS4 - 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) maximum length. 0.010 in.
(0.25 mm) maximum depth. 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) maximum width.
Surface penetration only of perforated face sheet with radiused
width. No crushed core allowed. No two within 3.00 in. (76.2 mm).
1.50 in. (38.1 mm) minimum from honeycomb core edge. Monitor at A
check. Unlimited use.
(b) Zone FS5 - 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) maximum length. 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
maximum depth. 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) maximum width. No two within
12.00 in. (304.8 mm). If damage exceeds depth of basic material
thickness, consider as a crack, except for the fire shield which
must be repaired or replaced. Monitor at A check. Unlimited use.
(4) Nick
(a) Zones FS2, FS4 - 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) maximum length. 0.010 in.
(0.25 mm) maximum depth. 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) maximum width. No two
within 2.00 in (50.8 mm). 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) minimum from
honeycomb core edge. Monitor at A check. Unlimited use.
(b) Zone FS5 - 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) maximum length. 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
maximum depth. 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) maximum width. No two within
12.00 in. (304.8 mm). If damage exceeds depth of basic material,
consider as a crack, except for fire shield which must be
repaired or replaced. Monitor at A check. Unlimited use.
(5) Rip/Tear of woven wire mesh
(a) Zone FS1 - 100 percent thickness of woven wire mesh maximum
depth. 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) maximumlength. No delamination from
face sheet. No two within 3.00 in. (76.2 mm). 1.50 in. (38.1 mm)
minimum from honeycomb core edge. Monitor at A check. Unlimited
use.
(6) Scratch
(a) Zone FS1 - 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) maximum length. 0.005 in. (0.12 mm)
maximum depth. No delamination from the face sheet. No two within
3.00 in. (76.2 mm). 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) from honeycomb core edge.
Monitor at A check. Unlimited use.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 636
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Zones FS2, FS4, FS5 - 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) maximum length for zones
FS2 and FS4. 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) maximum length for zone FS5.
width. No two within 12.00 in. (304.8 mm). If damage exceeds
basic material thickness, consider as a crack, except for the
fire shield which must be repaired or replaced. Monitor at A
check. Unlimite use.
(7) Crack
(a) Zones FS1, FS2, FS4 - 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) maximum length. No two
within 10.00 in. (254.0 mm). Stop drill crack. Seal woven wire to
prevent fabric loss and apply tape over damage area. Repair at
next C check. Monitor at A check. Time limited.
(b) Zone FS5 - No cracks allowed.
(8) Partial penetration hole
(a) Zones FS2, FS3, FS4 - 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) maximum diameter. No two
within 10.00 in. (254.0 mm). No hole on opposite skin surface
within 10.00 in. (254.0 mm). Relieve radius of damage to prevent
propagation. Apply tape over damage area. Repair at next C check.
Monitor at A check. Time limited.
(b) Zone FS5 - No partial penetration holes allowed. Monitor at A

check.
(9) Full penetration hole
(a) Zones FS1, FS2, FS3, FS4, FS5 - No full penetration holes
allowed. Monitor at A check.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-00-410-065
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 637
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-00-980-055
B. Manually retract stow the thrust reverser translating sleeves (Ref. TASK
78-32-00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-00-440-056
Subtask 78-32-00-410-066
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-00

Page 638
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER HALF - LEFT, ENG NO. 1 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-01-000-010
Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Half - Eng No. 1 (451AL)
_______
OR MOUTH.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE THRUST REVERSER HALF. IT WEIGHS
_______
567lb (257kg).
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE THRUST REVERSER HALF IF THE WING LEADING EDGE SLATS
_______
ARE EXTENDED. THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE THRUST REVERSER, THE WING
LEADING EDGE SLATS AND THE WING.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE TRANSLATING HOISTING POINT TO REMOVE THE THRUST
_______
REVERSER COWL.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data for the removal of the left thrust reverser
half.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container 4 l (1 USgal)

No specific covers/caps/plugs
No specific hoist
IAE1N20005 1 DOLLY-WORKSTAND,THRUST REVERSER LEFT HAND
IAE1N20007 1 DOLLY-THRUST REVERSER

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-01-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-01-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-01-991-152 Fig. 403
78-32-01-991-153 Fig. 404
78-32-01-991-154 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-01-941-050
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-01-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-01-040-050

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)
Subtask 78-32-01-614-050
D. Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
(1) For engine 1 depressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
(2) For engine 2 depressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 78-32-01-010-051
E. Remove the thrust reverser pylon fairing (Ref. TASK 54-56-00-000-002).
(1) Remove the hinge access panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-01-991-150)
(a) Remove the 11 screws (5).
(b) Remove the hinge access panel (4) from the Thrust Reverser half
(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Trust Reverser Half and Sling


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Trust Reverser Half and Sling


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-01-480-050
F. Attach the thrust reverser sling and install the slat protection mat .
CAUTION : THE SLAT PROTECTION MAT MUST BE PLACED OVER THE SLATS BETWEEN
_______
THE SLATS AND THE THRUST REVERSER SLING TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
THE SLATS.
(1) Remove the threaded fasteners from the upper center and lower aft
hoist point nutplates and remove the threaded fastener from the lower
forward hoist point insert on the thrust reverser half (2). Do not
discard them.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-01-991-150)
(2) Attach the thrust reverser sling (3) SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER
(IAE1N20002), to the three sling points on the thrust reverser half.
(3) Position the PROTECTION-WING LEADING EDGE (98D57003500000) on the

slats between the slats and the thrust reverser sling.
(4) Attach the sling to an applicable hoist.
Subtask 78-32-01-010-052
G. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-01-020-051
A. Disconnect the Hydraulic Hoses:
CAUTION : HOLD THE ACTUATOR CONNECTORS WITH A WRENCH WHILE YOU LOOSEN THE
_______
HYDRAULIC CONNECTION TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ACTUATOR.
(1) Disconnect the pylon wire harness electrical connector (1) from the
receptacle at the top of the thrust reverser half (2).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-01-991-150)
(2) Disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the non-locking actuator.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-01-991-151)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

T/R Hydraulic Systems

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-01-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Put the container 4 l (1 USgal) in to position to catch the drained
hydraulic fluid.
(4) Disconnect the extend hydraulic hose/flexshaft (15) from the

non-locking actuator (16).
(5) Disconnect the retract hydraulic hose (17) from the thrust reverser
(6) Discard the drained hydraulic fluid.
Subtask 78-32-01-620-050
B. Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on all of the openings.
Subtask 78-32-01-020-052
C. Disconnect the opening actuator

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-01-991-152)
(1) Remove the nut (28), the bushing (27) and the bolt (30) which attach
the opening actuator (29) to the pylon hinge beam.
(2) Push the opening actuator piston to the retracted position.
Subtask 78-32-01-410-050
D. Slowly lower the thrust reverser half with the thrust reverser sling and
the hoist.
(1) Use the thrust reverser sling (3), SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER
(IAE1N20002) and the hoist to support the thrust reverser half (2).
(2) Disengage the hold open rods (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).
(3) Use the thrust reverser sling and the hoist to slowly lower the
thrust reverser half until it is approximately 12 in. (304.8 mm) from
the closed position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Half Opening Actuator

Figure 403/TASK 78-32-01-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-01-020-050
E. Removal of the Thrust Reverser Half

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-01-991-153)
SBN 78-0063: Modification of the thrust reverser No. 4 hinge installation
hardware.
(1) Remove the nuts (44), the washers (42), and the bolts (43) from the
No. 1, 2 and 3 hinge positions.
(2) Remove the screw (50), the washer (51), the bracket (52), the nut
(53), the washers (54), the sleeve (41) and the bolt (57) from the
thrust reverser half hinge at position 4.
(3) Carefully move the thrust reverser half,away from the engine with the
use of the hoist and the sling (3), SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER
(IAE1N20002)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 78-32-01-991-154)
Subtask 78-32-01-550-050
F. Put the thrust reverser half on the dolly

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 78-32-01-991-154)
(1) Put the thrust reverser half (2) on the dolly (56) DOLLY-
WORKSTAND,THRUST REVERSER LEFT HAND (IAE1N20005) or DOLLY-THRUST
REVERSER (IAE1N20007).
(2) Attach the tie-down strap (55) to hold the thrust reverser half on
the dolly.
Subtask 78-32-01-080-050
G. Remove the SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER (IAE1N20002) (3), from the thrust
reverser half (2).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-01-991-150)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Half Hinges

Figure 404/TASK 78-32-01-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Trust Reverser Dolly and Workstand

Figure 405/TASK 78-32-01-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-01-400-010
Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Half - Eng No. 1 (451AL)
_______
OR MOUTH.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE THRUST REVERSER HALF. IT

_______
WEIGHS 567lb (257kg).
_______
CAUTION : YOU MUST DO A CHECK OF THE THRUST REVERSER TO MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
DEFLECTOR BOXES ARE INSTALLED IN THE CORRECT CONFIGURATION BEFORE YOU
INSTALL THE THRUST REVERSER HALF.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data for the installation of the left thrust reverser
half.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean container 4 l (1 USgal)

No specific hoist
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
IAE1N20005 1 DOLLY-WORKSTAND,THRUST REVERSER LEFT HAND

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

silicone grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
adhesive (Ref. 70-30-00)
R Material No. V10-077 *
R engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
70-40-11-911-014 Locking Devices General Information

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the CFDS
78-32-01-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-01-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-01-991-152 Fig. 403
78-32-01-991-153 Fig. 404
78-32-01-991-154 Fig. 405
78-32-01-991-155 Fig. 406
78-32-01-991-157 Fig. 407
78-32-01-991-156 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-01-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-01-010-054
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-01-040-051
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-01-630-050
A. Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs
(1) Put the clean container 4 l (1 USgal) in to position to catch the

drained hydraulic fluid.
(2) Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from all of the openings.
Subtask 78-32-01-870-051
B. If necessary, bleed the air from the opening actuator system

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-01-991-152, 406/TASK 78-32-01-991-155)
CAUTION : USE ONLY ENGINE OIL TO FILL THE HAND PUMP AND OPENING ACTUATOR
_______
SYSTEM.
NOTE : It is necessary to bleed the opening actuator system if you think

____
that there could be caught air in the system.
(1) Remove the nut (35), the washer (36), the screw (38) and the clamp
(37) that attach the end cover (31) to the opening actuator (29).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-01-991-152)
(2) Disconnect the hose nut (32) from the opening actuator (29).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic Hand Pump Attachment

Figure 406/TASK 78-32-01-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Connect the flex hose (67) of the HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-
DUCT (IAE1N20009) (68) to the manifold connector (66).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 78-32-01-991-155)
(4) Operate the HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT (IAE1N20009) until
engine oil comes out of the end of the hose (34).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-01-991-152)
(5) Connect the hose nut (32) to the opening actuator (29).
(6) TORQUE the hose nut (32) to between 100 and 120 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.35
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(7) Remove the flex hose (67) of the HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-
DUCT (IAE1N20009) (68) from the manifold connector (66).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 78-32-01-991-155)
(8) Close the end cover (31) and install the clamp (37), the scew (38),
the washer (36) and the nut (35) that attach the end cover to the
opening actuator (29).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-01-991-152)
(9) TORQUE the nut (35) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-32-01-480-051
C. Attach the thrust reverser sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-01-991-150)
(1) Attach the SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER (IAE1N20002) (3) to the three
hoist points on the thrust reverser half (2).
Subtask 78-32-01-550-051
D. Remove the tie-down strap (55). Lift the thrust reverser half (2) from
the dolly (56) DOLLY-WORKSTAND,THRUST REVERSER LEFT HAND (IAE1N20005) or
DOLLY-THRUST REVERSER (IAE1N20007).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 78-32-01-991-154)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-01-420-050
E. Installation of the Thrust Reverser Half

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-01-991-153)
SBN 78-0063: Modification of the thrust reverser No.4 hinge installation
hardware.
(1) Align the thrust reverser half hinges with the hinges on the cross -
over beams on the pylon.
(2) Install the hinge bolts
R (a) Lubricate the N4 hinge bolt (57) with engine oil (Material No.
R V10-077).
(b) Install the bolt (57), the washers (54), and the sleeve (41) to
the N4 hinge position.
(c) Install the nut (53) to the bolt (57). Do not tighten the nut at
this step.
R (d) Lubricate the other three hinge bolts (43) with engine oil
R (Material No. V10-077).
(e) Install the bolts (43) and the washers (42) into the N 1, 2 and
3 hinge positions.
(f) Install the nuts (44) on the bolts (43).
(g) TORQUE the nut (53) at hinge position No. 4 to between 480 and
690 lbf.in (5.42 and 7.79 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(h) Install the screw (50), the washer (51) and the bracket (52) to
the web that is forward of the thrust reverser hinge at No.4
position.
(i) TORQUE the screw (50) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(j) TORQUE the nuts (44) at the N 1, 2 and 3 hinge positions to

between 160 and 190 lbf.in (1.80 and 2.14 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-01-080-051
F. Remove the thrust reverser sling (3), SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER

(IAE1N20002), from the upper hoist point on the thrust reverser half (2).
Keep the sling attached to the other two hoist points.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-01-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-01-010-053
G. Open the thrust reverser half with the hoist

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-01-991-150)
(1) Lift and open the thrust reverser half (2) with the sling (3) and
hoist.
(2) Extend the rear and forward hold-open rods (to hold the thrust
reverser half open) (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010).
Subtask 78-32-01-420-051
H. Attachment of the Thrust Reverser Half Opening Actuator

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-01-991-152)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE HOSE OF THE HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP IS CONNECTED
_______
CORRECTLY TO THE T/R HALF OPENING ACTUATOR MANIFOLD. IF NOT,
THE T/R HALF CAN CLOSE QUICKLY AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
BETWEEN THE T/R HALF AND THE ENGINE.
(1) Attach the hose (67) of the HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT
(IAE1N20009) (68) to the opening actuator manifold connector (66) on
the thrust reverser half (2).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 78-32-01-991-155)
(3) Operate the hand pump to extend the opening actuator (29).
(4) Align the rod end of the opening actuator (29) with the pylon hinge
beam (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-01-991-152).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-01-991-152)
R (5) Lubricate the bolt (30) with the penetrating oil engine oil (Material
R No. V10-077).
(6) Install the bolt (30), the bushing (27), and the nut (28) to attach

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) TORQUE the nut (28) to between 160 and 190 lbf.in (1.80 and 2.14
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(8) Connect the electrical connector of the pylon wire harness

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-01-991-150)
(a) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the thrust reverser half
electrical receptacle. (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010)
(b) Tighten the connector by hand plus one eighth of a turn.
(9) Connect the crossover hydraulic hose and the crossover

flexshaft/hose.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-01-991-151)
(a) Connect the crossover hydraulic hose:
CAUTION : HOLD THE ACTUATOR CONNECTORS WITH A WRENCH WHILE YOU

_______
TIGHTEN THE HYDRAULIC CONNECTION TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
THE ACTUATOR.
1
_ Connect the crossover hydraulic hose (17) to the non-locking
actuator (16).
(b) TORQUE the hose nut on the crossover hydraulic hose (17) to
23-11-911-013).
(c) Engage the end of the flexshaft:
CAUTION : DO NOT TURN THE FLEXSHAFT MORE THAN ONE-EIGHTH OF A

_______
TURN WHILE THE END IS PUT IN TO POSITION.
1
_ Engage the end of the crossover flexshaft/hose assembly (15)
in to the socket of the non locking actuator (16).
(d) Connect the crossover flexshaft/hose (15) to the non locking

actuator (16).
(e) TORQUE the hose nut on the crossover flexshaft/hose (15) to

23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-01-080-052
J. Remove the thrust reverser sling and the slat protection mat
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-01-991-150)
(1) Remove the SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER (IAE1N20002) (3) from the thrust
reverser half (2).
(2) install the threaded fasteners in the hoist point nut plates.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-01-640-050
A. Apply silicone grease (Material No. V04-007) to all exposed thrust

reverser closing seals, V-blade system and the open latch indicator.
Subtask 78-32-01-410-051
B. Make sure the thrust reverser half is closed correctly.
(1) Make sure that the thrust reverser halves are adjusted correctly
(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-010).
Subtask 78-32-01-220-050
C. Examination of the Clearance between the Guide Pads and the Thrust
Reverser No. 1 Open Latch Indicator
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 78-32-01-991-157)
NOTE : This procedure is only for thrust reversers with guide pads
____
installed.
(1) Make sure that there is a minimun clearance of 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.)
between the guide pads and both side of the thrust reverser No. 1
open latch indicator. If the clearance is not a minimun of 0.25 mm
(0.0098 in.) , adjust the clearance.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Guide Pads

Figure 407/TASK 78-32-01-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-01-350-050
D. Adjustment of the Clearance between the Guide Pads and the Thrust
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 78-32-01-991-157)
NOTE : This procedure is only for thrust reversers that have guide pads
____
installed.
(1) Remove the nut (72), the washer (71) and the screw (70) from the
guide pads (73) and the shims (74).
(2) Remove the necessary amount of plies from the shim (74) or use a new
shim to obtain the correct clearance.
Subtask 78-32-01-110-050
E. Cleaning the Shims and the Thrust Reverser Mating Surfaces
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the shims and the thrust reverser mating surfaces with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with cleaning fluid
(Methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) (Ref 70-30-00).
(2) Remove the cleaning fluid with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003) before it become dry.
Subtask 78-32-01-370-050
F. Application of the Adhesive
WARNING : USE EPOXY COMPOUNDS ONLY IN AREAS WITH GOOD AIRFLOW.

_______
WARNING : DO NOT LET EPOXY MATERIAL COME INTO CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN.
_______
(1) Mix the adhesive (Material No. V08-021) . Refer to the manufacturers
instructions.
(2) Apply a surface layer of adhesive to the mating surfaces of the shims
and the thrust reverser structure.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-01-410-055
G. Installation of the Shims and the Guide Pads

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 78-32-01-991-157)
(1) Put the shims (74) and guide pads (73) into position on the thrust
reverser structure.
(2) Install the screw (70), the washer (71) and the nut (72).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-32-01-410-052
H. Install the hinge access panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-01-991-150)
(1) Position the hinge access panel (4) on the thrust reverser half.
002).
Subtask 78-32-01-410-054
J. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-01-820-050
K. Adjustment of the Thrust reverser System
(1) Adjust the thrust reverser latches, bumpers, compression struts,

translating sleeves and actuators (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-010)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-01-440-050
L. Activate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-01-870-050
M. Bleed the air from the thrust reverser hydraulic actuation system
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 78-32-01-991-156)
_______
THE SYSTEM.
_______
(1) Move the lock levers of the left and right locking actuators aft to
the unlocked position and install the PIN - LOCKOUT ACTUATOR
(2) Operate the translating sleeve

_______
TO PERSONNEL.
(3) Remove the lockout pins

_______
(a) Remove the lockout pins (IAE1N20049) from the lock levers of the
left and right locking actuators and move the lock levers forward
to the locked position.
(4) Refill the green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or

(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Locking Actuator
Figure 408/TASK 78-32-01-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-01-614-051
N. Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoir
(1) For engine 1 pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
(2) For engine 2 pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
Subtask 78-32-01-410-053
P. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-01

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER HALF - LEFT, ENG NO. 2 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-02-000-010
Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Half (461AL) - Eng No. 2
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(451AL)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-02-869-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-02-020-050
A. Removal of the left thrust reverser half (Eng No.2) is identical to the
removal of the left thrust reverser half (Eng No.1) (Ref. TASK 78-32-01-
000-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-02

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-02-400-010
Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Half (461AL) - Eng No. 2
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No. 1 (451AL)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-02-869-051
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-02-420-050
A. Installation of the left thrust reverser half (Eng No.2) is identical to

the installation of the left thrust reverser half (Eng No.1) (Ref. TASK
78-32-01-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-02

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER HALF - RIGHT, ENG NO.1 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-03-000-010
Removal of the Right Thrust Reverser Half - Eng No. 1 (452AR)
_______
OR MOUTH.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE THRUST REVERSER HALF. IT WEIGHS
_______
567lb (257kg).
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE THRUST REVERSER HALF IF THE WING LEADING EDGE SLATS
_______
ARE EXTENDED. THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE THRUST REVERSER, THE WING
LEADING EDGE SLATS AND THE WING.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE TRANSLATING HOISTING POINT TO REMOVE THE THRUST
_______
REVERSER COWL.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data for the removal of the right thrust reverser
half.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container capacity 4 l (1.0566 USgal)
IAE1N20006 1 DOLLY-WORKSTAND,THRUST REVERSER RIGHT HAND

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-03-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-03-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-03-991-152 Fig. 403
78-32-03-991-153 Fig. 404
78-32-03-991-154 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-03-941-050
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-03-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-03-040-050

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-03-614-050
D. Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
(1) For engine 1 depressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
(2) For engine 2 depressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 78-32-03-010-054
E. Remove the thrust reverser pylon fairing if the thrust reverser is

deployed (Ref. TASK 54-56-00-000-002).
Subtask 78-32-03-010-051
F. Remove the hinge access panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-03-991-150)
(1) Remove the 11 screws (3).
(2) Remove the hinge access panel (4) from the Thrust Reverser (T/R) half
(1).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-03-480-050
G. Attach the thrust reverser sling and install the slat protection mat
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-03-991-150)
(1) Remove the threaded fasteners from the nutplates at each of the three
hoist points on the thrust reverser half (1). Do not discard them.
(2) Attach the T/R sling (5) SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER (IAE1N20002), to
the T/R half at the three hoist points.
(3) Install the slats protection mat.
CAUTION : THE SLAT PROTECTION MAT MUST BE PLACED OVER THE SLATS
_______
BETWEEN THE SLATS AND THE THRUST REVERSER SLING TO PREVENT
DAMAGE TO THE SLATS.
(a) Position the PROTECTION-WING LEADING EDGE (98D57003500000) on the

slats between the slat and the thrust reverser sling.
Subtask 78-32-03-010-052
H. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
452AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-03-020-051
A. Remove the Right Thrust Reverser Half
(1) Disconnect the pylon wire harness electrical connector (2) from the
receptacle at the top of the thrust reverser half (1).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-03-991-150)
(2) Disconnect the hoses from the non-locking actuator.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-03-991-151)
CAUTION : HOLD THE ACTUATOR CONNECTORS WITH A WRENCH WHILE YOU LOOSEN
_______
THE HYDRAULIC CONNECTION TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ACTUATOR.
(a) Put the container capacity in to position to catch the drained

hydraulic fluid.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Trust Reverser Hydraulic System

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-03-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Disconnect the crossover flexshaft/hose (15) from the non-locking
actuator (17).
(c) Disconnect the crossover hydraulic hose (16) from the non-locking
actuator (17).
(d) Discard the drained hydraulic fluid.
Subtask 78-32-03-620-050
Subtask 78-32-03-020-052
C. Disconnect the opening actuator.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-03-991-152)
(1) Remove the nut (27), the bushing (28) and the bolt (29) which attach
(2) Push the opening actuator piston to the retracted position.
Subtask 78-32-03-410-050
D. Slowly lower the thrust reverser half with the thrust reverser sling and
the hoist.
(1) Use the SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER (IAE1N20002) (5) and the hoist to
support the thrust reverser half (1).
(2) Disengage the hold open rods (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010)
(3) Use the thrust reverser sling and the hoist to slowly lower the
thrust reverser half until it is approximately 12 in. (304.8 mm) from
the closed position.
Subtask 78-32-03-020-050
E. Removal of the Thrust Reverser Half

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-03-991-153)
SBN 78-0063: Modification of the thrust reverser No.4 hinge installation
hardware.
(1) Remove the nuts (41), the washers (40), and the bolts (42) from the
No. 1, 2 and 3 hinge positions.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Trust Reverser Half Opening Actuator

Figure 403/TASK 78-32-03-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Trust Reverser Half Hinges

Figure 404/TASK 78-32-03-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the screw (50), the washer (51), the bracket (52), the nut
(53), the washers (54), the sleeve (43) and the bolt (57) from the
thrust reverser half hinge at position 4.
(3) Carefully move the thrust reverser half, away from the engine with
the use of the hoist and sling (3), SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER
(IAE1N20002).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-03-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-03-550-050
F. Put the thrust reverser half on the dolly.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 78-32-03-991-154)
(1) Put the thrust reverser half (1) on the dolly DOLLY-WORKSTAND,THRUST
REVERSER RIGHT HAND (IAE1N20006) or DOLLY-THRUST REVERSER
(IAE1N20007) (56).
(2) Attach the tie-down strap (55) to hold the thrust reverser half on
the dolly.
Subtask 78-32-03-080-050
G. Remove the thrust reverser sling (5), IAE 1N20002, from the thrust
reverser half (1).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-03-991-150)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Trust Reverser Dolly and Workstand

Figure 405/TASK 78-32-03-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-03-400-010
Installation of the Right Thrust Reverser Half - Eng No. 1 (452AR)
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE THRUST REVERSER HALF. IT

_______
WEIGHS 567lb (257kg).
_______
CAUTION : YOU MUST DO A CHECK OF THE THRUST REVERSER TO MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
DEFLECTOR BOXES ARE INSTALLED IN THE CORRECT CONFIGURATION BEFORE YOU
INSTALL THE THRUST REVERSER HALF.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data for the installation of the right thrust
reverser half.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container capacity 4 l (1 USgal)

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
IAE1N20006 1 DOLLY-WORKSTAND,THRUST REVERSER RIGHT HAND

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

silicone grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
adhesive (Ref. 70-30-00)
R Material No. V10-077 *
R engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
the CFDS
78-32-03-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-03-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-03-991-152 Fig. 403
78-32-03-991-153 Fig. 404
78-32-03-991-154 Fig. 405

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-32-03-991-155 Fig. 406

78-32-03-991-157 Fig. 407
78-32-03-991-156 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-03-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-03-010-055
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser door open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-
010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
452AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-03-040-051
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-03-630-050
A. Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs.
(1) Put the container capacity 4 l (1 USgal) in to position to catch the

drained hydraulic fluid.
(2) Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from all of the openings.
Subtask 78-32-03-870-051
B. If necessary, bleed the air from the opening actuator system

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-03-991-152, 406/TASK 78-32-03-991-155)
WARNING : MAKE SURE ALL THE CAUGHT AIR IS BLED FROM THE SYSTEM. IF YOU DO
_______
NOT DO THIS, CAUGHT AIR CAN CAUSE THE THRUST REVERSER HALVES TO
CLOSE TOO FAST AND CAUSE INJURY.
_______
SYSTEM.
NOTE : It is necessary to bleed the opening actuator system if you think

____
that there could be caught air in the system
(32) that attach the end cover (38) to the opening actuator (30).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-03-991-152)
(3) Connect the flex hose (67) of the HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-
DUCT (IAE1N20009) (66) to the manifold connector (68).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 78-32-03-991-155)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic Hand Pump Attachment

Figure 406/TASK 78-32-03-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-03-991-152)
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(7) Remove the flex hose (67) of the HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-
DUCT (IAE1N20009) (66) from the manifold connector (68).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 78-32-03-991-155)
(8) Close the end cover (38) and install the clamp (32), the scew (31),
the washer (33) and the nut (34) that attach the end cover to the
opening actuator (30).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-03-991-152)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-32-03-480-051
C. Attach the thrust reverser sling.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-03-991-150)
(1) Attach the thrust reverser sling (5), SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER
(IAE1N20002) to the three hoist points on the thrust reverser half
(1).
Subtask 78-32-03-550-051
D. Remove the tie-down strap (55). Lift the thrust reverser half (1) from
the dolly (56), DOLLY-WORKSTAND,THRUST REVERSER RIGHT HAND (IAE1N20006)
or DOLLY-THRUST REVERSER (IAE1N20007).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 78-32-03-991-154)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-03-420-050
E. Installation of the Thrust Reverser Half

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-03-991-153)
SBN 78-006: Modification of the thrust reverser No. 4 hinge installation
hardware.
(1) Align the thrust reverser half hinges with the hinges on the cross -
over beams on the pylon.
(2) Install the hinge bolts.
R (a) Lubricate the No. 4 hinge bolt (57) with engine oil (Material No.
R V10-077).
(b) Install the bolt (57), the washers (54), and the sleeve (43) to
the No. 4 hinge position.
(c) Install the nut (53) to the bolt (57). Do not tighten the nut at
this step.
R (d) Lubricate the other three hinge bolts (42) with engine oil
R (Material No. V10-077).
(e) Install the bolts (42) and the washers (40) into the Nos. 1, 2
and 3 hinge positions.
(f) Install the nuts (41) on the bolts (42).
(g) TORQUE the nut (53) at hinge position No. 4 to between 480 and
(h) Install the screw (50), the washer (51) and the bracket (52) to
the web that is forward of the thrust reverser hinge No. 4
position.
(i) TORQUE the screw (50) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(j) TORQUE the nuts (41) at the Nos. 1, 2 and 3 hinge positions to
23-11-911-013)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-03-080-051
F. Remove the thrust reverser sling (5) SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER

(IAE1N20002) from the upper hoist point on thrust reverser half (1). Keep
the sling attached to the other two hoist points .
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-03-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-03-010-053
G. Open the thrust reverser half with the hoist.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-03-991-150)
(1) Lift and open the thrust reverser half (1) with the SLING-FAN THRUST
REVERSER (IAE1N20002) (5), and hoist.
(2) Extend the rear and forward hold-open rods (to hold the thrust
reverser half open) (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010).
Subtask 78-32-03-420-051
H. Attachment of the Thrust Reverser Half Opening Actuator

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-03-991-152)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE HOSE OF THE HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP IS CONNECTED
_______
CORRECTLY TO THE T/R HALF OPENING ACTUATOR MANIFOLD. IF NOT,
THE T/R HALF CAN CLOSE QUICKLY AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
BETWEEN THE T/R HALF AND THE ENGINE.
(1) Attach the hose (67) of the HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT
(IAE1N20009) (66) to the opening actuator manifold handpump connector
(68) on the thrust reverser half (1).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 78-32-03-991-155)
(3) Operate the hand pump to extend the opening actuator (30).
(4) Align the rod end of the opening actuator (30) with the pylon hinge
beam.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-03-991-152)
R (5) Lubricate the bolt (29) with engine oil (Material No. V10-077).
(6) Install the bolt (29), the bushing (28), and the nut (27) to attach

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) TORQUE the nut (27) to between 160 and 190 lbf.in (1.80 and 2.14
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(8) Connect the electrical connector of the pylon wire harness.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-03-991-150)
(a) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the thrust reverser half
electrical receptacle (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
(b) Tighten the connector by hand plus one eighth of a turn.
(9) Connect the crossover hydraulic hose and the crossover

flexshaft/hose.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-03-991-151)
CAUTION : HOLD THE ACTUATOR CONNECTORS WITH A WRENCH WHILE YOU

_______
TIGHTEN THE HYDRAULIC CONNECTION TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
ACTUATOR.
(a) Connect the crossover hydraulic hose (16) to the non-locking

actuator (17).
(b) TORQUE the hose nut on the crossover hydraulic hose (16) to
23-11-911-013).
CAUTION : DO NOT TURN THE FLEXSHAFT MORE THAN ONE-EIGHTH OF A

_______
TURN WHILE THE END IS PUT IN TO POSITION.
(c) Engage the end of the crossover flexshaft/hose (15) in to the

socket of the non-locking actuator (17).
(d) Connect the crossover flexshaft/hose (15) to the non-locking

actuator (17).
(e) TORQUE the hose nut on the crossover flexshaft/hose (15) to

23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-32-03-080-052
J. Remove the thrust reverser sling and the slat protection mat
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-03-991-150)
(1) Remove the SLING-FAN THRUST REVERSER (IAE1N20002) (5), from the
thrust reverser (1).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Install the threaded fasteners in the hoist point nutplates.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-03-640-050
A. Apply silicone grease (Material No. V04-007) to all exposed thrust

reverser closing seals, V-groove system and the latch open indicator.
Subtask 78-32-03-410-051
B. Make sure that the thrust reverser half is closed correctly (Ref. TASK
78-32-00-410-010).
(1) Make sure that the thrust reverser halves are adjusted correctly
(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-010).
Subtask 78-32-03-220-050
C. Examination of the Clearance between the Guide Pads and the Thrust
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 78-32-03-991-157)
NOTE : This procedure is only for thrust reversers with guide pads
____
installed.
(1) Make sure that there is a minimun clearance of 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.)
between the guide pads and both side of the thrust reverser No. 1
open latch indicator. If the clearance is not a minimun of 0.25 mm
(0.0098 in.) , adjust the clearance.
Subtask 78-32-03-350-050
D. Adjustment of the Clearance between the Guide Pads and the Thrust
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 78-32-03-991-157)
NOTE : This procedure is only for thrust reversers that have guide pads
____
installed.
(1) Remove the nut (72), the washer (71) and the screw (70) from the
guide pads (73) and the shims (74).
(2) Remove the necessary amount of plies from the shim (74) or use a new
shim to obtain the correct clearance.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Locking Actuator
Figure 407/TASK 78-32-03-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-03-110-050
E. Cleaning of the Shims and the Thrust Reverser Mating Surfaces
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the shims and the thrust reverser mating surfaces with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with cleaning fluid
(Methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076).
(2) Remove the cleaning fluid with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003) before it become dry.
Subtask 78-32-03-370-050
F. Application of the Adhesive
WARNING : USE EPOXY COMPOUNDS ONLY IN AREAS WITH GOOD AIRFLOW.

_______
WARNING : DO NOT LET EPOXY MATERIAL COME INTO CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN.
_______
(1) Mix the adhesive (Material No. V08-021) . Refer to the manufacturers
instructions.
(2) Apply a surface layer of adhesive to the mating surfaces of the shims
and the thrust reverser structure.
Subtask 78-32-03-410-055
G. Installation of the Shims and the Guide Pads

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 78-32-03-991-156)
(1) Put the shims (74) and guide pads (73) into position on the thrust
reverser structure.
(2) Install the screw (70), the washer (71) and the nut (72).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Guide Pads

Figure 408/TASK 78-32-03-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-03-410-053
H. Install the hinge access panel.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-03-991-151)
(1) Position the hinge access panel (4) on the thrust reverser half (1).
Subtask 78-32-03-410-054
J. Installation of the Thrust Reverser Pylon Fairing
(1) Install the trust reverser pylon fairing (Ref. TASK 54-56-00-400-
002).
Subtask 78-32-03-820-050
K. Adjustment of the Thrust Reverser System
(1) Adjust the thrust reverser latches, bumpers, compression struts,

translating sleeves, and actuators (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-010).
Subtask 78-32-03-440-050
L. Activate the thrust reverser (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-03-870-050
M. Bleed the air from the thrust reverser hydraulic actuation system
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 78-32-03-991-157)
_______
THE SYSTEM.
_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


_______
TO PERSONNEL.

_______
(4) Refill the green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or

(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
Subtask 78-32-03-614-051
N. Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoir
(1) For engine 1 pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
(2) For engine 2 pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
Subtask 78-32-03-410-052
P. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-03

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER HALF - RIGHT, ENG NO. 2 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-04-000-010
Removal of the Right Thrust Reverser Half (462AR) - Eng. No. 2
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(452AR)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-04-869-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-04-020-050
A. Removal of the right thrust reverser half (Eng. No. 2) is identical to

(Ref. TASK 78-32-03-000-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-04

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-04-400-010
Installation of the Right Reverser Half (462AR) - Eng. No. 2
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No. 1 (452AR)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-04-869-051
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-04-420-050
A. Installation of the right thrust reverser half (Eng. No. 2) is identical

to (Ref. TASK 78-32-03-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-04

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

BOXES - DEFLECTOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________
TASK 78-32-19-000-010
Removal of the Thrust Reverser Deflector Boxes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data to remove the thrust reverser deflector boxes.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the CFDS
Sleeves
78-32-19-991-151 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-19-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-19-010-050
B. Extend the translating sleeve, by one of two methods, manually or with

power, to get access to the deflector boxes (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010)
or (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).
Subtask 78-32-19-010-051
C. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-19-040-050
D. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-19-020-050
A. Removal of the Deflector Box:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-19-991-151)
(1) Make a mark on the deflector box to show its position on the C-duct.
(2) Remove the eight bolts (3) and the eight washers (2) that attach the
deflector box (1) to the support rings (4) on the C-duct. (Blank
deflector boxes have 12 bolts and 12 washers).
NOTE : Access to the deflector boxes in the top 45 degrees of the

____
thrust reverser is difficult. Use a 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) ratchet
drive and 11 mm socket wrench to remove the deflector box
bolts.
(3) Remove the deflector box.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Deflector Boxes
Figure 401/TASK 78-32-19-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-19-400-010
Installation of the Thrust Reverser Deflector Boxes
CAUTION : EACH THRUST REVERSER HALF HAS EIGHT DEFLECTOR BOXES THAT ARE
_______
DIFFERENT IN THE ANGLE OF THE DEFLECTOR VANES. THE BOXES ARE NOT
INTERCHANGEABLE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to install the thrust reverser deflector boxes.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the CFDS
Sleeves
Sleeves
IPC 7832198000100
78-32-19-991-151 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-19-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-19-010-053
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the translating sleeves are extended (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-860-010) or (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).
Subtask 78-32-19-040-052
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-19-210-050
A. Make sure that the correct location has been found for the deflector box
that is to be installed (Ref. IPC 7832198000100).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-19-420-050
B. Install the deflector box.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-19-991-151)
(1) Position the deflector box (1) on the support rings (4) of the
C-duct.
(2) Attach the deflector box with the eight bolts (3) and the eight
washers (2). (The blank deflector boxes have 12 bolts and 12
washers.)
NOTE : Access to the deflector boxes in the top 45 degrees of the

____
thrust reverser is difficult. Use a 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) ratchet
drive and 11.00 mm socket wrench to install the deflector box
bolts.
R (3) TORQUE the bolts to between 50 and 75 lbf.in (0.56 and 0.84 m.daN) in
the sequence shown (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-19-410-051
A. Manually retract the translating sleeve (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-19-440-050
B. Activate the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-19-410-050
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

BOXES - DEFLECTOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________
TASK 78-32-19-200-010
General Visual Inspection of the Cascades and their attachments (Requires Full
Deployment of Thrust Reverser)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the data for a general check of the thrust reverser
deflector boxes without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific explosion proof heat lamp

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
lint free cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
epoxy syntactic (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-19-300-010 Repair the Cascade Assembly Surface Damage - VRS2251
(for corrective action)
78-32-19-300-011 Remove the Damaged Blade from the Cascade Panel
Assembly - VRS2253 (for corrective action)
78-32-19-300-012 Stop Drill the Crack on the Cascade Assembly Fairing
and Blank Cascade Panel Assembly - VRS2257 (for
corrective action)
78-32-19-300-013 Repair the Blank Cascade Panel Assembly Surface
Damage - VRS2254 (for corrective action)
SRM 545000 P.Block 001 (for corrective action)
78-32-19-991-152 Fig. 601
78-32-19-991-153 Fig. 602
78-32-19-991-157 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-19-941-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-19-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform into position.
Subtask 78-32-19-040-051
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-19-980-050
D. Manually extend the translating sleeves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010).
Subtask 78-32-19-110-050
E. Clean the Thrust Rerverser
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the thrust reverser deflector boxes with a lint free cloth
(Material No. V02-099) made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No.
V01-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-19-210-051
A. Inspection of the Cascade Assemblies

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-19-991-152)
(1) Examine the cascade assembly vanes (Location 1).
(a) Surface damage.
1
_ Less than or equal to 0.02 in. (0.51 mm) deep and 0.75 in.
(19.1 mm) in diameter, accept it.
2
_ Larger than 0.02 in. (0.51 mm) deep and 0.75 in. (19.1 mm) in
diameter, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-19-300-010).
(b) Crack/delamination.
1
_ Less than 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) in length, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-19-300-010).
2
_ Larger than 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) in length, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-19-300-011).
(2) Examine the mounting flange or side wall (Location 2).
(a) Surface damage.
1
2
(b) Crack/delamination.
1
_ Less than 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) in length and does not reduce
fastener edge distance, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-19-300-
010).
2
_ Larger than 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) in length, reject it.
(c) Hole damage.
1
_ Less than 0.315 in. (8.0 mm) in diameter, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-19-300-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Deflector Boxes

Figure 601/TASK 78-32-19-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Larger than 0.315 in. (8.0 mm) in diameter, reject it.
(3) Examine the cascade assembly titanium fairings.
(a) Surface damage.
1
_ Any size, accept it.
(b) Crack.
1
_ Less than 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) in length and no more than 4
cracks in each fairing, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-19-300-
012).
2
(4) Examine the cascade assembly sidewall corners (Location 3).
(a) Surface damage.
1
(25.4 mm) in diameter, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-19-300-013).
2
Subtask 78-32-19-210-052
B. Inspection of the Blank Cascades

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 78-32-19-991-153)
(1) Examine the Aluminum Alloy Blank Cascade Panel (Location 1 and 2).
(a) Surface damage.
1
(25.4 mm) in diameter. Repair, blend per (Ref. SRM 545000
P.Block 001).
2
_ Larger than step 1_, reject and remove the blank cascade.
(b) Crack.
1
_ Less than 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) in length, remove the blank
cascade and repair in shop per CMM.
2
_ Larger than step 1_, reject the blank cascade.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Deflector Boxes

Figure 602/TASK 78-32-19-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Examine the Edges of the Aluminum Alloy Blank Cascade Panel (Location
4).
(a) Edge damage:
1
(25.4 mm) distance is maintained. Bledn repair per (Ref. SRM
545000 P.Block 001).
2
_ Larger than step 1_, reject the blank cascade.
(b) Crack.
1
013).
2
_ Larger than 0.13 in. (3.3 mm) in length but less than 0.65 in.
(16.5 mm) in length and does not reduce fastener edge
distance, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-19-300-012).
3
(3) Examine the blank cascade fairing supports (Location 3).
(a) Surface damage.
1
2
diameter and does not reduce fastener edge distance, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-19-300-013).
(b) Crack in flat gusset area.
1
013).
2
_ Larger than 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) in length but less than 0.40
in. (10.16 mm) in length, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-19-300-
012).
3
_ Larger than 0.40 in. (10.16 mm) in length and any crack in
bend radius areas reject it.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-19-210-053
C. Inspection of the Composite Blank Cascade

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 78-32-19-991-157)
(1) Examine the Composite Blank Cascade (Locations BC1, BC2, BC3, BC4 and
BC5).
(a) Delamination/Disbond.
1
_ No delaminations or disbonds allowed.
(b) Crack(s).
1
_ No crack(s) allowed.
(c) Partial Penetration/Hole.
1
_ No penetration allowed.
(d) Full Penetration/Hole.
1
_ No penetration allowed.
(2) Examine the Composite Blank Cascade for Dents.
(a) Locations BC1, BC3 and BC5.
1
_ No dents allowed.
(b) Locations BC2 and BC4.
1
_ 0.40 in. (10.2 mm) maximum diameter, 0.04 in. (1.0 mm) maximum
depth.
2
_ Maximum 3 dents per panel surface. Dents must be separated
from other damage by 10 in. (254 mm).
3
_ Inspect damage every aircraft 20 months, 6000 flight hours or
4500 flight cycles, whichever occurs first.
(3) Examine the Composite Blank Cascade for Nicks/Gouges.
(a) Locations BC1 and BC3.
1
_ No nicks/gouges allowed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Composite Panel - Blank Cascades Damage Zones

Figure 603/TASK 78-32-19-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Location BC5.
1
_ No nicks/gouges allowed.
2
_ Clean area with solvent (Material No. V01-438). Fill damage
with epoxy syntactic (Material No. V08-149). Use an explosion
proof heat lamp. Cure at 125F (51.7C) for 5 hours.
3
_ Unlimited use.
4
_ No inspection interval required.
(c) Locations BC2 and BC4.
1
_ 0.40 in. (10.2 mm) maximum length, 0.014 in. (0.356 mm)
maximum depth.
2
_ Maximum 3 gouges per panel surface. Nicks and gouges must be
separated from other damage by 10 in. (254 mm).
3
_ Unlimited use.
4
(4) Examine the Composite Blank Cascade for Scratches.
(a) Locations BC1 and BC3.
1
_ No scratches allowed.
(b) Locations BC2 and BC4.
1
_ 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) maximum depth, 0.40 in. (10.2 mm) maximum
length.
2
_ Unlimited use.
3
_ No delamination from face sheet.
4
(c) Location BC5.
1
_ No scratches allowed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Clean area with solvent (Material No. V01-438). Fill damage
with epoxy syntactic (Material No. V08-149). Use an explosion
proof heat lamp. Cure at 125F (51.7C) for 5 hours.
3
_ Unlimited use.
4
_ No inspection interval required.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-19-980-051
Subtask 78-32-19-440-051
Subtask 78-32-19-410-052
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

BOXES - DEFLECTOR - REPAIRS
___________________________
TASK 78-32-19-300-010
Repair the Cascade Assembly Surface Damage - VRS2251
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific routing tool
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
adhesive, two part epoxy (Ref. 70-30-00)
resin (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-19-991-154 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-19-941-052
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-19-010-054
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-19-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-19-010-055
D. Extend the translating sleeves manually (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-19-991-154)
Subtask 78-32-19-350-050
A. Blend Out the Surface Damage
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a routing tool to blend the damaged area to a ratio of 10 to 1

with a 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) minimum radius.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Cascade Panel Assembly Surface Damage Blend Repair

Figure 801/TASK 78-32-19-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Use the waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
021) to make the repair area smooth.
(3) Clean the repair area with a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099)
made moist with cleaning fluid (Methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-
076). Rub the surfaces dry before the cleaning solvent becomes dry.
Subtask 78-32-19-350-051
B. Apply the Resin or Adhesive
WARNING : ADHESIVES AND RESINS ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. KEEP AWAY FROM
_______
IGNITION SOURCES. PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, GOGGLES
AND A FACE MASK. USE THE ADHESIVES AND RESINS IN A WELL
VENTILATED AREA. WHEN COMPOSITE MATERIALS ARE CUT OR SANDED,
DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES ARE PRODUCED WHICH ARE POTENTIAL
HEALTH HAZARDS. DO NOT BREATHE THE DUST.
NOTE : Use either adhesive, two part epoxy (Material No. V08-028) or
____
resin (Material No. V08-050).
(1) Use manufacturer instructions to mix the adhesive, two part epoxy
(Material No. V08-028) or the resin (Material No. V08-050).
(2) Fill the repair area with adhesive or resin.
(3) Cure the adhesive for 60 minutes at 180 deg.F (82 deg.C). Cure the
resin for 220 deg.F (93 deg.C). Use an explosion proof heat lamp.
NOTE : Full cure of the adhesive, two part epoxy (Material No. V08-
____
028) is not necessary. The uncured adhesive is structurally
and functionally acceptable.
020) to make the adhesive or resin smooth and level with the adjacent
surfaces.
Subtask 78-32-19-220-050
C. Examine the Completed Repair
(1) Examine the completed repair to make sure all requirements of this
repair procedure are done.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-19-350-052
D. Identify the Repair
(1) Make a mark VRS2251 with a marking pen (Material No. V06-131)
adjacent to the assembly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-19-410-053
A. Manually retract the thrust reverser translating sleeves (Ref. TASK 78-
32-00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-19-440-052
B. Activate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-19-410-054
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-19-300-011
Remove the Damaged Blade from the Cascade Panel Assembly - VRS2253
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific routing tool
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 70-30-00)
adhesive, two part epoxy (Ref. 70-30-00)
resin (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-19-991-155 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-19-941-053
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 808
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-19-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-19-040-054

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-19-010-057
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 78-32-19-991-155)
Subtask 78-32-19-350-053
A. Remove the Damaged Blade
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a routing tool to remove the damaged blade. Leave a minimum of
0.125 in. (3.175 mm) of the blade attached to the adjacent blade.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 809
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Cascade Panel Assembly Damaged Blade Removal

Figure 802/TASK 78-32-19-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 810
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

021) to make the repair area smooth.
Subtask 78-32-19-350-054
B. Apply the Resin or Adhesive
WARNING : ADHESIVES AND RESINS ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. KEEP AWAY FROM
_______
IGNITION SOURCES. PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, GOGGLES
AND A FACE MASK. USE THE ADHESIVES AND RESINS IN A WELL
VENTILATED AREA. WHEN COMPOSITE MATERIALS ARE CUT OR SANDED,
DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES ARE PRODUCED WHICH ARE POTENTIAL
HEALTH HAZARDS. DO NOT BREATHE THE DUST.
NOTE : Use either adhesive, two part epoxy (Material No. V08-028) or
____
resin (Material No. V08-050).
(1) Use manufacturers instructions to mix the adhesive, two part epoxy
(Material No. V08-028) or the resin (Material No. V08-050).
(2) Fill the repair area with adhesive or resin.
(3) Cure the adhesive for 60 minutes at 180 deg.F (82 deg.C). Cure the
resin for 220 deg.F (93 deg.C). Use an explosion proof heat lamp.
NOTE : Full cure of the adhesive, two part epoxy (Material No. V08-
____
028) is not necessary. The uncured adhesive is structurally
and functionally acceptable.
Subtask 78-32-19-220-051
C. Examine the Completed Repair
Subtask 78-32-19-350-055
D. Identify the Repair

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 811
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-19-410-055
32-00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-19-440-053
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-19-410-056
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 812
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-19-300-012
Stop Drill the Crack on the Cascade Assembly Fairing and Blank Cascade Panel
Assembly - VRS2257
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific drill and drilling equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

thinner (Ref. 70-30-00)
primer converter (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 813
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-19-991-156 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-19-941-054
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 814
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-19-010-058
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-19-040-055

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-19-010-059
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 78-32-19-991-156)
Subtask 78-32-19-350-056
A. Prepare the Damaged Area for Repair
_______
IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 815
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Cascade Assembly and Blank Cascade Panel Assembly

Figure 803/TASK 78-32-19-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 816
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Do a penetrant inspection to find the ends of the crack.
Subtask 78-32-19-350-057
B. Stop Drill the Ends of the Crack
(1) Drill a 0.140 in. to 0.160 in. (3.6 to 4.0 mm) hole at each end of
the crack. Use drill and drilling equipment.
(2) Remove the burrs from the drilled holes.
_______
(3) Use lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist with cleaning
fluid (Methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076). Rub the surfaces
dry before the solvent becomes dry.
Subtask 78-32-19-350-058
C. Apply the Primer to the Cascade Panel Assembly Repair Area
WARNING : PRIMER BASE, CONVERTER, AND THINNER ARE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

_______
THAT CAN CAUSE INJURY OR ILLNESS IF NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE
YOU USE THIS PRODUCT, READ THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS
MATERIAL DATA SAFETY SHEET AND OBEY THE SAFETY AND HEALTH
PRECAUTIONS.
(1) Use manufacturer instructions to mix the primer converter (Material

No. V07-140), and the thinner (Material No. V07-139). Let the primer
mix stand for 30 minutes.
(2) Apply the primer to the repair area.
(3) Cure the primer for two hours at 75 deg.F (24 deg.C) with an
explosion proof heat lamp.
NOTE : Full cure of the primer may be eliminated under repair

____
conditions. The uncured primer is structurally and
functionally acceptable.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 817
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-19-220-052
D. Examine the Completed Repair
Subtask 78-32-19-350-059
E. Identify the Repair
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-19-410-057
A. Manually retract the thrust reverser translating sleeve (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-19-440-054
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-19-410-058
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 818
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-19-300-013
Repair the Blank Cascade Panel Assembly Surface Damage - VRS2254
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

deionized water (Ref. 70-30-00)
aluminum oxide abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
chemical conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 819
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-19-941-055
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-19-010-060
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 820
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-19-040-056

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-19-010-061
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-19-350-060
A. Blend Out the Surface Damage
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use the aluminum oxide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-074) to blend
the damaged area to a 10 to 1 taper.
(2) Use the aluminum oxide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-073) to make
the repair area smooth.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 821
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-19-350-061
B. Apply the Conversion Coating
WARNING : CONVERSION COATING IS A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL THAT CAN CAUSE

_______
INJURY OR ILLNESS IF NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE YOU USE THIS
PRODUCT, READ THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL DATA SAFETY
SHEET AND OBEY THE SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
(1) Use the manufacturer instructions to mix the chemical conversion

coating (Material No. V07-028).
(2) Use a nylon brush or cheesecloth swab to apply three layers of the
conversion coating to the bare metal of the repair area. Permit 3
minutes between layers. Use the deionized water (Material No. V01-
201) to flush the surface after the last layer. Dry the surface.
Subtask 78-32-19-350-062
C. Apply the Primer
(1) Use manufacturer instructions to mix the primer converter (Material

No. V07-140) and thinner (Material No. V07-139).
(2) Use a brush to apply the primer to the repair surface.
(3) Cure the primer for 7 hours at room temperature or for 40 minutes
between 140 and 180 deg.F (60 and 82 deg.C) with an explosion proof
heat lamp.
NOTE : You can touch the primer after you have cured it as described
____
above. The primer is fully cured after 7 days at room
temperature.
Subtask 78-32-19-220-053
D. Examine the Completed Repair
Subtask 78-32-19-350-063
E. Identify the Repair

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 822
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-19-410-059
32-00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-19-440-055
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-19-410-060
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-19

Page 823
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MECHANISM - MANUAL DRIVE, LEFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-41-000-010
Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Manual Drive Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the left thrust reverser manual drive
mechanism.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-41-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-41-941-060

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-41

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-41-010-070

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-41-040-066

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-41-020-054
A. Remove the manual drive mechanism.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-41-991-150)
(1) Remove the two screws (5) which attach the manual drive mechanism (1)
to the thrust reverser torque ring (4).
(2) Disconnect the manual drive mechanism B-nut (2) from the locking
actuator (3).
(3) Remove the manual drive mechanism.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-41

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Manual Drive Mechanism

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-41-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-41

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-41-400-010
Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Manual Drive Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data for the installation of the left thrust reverser
manual drive mechamism.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-41-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-41-860-058
engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-41

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-41-010-071
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-41-040-067
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-41-420-054
A. Install the manual drive mechanism.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-41-991-150)
(1) Put the manual drive mechanism (1) on the locking actuator (3).
(2) Connect the manual drive mechanism B-nut (2) to the actuator.
(3) TORQUE the B-nut to between 220 and 265 lbf.in (2.48 and 2.99 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(4) Attach the manual drive mechanism to the thrust reverser torque ring
(4) with the two screws (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-41-440-060

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-41

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-41-410-064
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-41

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DRAG LINK - BLOCKER DOOR, LEFT THRUST REVERSER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-42-000-010
Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Door Drag Links
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
78-32-42-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-42-941-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-42-010-057

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-42-040-055

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-42-980-050
D. Manually extend the translating sleeve approximately 3 in. (76.2 mm) to 4

in. (101.6 mm) to relieve the preload from the link (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-
860-010).
Subtask 78-32-42-010-058
E. Open the left thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-42-020-054
A. Disconnect the drag link from the fitting

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-42-991-150)
PRE SBN 78-0032
(1) Remove the cotter pin (3), the washers (4) and the pin (5) which
attach the drag link (2) to the fitting (6).
Subtask 78-32-42-020-055
B. Disconnect the drag link from the fitting

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-42-991-150)
SBN 78-0032: Changed attachment of the drag link to the fitting.
(1) Remove the cotter pin (3), the nut (7), the washer (4) and the bolt
(8) which attach the drag link (2) to the fitting (6).
Subtask 78-32-42-020-052
C. Remove the drag link

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-42-991-150)
PRE SBN 78-0013
(1) Remove the nut (9), the bolt (11), and the washers (10).
(2) Remove the drag link (2) from the blocker door.
Subtask 78-32-42-020-053
D. Remove the drag link

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-42-991-150)
SBN 78-0013: Changed attachment of the drag link to the blocker door.
(1) Remove the nut (9), the bolt (11), the washers (10) and the spacers
(12).
(2) Remove the drag link (2) from the blocker door.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Thrust-Reverser-Blocker-Door - Drag Links


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Thrust-Reverser-Blocker-Door - Drag Links


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-42-400-010
Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Door Drag Links
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 cotter pin 78-32-42 80B-040
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-42-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-42-860-055
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-42-010-059
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the left thrust reverser is open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-
010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL
FOR 1000EM2
461AL
(3) Make sure that the translating sleeve is extended to approximately 3

in. (76.2 mmm) to 4 in. (101.6 mm) (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-42-040-056
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-42-420-052
A. Install the drag link

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-42-991-150)
PRE SBN 78-0013
(1) Put the drag link (2) in to position on the blocker door.
NOTE : Link is installed with thick end facing forward.

____
(2) Install the washers (10), the bolt (11) and the nut (9).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-32-42-420-053
B. Install the drag link

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-42-991-150)
(1) Put the drag link (2) in to position on the blocker door.

____
(2) Install the spacers (12), the washers (10), the bolt (11) and the nut
(9).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-32-42-420-054
C. Connect the drag link to the fitting

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-42-991-150)
PRE SBN 78-0032
(1) Put the drag link (2) in to position in the fitting (6).

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Install the pin (5) and the washers (4).
(3) Safety the pin (5) with a new cotter pin (3) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-
014).
Subtask 78-32-42-420-055
D. Connect the drag link to the fitting

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-42-991-150)
(1) Put the drag link (2) in to position in the fitting (6).

____
(2) Install the bolt (8), the washers (4) and the nut (7).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Safety the nut (7) with a new cotter pin (3) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-
014).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-42-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Manually retract the thrust reverser translating sleeve (Ref. TASK
78-32-00-860-011).
(3) Close the left thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).
FOR 1000EM1
451AL.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL.
Subtask 78-32-42-440-053
B. Activate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-42-410-056
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DRAG LINK - BLOCKER DOOR, LEFT THRUST REVERSER - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-42-200-010
Visually Examine the Surface Damage on the Blocker Door Drag Link of the Left
Thrust Reverser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the data for a visual inspection of the surface damage on
the blocker door drag link of the left thrust reverser.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-42-300-010 Blend Repair of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Door
Drag Link Surface Damage - VRS2278
78-32-42-991-151 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-42-941-054
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-42-010-060
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-42-040-057

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-42-010-061
D. Manually extend the translating sleeve (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010).
Subtask 78-32-42-010-062

FOR 1000EM1
451AL.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-42-210-051
A. Examination:
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-42-991-151)
(1) Examine the blocker door drag link
(a) Abrasion/gouge (zones 1, 2, 3, and 4)
1
_ Less than 0.40 in. (10.16 mm) long by 0.03 in. (0.76 mm) wide
by 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) deep in zones 1, 2, 3, 4, accept it.
2
_ Larger than 0.40 in. (10.16 mm) long by 0.03 in. (0.76 mm)
wide and up to a maximum of 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) deep in zones
1, 2, 3 or 4, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-42-300-010).
3
_ If the abrasions/gouges is more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in
depth in zone 4, reject it.
4
_ If the abrasions/gouges is more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in
depth in zones 1, 2, or 3 Ref. B. Examine the abrasions/gouges
which are more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in depth (zones 1, 2,
and 3).
(2) Examine the abrasions/gouges which are more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm)
in depth (zones 1, 2, and 3)
(a) Abrasion/gouge (zones 1, 2, and 3)
1
_ Remaining material thickness of between 0.165 in. (4.19 mm)
and 0.170 in. (4.32 mm), repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-42-300-
010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Blocker Door Drag Link


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Remaining material thickness of less than (a), reject it.
(b) Abrasion/gouge one side of link only (zone 2)
1
_ Maximum of 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) deep. Not deeper than half the
original material thickness, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-42-
300-010).
2
_ Deeper than 1_, reject it.
(c) Abrasive/gouge one side of link only (zone 3)
1
_ Maximum of 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) deep. Maximum blend depth of
0.127 in. (3.22 mm), repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-42-300-010).
2
_ Deeper than 1_, reject it.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-42-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the left thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL.
Subtask 78-32-42-410-058
B. Manually retract the translating sleeve (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-42-440-054
C. Activate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-42-410-059
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DRAG LINK - BLOCKER DOOR, LEFT THRUST REVERSER - REPAIRS
________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-42-300-010
Blend Repair of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Door Drag Link Surface Damage
- VRS2278
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cotton swab

No specific nylon brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

aluminium oxide abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-42-991-153 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-42-941-055
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-42-010-063
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-42-040-058

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-42-980-051
Subtask 78-32-42-010-064

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-42-350-050
A. Remove the blocker door drag link surface damage.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-42-991-153)
(1) Use the aluminium oxide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-074) to
remove the damaged area to a 10 to 1 taper.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 801/TASK 78-32-42-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

polish the repair area and to make it smooth.
Subtask 78-32-42-110-050
B. Clean the Repair Area.
_______
IRRITATED.
(2) Remove the cleaning fluid with a clean lint free cloth before it
becomes dry.
Subtask 78-32-42-370-050
C. Apply the Conversion Coating.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE CONVERSION COATING ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES.
_______
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
CONVERSION COATING IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE
THE GAS. IF YOU GET THE CONVERSION COATING ON YOUR SKIN YOU
MUST FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER IMMEDIATELY. IF YOU GET THE
CONVERSION COATING IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER FOR
AT LEAST 15 MINUTES. THEN GET MEDICAL AID IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT
LET THE MATERIALS USED TO APPLY OR REMOVE THE CONVERSION
COATING BECOME DRY BECAUSE THEY CAN CAUSE A FIRE. ALL SUCH
MATERIALS MUST BE FULLY FLUSHED IN COLD WATER AND THEN
DISCARDED.
(1) Mix the conversion coating (Material No. V07-028), refer to the
manufacturers instructions.
(2) Use a nylon brush or a cotton swab to apply a layer of the conversion
coating to the repair area.
(3) After three minutes, apply another layer of the conversion coating.
(4) Do steps (2) and (3) again until three layers of the conversion
coating have been applied.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Flush the surface of the last layer with clean water.
(6) Dry the surface.
Subtask 78-32-42-370-051
D. Apply the primer
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE PRIMER ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE PRIMER IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS. IF YOU GET THE
PRIMER ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER.
GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Mix the primer converter (Material No. V07-140) and the thinner
(Material No. V07-139), refer to the manufacturers instructions.
(3) Cure the primer for 7 hours at room temperature or for forty minutes
between 140 deg.F (60 deg.C) and 180 deg.F (82 deg.C) with an
NOTE : You can touch the primer after you have cured it as in step
____
(3).
The primer is fully cured after 7 days at room temperature.
Subtask 78-32-42-210-052
E. Visually examine the complete repair to make sure that the necessary
repair procedure has been done.
Subtask 78-32-42-350-051
F. Write VRS2278 adjacent to the assembly number on the translating sleeve

to show that the repair has been done. Use a marking pen (Material No.
V06-131) of a color which is different than the background.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-42-410-060
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-42-980-052
Subtask 78-32-42-440-055
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-42-410-061
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-42

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ACTUATOR - LOCKING, C-DUCT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-43-000-010
Removal of the C-Duct Locking Actuator
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the left and the right C-duct locking
actuators.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking cap

No specific container minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 L)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
78-32-19-000-010 Removal of the Thrust Reverser Deflector Boxes
78-32-41-000-010 Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Manual Drive
Mechanism
Cables and Tubes
78-32-43-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-43-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-43-991-152 Fig. 403
78-32-43-991-153 Fig. 404
78-32-43-991-155 Fig. 405

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-43-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-43-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-43-040-050
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-43-010-051
D. Remove the access panel for the applicable actuator:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-43-991-150)
FOR 1000EM1
451CL, 452CR
FOR 1000EM2
461CL, 462CR.
Subtask 78-32-43-980-050
E. Preparation before removal
(1) Put the locking actuators in the unlocked position

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-43-991-151, 403/TASK 78-32-43-991-152)
(a) Move the lock levers (7) of the left and right locking actuators
ACTUATOR (IAE1N20049) (6) to hold the lock levers in the unlocked
position.
(2) Manually extend the translating sleeve approximately 2 to 3 in. (50.8

to 76.2 mm) to decrease the pressure on the seal (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-
860-010).
NOTE : Count and write the number of turns necessary to move the
____
translating sleeve in this operation.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-43-020-051
A. Disconnect the electrical connector (3) from the locking actuator (4)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-43-991-151, 403/TASK 78-32-43-991-152)
Subtask 78-32-43-620-050
B. Install a blanking cap on the electrical connector (3) and on the

receptacle on the actuator (4)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-43-991-151, 403/TASK 78-32-43-991-152)
Subtask 78-32-43-020-053
C. Remove the manual drive mechanism (Ref. TASK 78-32-41-000-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Actuator Access Panel Locations

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-43-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left C-Duct Locking Actuator

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-43-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right C-Duct Locking Actuator

Figure 403/TASK 78-32-43-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-43-941-051
D. Put a clean container minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 L) below the hydraulic

connections on the locking actuator.
Subtask 78-32-43-020-052
E. Disconnect the hydraulic tubes

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-43-991-151, 403/TASK 78-32-43-991-152)
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN

_______
YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR
EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET
HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED

_______
HYDRAULIC FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT
FREE CLOTH. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
NOTE : Before disconnecting the tubes, put the non-return valve in the
____
close position. If the tubes are disconnected with the valve in
the by-pass position, the reservoir will drain due to gravity.
(1) Disconnect the lower hydraulic tube (1) from the actuator (4)
(a) Disconnect the B-nut of the lower hydraulic tube from the
actuator (4).
(b) Remove two or three of the tube clamps which hold the lower
hydraulic tube to the C-duct (Ref. TASK 78-32-44-000-010).
NOTE : The removal of the tube clamps permits the tube to be

____
moved enough to disconnect it from the actuator.
(c) Disconnect the lower hydraulic tube from the actuator.
(2) Disconnect the lower flexshaft/tube (2) from the actuator (4)
(a) Loosen the locknut (8) at the end of the lower flexshaft/tube.
(b) Disconnect the tube nut (9) from the actuator and pull the
telescoping end fitting of the lower flexshaft/tube up from the
actuator.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Remove the flexshaft (10) from the actuator.
NOTE : Do not turn the flexshaft more than one eighth of a turn
____
while one end is still engaged.
Subtask 78-32-43-620-051
F. Install blanking cap on the tubes (1) and (2) and on the connections on
the locking actuator (4).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-43-991-151, 403/TASK 78-32-43-991-152)
Subtask 78-32-43-020-050
G. Disconnect and remove the locking actuator

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-43-991-153, 405/TASK 78-32-43-991-155)
SBN 78-0199
NOTE : It may be required to remove the blank cascade to gain access to

____
the loose cushion half bolts (32) at the aft end of the actuator.
Refer to the removal instructions (Ref. TASK 78-32-19-000-010).
(1) Disconnect the locking actuator from the forward and aft supports
(a) Remove the two actuator pins (28) that attach the actuator to the
forward support (29)
1
_ Remove the two actuator retainer pins (27).
2
_ Remove the actuator pins (28) from the actuator and the
forward support (29).
(b) Remove the bolt (19) and the bushing (20) that attach the
actuator rod end to the translating sleeve bracket (18).
(c) Remove the actuator from the aft support (34)
1
_ Make a mark on each cushion half (24). These marks will be
used to align the cushion halves on installation.
NOTE : The loose cushion half installed on the actuator is not

____
concentric. When it is to be installed it must be
installed in the same position from which it was
removed. Make a mark on it before you remove it.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward and Aft Supports and Rod-end Connection

Figure 404/TASK 78-32-43-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward and Aft Supports and Rod-End Connection


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Remove the two nuts (36) and (37), four washers (32) and (38),
clamp half (35), loose cushion half (24) and two bolts (32)
and (39).
(2) Remove the locking actuator
(a) Move the actuator away from the aft support (34).
(b) Move the actuator forward and remove it through the C-duct fixed
structure.
(c) Carefully move the seal (26) to the rear, off the actuator.
Subtask 78-32-43-942-051
H. Remove the container and discard the drained hydraulic fluid.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-43-400-010
Installation of the C-Duct Locking Actuator
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data to install the left and right C-duct locking
actuators.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 L)

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the CFDS
Sleeves
78-32-19-400-010 Installation of the Thrust Reverser Deflector Boxes
78-32-41-400-010 Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Manual Drive
Mechanism
Cables and Tubes
78-32-43-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-43-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-43-991-152 Fig. 403
78-32-43-991-153 Fig. 404
78-32-43-991-155 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-43-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-43-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowls are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Make sure that the actuator access panels are removed
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-43-991-150)
FOR 1000EM1
451CL, 452CR
FOR 1000EM2
461CL, 462CR.
Subtask 78-32-43-040-051
C. Thrust Reverser Deactivation
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
Subtask 78-32-43-611-050
D. Make sure that the actuator is full of system hydraulic fluid.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-43-420-050
A. Installation of the Locking Actuator
(1) Install the actuator

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-43-991-153, 405/TASK 78-32-43-991-155)
SBN 78-0199
(a) Install the seal (26) over the end of the actuator (4).
Put the seal against the plate at the base of the actuator gimbal
(25).
(b) Align the rod end mount hole so that it is parallel with the
actuator pin mount holes in the actuator. Keep the rod end in
this position during the remaining installation procedure.
(c) Manually move the actuator to the fully closed (stowed) position
(Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
(d) Install the actuator in the C-duct. Put it carefully through the
structure and keep the correct rod end position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Connect the locking actuator to the forward and aft supports
(a) Install the two actuator pins.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 78-32-43-991-155)
NOTE : If cushion replacement is necessary, new cushion is one

____
piece and may be cut in half for ease of installation.
1
_ Install the loose cushion half (24) on the actuator. Be
careful to keep the correct rod end position.
2
_ Align the marks on the cushion halves.
3
_ Install the clamp half (35) with the two bolts (32) and (39),
four washers (33) and (38) and two nuts (36) and (37).
4
_ TORQUE the nut (36) to between 75 and 90 lbf.in (0.84 and 1.01
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5
_ TORQUE the nut (37) to between 30 and 35 lbf.in (0.33 and 0.39
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the manual drive mechanism (Ref. TASK 78-32-41-400-010).
(4) Attach the actuator rod end to the translating sleeve bracket
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-43-991-153, 405/TASK 78-32-43-991-155)
CAUTION : YOU CANNOT CORRECTLY RIG THE THRUST REVERSER IF YOU DO NOT
_______
KEEP THE ROD END FROM TURNING WHILE YOU EXTEND THE
ACTUATOR.
(a) Hold the rod end so it aligns with (will fit into) the
translating sleeve bracket.
(b) Use the manual drive to extend the actuator until the rod end
fits into the translating sleeve bracket and you can install the
bushing (20) and bolt (19). Do not torque the bolt now.
NOTE : If the blank cascade was removed, refer to the

____
installation instructions (Ref. TASK 78-32-19-400-010).
Subtask 78-32-43-941-052
B. Put a container minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 L) below the hydraulic

connections.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-43-420-051
C. Installation of the Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-43-991-151, 403/TASK 78-32-43-991-152)

_______
CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. ANY UNWANTED
_______
PROTECTION AND SOME PARTS.
(1) Remove the caps from the tubes and the actuator.
(2) Install the lower flexshaft/tube (2).
(a) Pull the telescoping end fitting of the lower flexshaft/tube (2)
up and put the flexshaft (10) into the actuator socket.
(b) Pull the telescoping end fitting down and engage the locknut (8).
(c) Attach the tube nut (9) to the actuator (4).
(d) TORQUE the tube nut to between 852 and 936 lbf.in (9.62 and 10.57
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
NOTE : Hold the flats on the end of the lower flexshaft/tube when
____
you torque the tube nut.
(3) Install the lower hydraulic tube (1).
(a) Connect the tube nut of the lower hydraulic tube (1) to the
actuator (4).
(b) TORQUE the tube nut to between 210 and 240 lbf.in (2.37 and 2.71
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
NOTE : Hold the flats on the end of the lower hydraulic tube when
____
(c) Install the tube clamps (removed during the removal task) on the
lower hydraulic tube (1) (Ref. TASK 78-32-44-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-43-942-050
D. Remove the container and discard the drained hydraulic fluid.
Subtask 78-32-43-630-051
E. Remove the caps from the electrical connector (3) on the electrical
harness and from the actuator (4).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-43-991-151)
Subtask 78-32-43-420-052
F. Installation of the Electrical Connector

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-43-991-151, 403/TASK 78-32-43-991-152)
(1) Connect the electrical connector (3) to the receptacle on the

actuator (4) (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
(2) Tighten the electrical connector by hand plus one-eighth turn.
Subtask 78-32-43-820-050
G. Rig of the Thrust Reverser System
(1) Rig the translating sleeves, actuators, actuator supports and

translating sleeve aft double latches (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-010).
(2) TORQUE the rod end retaining bolts to between 60 and 80 lbf.in (0.67
and 0.90 m.daN).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-43-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the actuator access panels

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-43-991-150)
FOR 1000EM1
451CL, 452CR
FOR 1000EM2
461CL, 462CR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-43-440-050
Subtask 78-32-43-870-050
C. Bleed the air from the thrust reverser hydraulic actuation system
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-43-991-151, 403/TASK 78-32-43-991-152)
_______
THE SYSTEM.
_______
(1) Move the lock levers (7) of the left and right locking actuators (4)
aft to the unlocked position and install the PIN - LOCKOUT ACTUATOR
(IAE1N20049) (6) to hold the lock levers in the unlocked position.
(2) Operation of system.
WARNING : REMOVE ALL PERSONS FROM THE AREA AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER
_______
BEFORE YOU DO A POWER EXTENSION OR RETRACTION OF THE
TRANSLATING SLEEVES. THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES EXTEND AND
RETRACT IN 4.5 SECONDS OR LESS AND CAN CAUSE INJURY AND
DAMAGE.

_______
(a) Remove the lockout pins (IAE1N20049) (6) from the lock levers (7)
of the left and right locking actuators (4) and move the lock
(4) Refill the green hydraulic reservoir for engine 1 (yellow for engine
2) (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-43-410-051
D. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ACTUATOR - LOCKING, C-DUCT - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________
TASK 78-32-43-200-010
Examine the Thrust Reverser C-Duct Locking Actuator for Hydraulic Fluid Leakage
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies hydraulic fluid leakage limits for the left and right
c-duct locking actuator. Leakage can occur from the forward end cap/jack
head interface or rod end seals. A small amount of leakage is acceptable for
a limited continued service.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-43-991-154 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-43-010-053
A. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-43-040-052
B. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-43-010-054
C. Remove the translating sleeve actuator access panel.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-43-991-154)
FOR 1000EM1
451CL, 452CR
FOR 1000EM2
461CL, 462CR.
Subtask 78-32-43-110-050
D. Use a clean lint free cloth to rub the actuators clean.
Subtask 78-32-43-440-051
E. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-43-010-055
A. Extend and retract the translating sleeve for one minute with the power
on (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010) and (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
_______
_______
Subtask 78-32-43-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Illustration of the Locking Actuator Access Panel


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Illustration of the Locking Actuator Access Panel


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-43-210-052
C. Check for Leaks using the Following Limits
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | FOR NORMAL OPERATION | FOR DISPATCH TO AVOID |
| | | DELAY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| Static Seals | None | 2 Drops per 10 minutes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| Rod seal (system | 1 Drop per minute | 30 Drops per minute |
| pressurized) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| Rod seal(in operation) | 1 Drop per cycle | 2 Drops per cycle |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-43-410-054
A. Install the actuator access panels

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-43-991-154)
FOR 1000EM1
451CL, 452CR
FOR 1000EM2
461CL, 462CR.
Subtask 78-32-43-410-055
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-43

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

SYNCHRONOUS CABLES AND TUBES - LEFT C-DUCT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-44-000-010
Removal of the Left C-Duct Flexible Synchronous Cables and Tubes
_______
OR MOUTH.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. ANY UNWANTED HYDRAULIC
_______
FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND SOME PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
No specific clean container - minimum capacity 8 USgals (32
liters)
No specific clean container-minimum capacity 8 USGals (32 liters)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
78-32-44-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-44-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-44-991-152 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-44-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-44-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in position

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-44-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-44-980-050
D. Manually retract the translating sleeves to make sure they are in the
fully stowed position (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-44-941-050
A. Put the clean container - minimum capacity 8 USgals (32 liters) in

position under the hydraulic connections to catch the drained hydraulic
fluid.
Subtask 78-32-44-010-051
B. Remove the lower flexshaft/tube

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-44-991-150, 402/TASK 78-32-44-991-151)
(1) Put a clean container-minimum capacity 8 USGals (32 liters) under the
hydraulic connections to catch the drained hydraulic fluid when you
open the connections
(2) At the three positions between the locking actuator (6) and the
non-locking actuator (3), remove the screws (8), the washers (2) and
the clamps (7) which attach the lower flexshaft/tube (5) and the
lower hydraulic tube (4) to the brackets (Detail B).
(3) Loosen the locknut (21) at the bottom end of the lower flexshaft/tube
(5).
(4) Disconnect the bottom tube nut (20) of the lower flexshaft/tube (5).
(5) Pull up the telescoping end of the lower flexshaft/tube (5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Hydraulic Tubes

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-44-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Flexshaft Tubes and Hoses

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-44-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Let the hydraulic fluid drain from the tube.
(7) Remove the flexshaft
_______
ONE END IS STILL ENGAGED.
(a) Remove the flexshaft (19) from the socket of the locking actuator
(6).
(8) Remove the flexshaft (19) from the lower flexshaft/tube (5).
(9) Disconnect the upper tube nut (20) of the lower flexshaft/tube (5)
from the non-locking actuator (3).
(10) Remove the lower flexshaft/tube (5) from the non-locking actuator
(3).
(11) Install caps on the ends of the lower flexshaft/tube and the openings
of the locking and the non-locking actuators.
Subtask 78-32-44-020-050
C. Remove the lower hydraulic tube (4)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-44-991-150)
(1) Disconnect the bottom tube nut of the lower hydraulic tube (4) from
(2) Drain the hydraulic fluid from the lower hydraulic tube.
(3) Disconnect the upper tube nut of the lower hydraulic tube (4) from
the non-locking actuator (3).
(4) Remove the lower hydraulic tube.
(5) Install caps on the ends of the lower hydraulic tube and the openings
of the locking and the non-locking actuators.
Subtask 78-32-44-020-051
D. Remove the crossover hydraulic hose

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-44-991-151, 403/TASK 78-32-44-991-152)
(1) Remove the nut (38), the washer (37), the screw (39) and the two
clamps (36) which hold the crossover flexshaft/hose (18) and the
crossover hydraulic hose (33).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Hydraulic Cross-Over Hoses

Figure 403/TASK 78-32-44-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Disconnect the hose nut (32) from the non-locking actuator (3).
(3) Remove the crossover flexshaft
_______
(a) Remove the crossover flexshaft (42) from the non-locking actuator
(3).
(4) Disconnect the hose nut (32) from the tee fitting (31).
(5) Move the crossover flexshaft/hose (18) off the crossover flexshaft
(42) and out of the belt clamp (35).
(6) Install caps on both ends of the crossover flexshaft/hose (18).
(7) Pull the crossover flexshaft (42) out of the socket of the right
non-locking actuator, through the right crossover flexshaft/hose and
out of the tee fitting (31).
(8) Install caps on the openings of the non-locking actuator (3) and the
tee fitting (31).
Subtask 78-32-44-020-052
E. Remove the crossover hydraulic hose

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-44-991-152)
(1) Remove the two screws (41) and the clamp assembly (40) which hold the
crossover hydraulic hose (33) near the tee fitting (31).
(2) Disconnect the two hose nuts (32) from the non-locking actuator (3)
and the union (34).
(3) Remove the crossover hydraulic hose (33).
(4) Remove the union (34) from the tee fitting (31).
(5) Install the caps on the ends of the crossover hydraulic hose (33) and
the openings on the non-locking actuator (3) and the tee fitting
(31).
Subtask 78-32-44-942-050
F. Remove the container and discard the drained hydraulic fluid.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-44-400-010
Installation of the Left C-Duct Flexible Synchronous Cables and Tubes
_______
OR MOUTH.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. ANY UNWANTED HYDRAULIC
_______
FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND SOME PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
the CFDS
Sleeves
78-32-44-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-44-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-44-991-152 Fig. 403
78-32-44-991-153 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-44-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-44-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-44-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-44-420-050
A. Install the crossover hydraulic hose (33)

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-44-991-152)
(1) Remove the caps from the ends of the crossover hydraulic hose (33),
from the upper hydraulic port on the non-locking actuator (3) and
from the tee fitting (31).
(2) Install the union (34) in the tee fitting (31).
(3) TORQUE the union (34) to between 270 and 300 lbf.in (3.05 and 3.39
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Connect the hose nuts (32) to the non-locking actuator (3) and the
union (34).
(5) Put the clamp assembly (40) in position over the crossover hydraulic
hose (33) and Install the two screws (41).
(6) TORQUE the hose nuts (32) to between 210 and 240 lbf.in (2.37 and
2.71 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-44-420-051
B. Install the crossover flexshaft and the crossover flexshaft/hose

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-44-991-151, 403/TASK 78-32-44-991-152)
(1) Remove the caps from both ends of the crossover flexshaft/hose (18)
and the openings on the non-locking actuator (3) and the tee fitting
(31).
(2) Put one end of the crossover flexshaft (42) through the belt clamp
(35) and in to the tee fitting (31).
(3) Push the crossover flexshaft (42) through the right crossover
flexshaft/hose and into the socket in the right non-locking actuator.
(4) Put the crossover flexshaft/hose (18) on to the crossover flexshaft

(42).
(5) Make sure that both the left and the right non-locking actuators are
in the fully stowed position (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
(6) Put the crossover flexshaft
_______
ONE END IS ENGAGED.
(a) Put the crossover flexshaft (42) in to the socket of the left
(7) Connect the two hose nuts (32) to the tee fitting (31) and the
(8) TORQUE the hose nut (32) to between 852 and 936 lbf.in (9.62 and
10.57 m.daN) at the non-locking actuator (3) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
m.daN) at the tee fitting (31) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(10) Install the two clamps (36), the screw (39), the washer (37) and the
nut (38).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-44-420-052
C. Install the lower flexshaft/tube

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-44-991-151)
(1) Remove the caps from both ends of the lower flexshaft/tube (5), the
lower flexshaft/tube port of the non-locking actuator (3) and the
lower flexshaft/tube port of the locking actuator (6).
(2) Install the lower flexshaft/tube with the telescoping end fitting at
the bottom.
(3) Connect the tube nut (20) to the non-locking actuator (3). Do not
tighten the tube nut (20) at this step.
(4) Put the flexshaft (19) in to the bottom of the lower flexshaft/tube
(5) and push it in to the socket of the non-locking actuator (3).
(5) Make sure that the locking and the non-locking actuators are in the
(6) Pull tube nut.
_______
ONE END IS ENGAGED.
(a) Pull the telescoping end fitting tube nut (20) up and insert the
flexshaft (19) in to the socket of the locking actuator (6).
(7) Pull the telescoping end fitting tube nut down and engage the locknut
(21).
(8) TORQUE the locknut (21) to between 220 and 265 lbf.in (2.48 and 2.99
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(9) Connect the tube nut (20) to the locking actuator (6).
(10) TORQUE the tube nuts (20) at both ends of the lower flexshaft/tube
(5) to between 852 and 936 lbf.in (9.62 and 10.57 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-44-420-053
D. Install the lower hydraulic tube

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-44-991-150)
(1) Remove the caps from both ends of the lower hydraulic tube (4), the
lower hydraulic tube port of the non-locking actuator (3) and the
lower hydraulic tube port of the locking actuator (6).
(2) Connect the upper tube nut of the lower hydraulic tube (4) to the
(3) Connect the lower tube nut of the lower hydraulic tube (4) to the
locking actuator (6).
(4) TORQUE both tube nuts of the lower hydraulic (4) to between 210 and
(5) In three places between the locking and non-locking actuators,

install the screws (8), the washers (2) and the clamps (7) which
attach the lower flexshaft/tube (5) and the lower hydraulic tube (4)
to the brackets.
Subtask 78-32-44-820-050
E. Rig the thrust reverser latches, bumpers, compression struts, translating

sleeves, and actuators (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-010)
Subtask 78-32-44-440-050
F. Activate the HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012)
Subtask 78-32-44-870-050
G. Bleed the air from the thrust reverser hydraulic actuation system
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-44-991-153)
_______
THE SYSTEM.
_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Locking Actuator
Figure 404/TASK 78-32-44-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


_______
TO PERSONNEL.

_______
12-12-29-611-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-44-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-44-790-050
B. Do a leak check of the left C-Duct flexible synchroneous cables and

tubes. Leaks are not permitted.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-44

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DOOR - BLOCKER, LEFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 78-32-45-000-010
Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove one thrust reverser blocker door, the
procedure for the other four doors is the same.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
78-32-45-991-154 Fig. 401
78-32-45-991-150 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-45-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-45-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-45-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-45-860-050
D. Manually extend the translating sleeves approximately 3 in. (76.2 mm) to

4 in. (101.6 mm) (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010).
Subtask 78-32-45-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-45-020-050
A. Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors:

Pre SBN 78-0032
(1) Disconnect the drag link from the fitting

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-45-991-154)
(a) Remove the cotter pin (15), the washers (16) and the pin (17)
which attach the drag link (5) to the fitting (18).
SBN 78-0032
(2) Disconnect the drag link from the fitting

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-45-991-154)
(a) Remove the cotter pin (15), the nut (19), the washers (16) and
the bolt (20) which attach the drag link (5) to the fitting (18).
(3) Remove the blocker door from the translating sleeve

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-45-991-150)
(a) Remove the nut (14), the bolt (12), the washer (13) and the two
bushings (11) which attach the upper hinge of the blocker door to
the translating sleeve.
(b) Remove the nut (1), the bolt (3), the washer (2) and the bushing
(4) which attach the lower hinge of the blocker door to the
translating sleeve.
(c) Remove the blocker door (10) with the drag link (5).
Pre SBN 78-0013
(4) Remove the drag link from the blocker door

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-45-991-150)
(a) Remove the nut (6), the bolt (8) and the washers (7).
(b) Remove the drag link (5).

SBN 78-0013

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-45-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-45-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Remove the drag link from the blocker door
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-45-991-150)
(a) Remove the nut (6), bolt (8), the washers (7), and the spacers
(9).
(b) Remove the drag link (5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-45-400-010
Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to install one thrust reverser blocker door, the
procedure for the other four doors is the same.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific explosion proof heatlamp
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

primer (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 cotter pin 78-32-42 80B-040
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-45-991-154 Fig. 401
78-32-45-991-150 Fig. 402
78-32-45-991-155 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-45-860-054
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-45-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-45-040-051
C. Make sure that the thrust reverser is deactivated:

EQUIPMENT.
Subtask 78-32-45-860-051
D. Make sure that the thrust reverser translating sleeves are extended 3 in.
(76.2 mm) to 4 in. (101.6 mm) and (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010).
Subtask 78-32-45-420-051
E. Install the Drag link:

Pre SBN 78-0013
(1) Install the drag link on the blocker door

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-45-991-150)
(a) Put the drag link (5) in to position on the blocker door (10).
(b) Install the washers (7), the bolt (8) and the nut (6).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) TORQUE the nut (6) to between 50 and 70 lbf.in (0.56 and 0.79
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
SBN 78-0013
(2) Install the drag link on the blocker door

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-45-991-150)
(a) Put the drag link (5) in to position on the blocker door (10).
(b) Install the spacers (9), the washers (7), the bolt (8) and the
nut (6).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-45-420-050
A. Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-45-991-150)
(1) Installation of the blocker door
CAUTION : THE UPPER AND LOWER BLOCKER DOORS IN THE THRUST REVERSER
_______
HAVE DIFFERENT PART NUMBERS FROM THE OTHER FOUR. MAKE SURE
THAT YOU INSTALL THE CORRESPONDING BLOCKER DOOR AT THE
UPPER OR LOWER POSITIONS.
(a) Install the blocker door (10) on the translating sleeve
(b) Put the blocker door (10), with the drag link (5), in to position
on the translating sleeve.
(c) Install the bushings (11), the bolt (12), the washer (13), and
the nut (14) at the upper hinge of the blocker door (10).
(d) Install the bushing (4), the bolt (3), the washers (2), and the
nut (1) at the lower hinge of the blocker door (10)
(e) TORQUE the nuts (1) and (14) to between 50 and 70 lbf.in (0.56
and 0.79 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Pre SBN 78-0032

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Connect the drag link to the fitting
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-45-991-154)
(a) Put the drag link (5) in to position in the fitting (18).
(b) Install the pin (17) and the washers (16).
(c) Safety the pin (17) with a new cotter pin (15) (Ref. TASK 70-40-
11-911-014).
SBN 78-0032
(3) Connect the drag link to the fitting

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-45-991-154)
(a) Put the drag link (5) in to position in the fitting (18).
(b) Install the bolt (20), the washer (16) and the nut (19).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Safety the nut (19) with a new cotter pin (15) (Ref. TASK 70-40-
11-911-014).
NOTE : Do step B through G only if you have installed a

____
replacement blocker door.
Subtask 78-32-45-860-053
B. Extend the translating sleeve manually to the fully extended position

(Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010).
Subtask 78-32-45-220-050
C. Examine the gap between the edge of the replacement blocker door and the
C-duct fixed structure.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-45-991-155)
(1) Make sure that the gap between the edge of the replacement blocker
door (10) and the C-duct fixed structure is a minimum of 0.05 in.
(1.27 mm).
If the gap is not 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) minimum, adjust the gap.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Gap between Blocker Door and C-Duct Fixed Structure

Figure 403/TASK 78-32-45-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-45-350-052
D. Adjust the gap between the edge of the replacement blocker door and the
C-duct fixed structure.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-45-991-155)
(1) Remove material from the edge of the blocker door (10) until the gap
between the blocker door and the C-duct fixed structure is 0.05 in.
(1.27 mm).
Subtask 78-32-45-110-051
E. Clean Components:
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the bare metal area on the blocker door.
(a) Clean the bare metal area with a clean lint free cloth made moist
with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-076).
(b) Remove the cleaning fluid with a clean lint free cloth before it
becomes dry.
Subtask 78-32-45-370-052
F. Painting Components:
_______
DISCARDED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Apply the conversion coating.
(a) Mix the conversion coating (Material No. V07-028), refer to the
(b) Use a nylon brush or cotton swab to apply a layer of the

conversion coating to the bare metal of the blocker door.
(c) After three minutes, apply another layer of the conversion

coating.
(d) Do steps (b) and (c) again until three layers of the conversion
(e) Flush the surface of the last layer with clean water.
(f) Dry the surface.
Subtask 78-32-45-370-053
G. Painting Components:
_______
(1) Apply the primer.
(a) Mix the primer (Material No. V07-140) and the thinner (Material
No. V07-139), refer to the manufacturers instructions.
(b) Use a brush to apply the primer.
(c) Let the primer cure for 7 hours at room temperature or for forty
minutes between 140 deg.F (60 deg.C) and 180 deg.F (82 deg.C).
Use an explosion proof heatlamp.
NOTE : You can touch the primer after it has cured as described
____
in step (c). The primer is fully cured after 7 days at
room temperature.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-45-860-052
A. Manually retract the translating sleeve (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-45-410-051
B. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-45-440-050
Subtask 78-32-45-410-050
D. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DOOR - BLOCKER, LEFT - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________
TASK 78-32-45-200-010
Visually Examine the Surface Damage on the Blocker Door of the Left Thrust
Reverser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
the blocker door of the left thrust reverser.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-45-300-010 Blend Repair of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Door
78-32-45-991-151 Fig. 601
78-32-45-991-152 Fig. 602
78-32-45-991-156 Fig. 603

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-45-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-45-010-053
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-45-040-052

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-45-010-054
Subtask 78-32-45-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
451AL
FOR 1000EM2
461AL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-45-210-050
A. Examine the blocker door (not zones 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6).

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-45-991-151, 602/TASK 78-32-45-991-152)
(1) Abrasion
(a) Less than 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) long by 0.03 in. (0.76 mm) wide by
0.05 in. (1.27 mm) deep. Maximum of two abrasions, accept it.
(b) More than specified in paragraph (a), repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-
45-300-010).
(2) Gouge
(a) Less than 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) long by 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) wide by
0.05 in. (1.27 mm) deep. Maximum of two gouges, accept it.
45-300-010).
(3) Nick
(a) Less than 0.30 in. (7.62 mm) long by 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) deep.
Maximum of two nicks, accept it.
45-300-010).
(c) All nicks less than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) from a bearing or bushing,
reject it.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Blocker Door
Figure 601/TASK 78-32-45-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Blocker Door
Figure 602/TASK 78-32-45-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Corrosion
(a) No corrosion allowed, reject blocker door.
(5) Cracks
(a) No cracks allowed, reject blocker door.
Subtask 78-32-45-210-051
B. Examine the blocker door (zones 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6).

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-45-991-151, 602/TASK 78-32-45-991-152)
(1) Abrasion (zones 1, 2, 3 and 5)
(a) Zone 1 - 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) minimum remaining material thickness
after repair, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-45-300-010).
(b) Less than in (a), reject it.
(c) Zone 2 - 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) minimum remaining material thickness
(d) Less than in (c), reject it.
(e) Zone 3 - 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) maximum blend depth, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-45-300-010).
(f) More than in (e), reject it.
(g) Zone 5 - 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) maximum blend depth (no damage or
repairs allowed in the 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) radius area arc),
repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-45-300-010).
(h) More than in (g), or in the 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) radius area arc,
reject it.
(2) Gouge (zones 1, 2, 3 and 5)
(a) Zone 1 - 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) minimum remaining material thickness
(b) Less than in (a), reject it.
(c) Zone 2 - 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) minimum remaining material thickness

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Less than in (c), reject it.
(e) Zone 3 - 0.03 in. (0.76 mm) maximum blend depth, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-45-300-010).
(f) More than in (e), reject it.
(g) Zone 5 - 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) maximum blend depth (no damage or
(h) More than in (g), or in the 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) radius area arc,
reject it.
(3) Wear (zone 4)
(a) Zone 4 - 0.600 in. (15.24 mm) maximum slot width after repair,
(b) More than in (a), reject it.
(c) Zone 6 - minimum thickness 0.150 in. (3.81 mm).
(d) More than in (c), reject the blocker door.
(4) Corrosion
(a) No corrosion allowed, reject blocker door.
(5) Cracks
(a) No cracks allowed, reject blocker door.
Subtask 78-32-45-220-051
C. Examine the Blocker Door Bushing

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 78-32-45-991-156)
(1) Worn.
(a) A wall thickness of 0.04 in. (1.016 mm) in radius or more, accept
it.
(b) Less than in (a), reject the blocker door.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Blocker Door Bushing Inspection

Figure 603/TASK 78-32-45-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Cracked.
(a) Any cracks, reject the blocker door.
(3) Gaps between the bushing and the lug.
(a) Less than 0.090 in. (2.286 mm), accept it.
(b) More than in (a), reject the blocker door.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-45-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
FOR 1000EM1
451AL
FOR 1000EM2
461AL
Subtask 78-32-45-410-053
Subtask 78-32-45-440-051
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-45-410-054
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DOOR - BLOCKER, LEFT - REPAIRS
______________________________
TASK 78-32-45-300-010
Blend Repair of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Door Surface Damage - VRS2279
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-45-991-153 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-45-941-052
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-45-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-45-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-45-010-057
D. Extend the translating sleeve manually (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010).
Subtask 78-32-45-010-058

FOR 1000EM1
451AL.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-45-350-050
A. Remove the blocker door surface damage.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-45-991-153)
(1) Use the aluminum oxide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-074) to
remove the damaged area to a 10 to 1 taper.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Blocker Door
Figure 801/TASK 78-32-45-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-45-110-050
B. Clean Components:
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the repair area
(a) Clean the repair area with a clean lint free cloth made moist
with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-076).
(b) Remove the cleaning fluid with a clean lint free cloth before it
becomes dry.
Subtask 78-32-45-370-050
C. Painting Components:
_______
DISCARDED.
(1) Apply the conversion coating
(a) Mix the conversion coating (Material No. V07-028), refer to the
(b) Use a nylon brush or a cotton swab to apply a layer of the

conversion coating to the repair area.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) After three minutes, apply another layer of the conversion
coating.
(d) Do steps (2) and (3) again until three layers of the conversion
(e) Flush the surface of the last layer with clean water.
(f) Dry the surface.
Subtask 78-32-45-370-051
D. Painting Components:
_______
(1) Apply the primer
(a) Mix the primer converter (Material No. V07-140) and the thinner
(b) Use a brush to apply the primer to the repair surface.
(c) Cure the primer for 7 hours at room temperature or for forty
minutes between 140 deg.F (60 deg.C) and 180 deg.F (82 deg.C)
with an explosion proof heat lamp.
NOTE : You can touch the primer after you have cured it as in
____
step (3).
The primer is fully cured after 7 days at room
temperature.
Subtask 78-32-45-210-052
Subtask 78-32-45-350-051


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-45-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
FOR 1000EM1
451AL.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL.
Subtask 78-32-45-410-056
B. Manually retract the thrust reverser translating sleeve (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-45-440-052
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-45-410-057
D. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-45

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL TRANSLATING - LEFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 78-32-46-000-010
Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Translating Cowl
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adhesive tape

IAE1N20011 1 HANDLING TOOL-LH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Links
(4003KS),(4004KS)
78-32-46-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-46-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-46-010-050
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-46-040-050
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU).

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)
Subtask 78-32-46-010-051
D. Remove the thrust reverser pylon fairing (Ref. TASK 54-56-00-000-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-46-010-052
E. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-46-020-051
F. Disconnect the five blocker-door drag links from the thrust reverser
inner barrel (Ref. TASK 78-32-42-000-010).
Subtask 78-32-46-410-050
G. Close the thrust reverser halves, but only to a position where the
translating cowl latches will not touch each other when the translating
cowl is removed (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).
Subtask 78-32-46-010-053
H. Remove the two actuator access panels 451BL, 451CL, 452BR, 452CR (461BL,
461CL, 462BR, 462CR) located on the outer side of the translating cowl
(Ref. TASK 78-32-43-000-010) (Ref. TASK 78-32-48-000-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-46-020-052
A. Remove the bolts and the bushings which attach the ends of the locking
actuator and the non-locking actuator to their translating cowl brackets.
Do not turn the actuator rod ends. Tape the rod ends to the fixed
structure with adhesive tape so that they will not turn (Ref. TASK 78-32-
43-000-010) (Ref. TASK 78-32-48-000-010).
Subtask 78-32-46-480-050
B. Attach the left translating sleeve handling tool, HANDLING TOOL-LH

(IAE1N20011) (2) to the translating cowl (1) at the three hoist fittings
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-46-991-150)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Translating Cowl Handling Tool

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-46-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-46-020-050
C. Removal of the translating Cowl:
(1) Carefully move the translating cowl (1) rearward until it clears the
C-duct tracks.
(2) Remove the five blocker doors from the translating cowl (Ref. TASK
78-32-45-000-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-46-400-010
Installation of the Left Translating Cowl
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1N20011 1 HANDLING TOOL-LH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-42-400-010 Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Door
Drag Links
78-32-45-400-010 Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker
Doors
(4003KS),(4004KS)
78-32-46-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-46-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-46-040-051
B. Make sure that the Thrust Reversers are deactivated
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
Subtask 78-32-46-010-054
C. Make sure the thrust reverser halves are open to a minimum distance, so
that the latches will not touch each other when the translating cowl is
installed (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010).
Subtask 78-32-46-420-050
D. Install the five blocker doors and drag links on the translating cowl
(Ref. TASK 78-32-42-400-010) (Ref. TASK 78-32-45-400-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-46-480-051
A. Attach the left translating cowl handling tool (2), HANDLING TOOL-LH
(IAE1N20011) to the translating cowl (1) at the three hoist fittings.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-46-991-150)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-46-420-051
B. Align the Translating Cowl
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE THRUST REVERSER HALVES ARE OPEN TO A MINIMUM
_______
DISTANCE, SO THAT THE TRANSLATING SLEEVE LATCHES WILL NOT TOUCH
WHEN THE TRANSLATING COWL IS INSTALLED.
(1) Align the translating cowl sliders with the C-duct tracks. Carefully
move the translating cowl forward until it touches the forward edge
of the C-duct.
Subtask 78-32-46-080-050
C. Remove the left translating cowl handling tool (2), HANDLING TOOL-LH
(IAE1N20011) from the translating cowl (1).
Subtask 78-32-46-420-052
D. Attach the ends of the locking and non locking actuators to the
translating cowl brackets (Ref. TASK 78-32-43-400-010) (Ref. TASK 78-32-
48-400-010).
(1) Remove the tape from the locking and non locking actuator rod ends.
Do not let the actuator rod ends turn.
(2) Install the bolts and bushings that attach the ends of the locking
and non locking actuators to the translating cowl brackets.
and 0.90 m.daN).
Subtask 78-32-46-410-051
E. Install the two actuator access panels 451BL, 451CL, 452BR, 452CR (461BL,
461CL, 462BR, 462CR) on the outer side of the translating cowl (Ref. TASK
78-32-43-400-010) (Ref. TASK 78-32-48-400-010).
Subtask 78-32-46-010-055
F. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-46-420-053
G. Attach the five blocker-door drag links to the thrust reverser inner
barrel (Ref. TASK 78-32-42-400-010).
Subtask 78-32-46-820-051
H. Rig the translating sleeves, actuators, actuator supports and translating

sleeve aft double latches (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-010)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-46-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-46-410-054
B. Install the thrust reverser pylon fairing (Ref. TASK 54-56-00-400-002).
Subtask 78-32-46-440-050
Subtask 78-32-46-410-055
D. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL TRANSLATING - LEFT - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________
TASK 78-32-46-200-010
Visually Examine the Seal of the left Translating Cowl Without Component
Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the data for a visual inspection of the seal of the left
translating cowl without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-46-300-010 Replacement of the Left Translating Cowl Seals -
VRS2071
78-32-46-991-155 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-46-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-46-010-058
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-46-040-053
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-46-010-059
00-860-010).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-46-991-155)
Subtask 78-32-46-210-051
A. Examine the seal.
(1) Examine the seal (1).
(a) Gouges less than 0.060 in. (1.52mm) deep, accept it.
(c) Tears less than 0.5 in. (12.7mm) long, accept it.
(d) Gouges more than 0.060 in. (1.52 mm) deep, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-46-300-010) (VRS2071).
(e) Abrasions more than 0.062 in. (1.57 mm) deep, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-46-300-010) (VRS2071).
(f) Tears more than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-
32-46-300-010) (VRS2071).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-46-410-058
32-00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-46-440-052

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Translating Cowl Seal

Figure 601/TASK 78-32-46-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-46-410-059
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL TRANSLATING - LEFT - REPAIRS
_________________________________
TASK 78-32-46-300-010
Replacement of the Left Translating Cowl Seals - VRS2071
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (methyl ethyl ketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Silicone Rubber Compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 screw 78-32-46 84A-050

3 seal 78-32-46 84A-040
4 end plug 78-32-46 84A-030

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-46-991-153 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-46-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-46-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-46-040-052
C. Deactivate the thrust:

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-46-010-057

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-46-350-050
A. Remove the left translating cowl seal (3).

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-46-991-153)
CAUTION : THE SEAL AND SEAL BLOCK ARE BONDED TO EACH OTHER WITH SILICONE
_______
RUBBER COMPOUND.
CAREFULLY SEPARATE THE SEAL AND SEAL BLOCK TO AVOID DAMAGE TO
THE UNDAMAGED PART.
(1) Remove the screw (2).
(2) Remove the seal block (1) from the seal (3).
(3) Remove the seal (3) from the retainer.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-46-110-050
B. Clean the repair area.
_______
IRRITATED.
cleaning fluid (methyl ethyl ketone) (Material No. V01-076).
(2) Wipe the surface dry before the cleaning fluid evaporates.
Subtask 78-32-46-350-051
C. Install the seal (3)

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-46-991-153)
(1) Position seal (3) so that the 0.13 in. (3.3 mm) diameter holes point
inboard and are next to the retainer flange and along the retainer
inner diameter.
Subtask 78-32-46-350-052
D. Install the end plug and the seal block
_______
IRRITATED.
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-46-991-153)
(1) Apply the Silicone Rubber Compound (Material No. V08-031) to the seal
block (1) and the end plug (4).
(2) Install the end plug (4) and the seal block (1) on the seal (3).
(3) Install screw (2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Remove all unwanted silicone rubber compound with a clean lint free
cloth.
(5) Let the silicone rubber compound cure for a minimum of 8 hours at 59
deg.F (15 deg.C) before you handle it.
NOTE : You do not have to fully cure the silicone rubber compound
____
under repair conditions. The uncured silicone rubber compound
is structurally and functionally acceptable.
Subtask 78-32-46-210-050
Subtask 78-32-46-350-053
F. Write VRS2071 adjacent to the assembly number on the translating cowl to

show that the repair has been done. Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-
131) of a color which is different than the background.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-46-410-056
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-46-440-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-46-410-057
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-46

Page 808
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ELECTRICAL HARNESS - LEFT C-DUCT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-47-000-010
Removal of the Left C-Duct Electrical Harness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the left C-Duct electrical harness.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-47-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-47-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-47-991-152 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-47-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-47-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-47-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-47-020-051
A. Disconnect the electrical connectors

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-47-991-150, 402/TASK 78-32-47-991-151)
(1) Disconnect the 905P connector (2) of the left C-Duct electrical
harness (3) from the receptacle on the locking actuator (1) (Detail
E).
(2) Disconnect the 901P connector (11) from the 901J receptacle (7) of
the left C-duct electrical harness (Detail G).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Electrical Harness - Left C-Duct

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-47-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Electrical Harness Connectors - Left C-Duct

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-47-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Disconnect the 903P connector (5) of the left C-Duct electrical
harness from the receptacle on the non-locking actuator (4) (Detail
F).
(4) Put caps over the connectors and their receptacles.
Subtask 78-32-47-020-052
B. Disassemble the electrical harness from the lower hydraulic tube

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-47-991-152)
SBN 78-0021: Rework of the thrust reverser wiring harness installation
(1) Remove the nut (27), the washer (22), the screw (23) and the clamps
(21) which attach the left C-duct electrical harness (1) to the lower
hydraulic tube (28) near the non-locking actuator.
Subtask 78-32-47-020-050
C. Remove the left C-duct electrical harness.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-47-991-150)
(1) Remove the nuts (10), the washers (9), and the screws (10). These
attach the 901J receptacle (7) to the bracket (8).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-47-991-151)
(Detail G).
(2) At five positions, remove the nuts (27), the washers (22), the screws
(23) and the clamps (21) which attach the left C-Duct electrical
harness (3) to the C-duct
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-47-991-152)
(Detail D).
(3) At two positions, remove the screws (23), the washers (22) the clamps
(21) and the retainers (29), which attach the left C-Duct electrical
harness (3) to the brackets
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-47-991-152)
(Detail B).
(4) Remove the nut (27), the screws (25), the washers (22), the spacers
(26) and the clamps (24) which attach the left C-duct electrical
harness (3) and the lower hydraulic tube (28) to the brackets on both
sides of the non-locking actuator
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-47-991-152)
(Detail C).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Electrical Harness Clamps - Left C-Duct


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) At two positions, remove the nuts (27), the washers (22), the screws
(23) and the clamps (21) which attach the left C-duct electrical
harness to the bracket
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-47-991-152)
(Detail H).
(6) Remove the Left C-duct electrical harness from the C-duct.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-47-400-010
Installation of the Left C-Duct Electrical Harness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to install the left C-duct electrical harness.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the CFDS
78-32-47-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-47-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-47-991-152 Fig. 403

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-47-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-47-010-051
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-47-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-47-420-051
A. Install the 901J receptacle

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-47-991-150, 402/TASK 78-32-47-991-151)
(1) Remove the caps from the electrical connectors and their receptacles.
(2) Put the 901J receptacle (7) on the bracket (8) with the screws (6),
the washers (9), and the nuts (10) (Detail G).
(3) TORQUE the nuts to between 12 and 15 lbf.in (0.13 and 0.16 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-47-420-052
B. Connect the electrical connectors (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-47-991-150, 402/TASK 78-32-47-991-151)
(1) Connect the 901P connector (11) to the 901J receptacle (7) (Detail
G). Tighten the connector fingertight plus one-eighth turn.
(2) Connect the 903P connector (5) to the receptacle on the non-locking
actuator (4) (Detail F). Tighten the connector fingertight plus
one-eighth turn.
(3) Connect the 905P connector (2) to the receptacle of the locking
actuator (1) (Detail E). Tighten the connector fingertight plus
one-eighth turn.
Subtask 78-32-47-420-050
C. Install the left C-duct electrical harness

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-47-991-150)
(1) Attach the left C-duct electrical harness (3) and the lower hydraulic
tube (28) to the brackets on both sides of the non-locking actuator
with the clamps (24), the spacers (26), the screws (25), the washers
(22) and the nuts (27)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-47-991-152)
(Detail C). Tighten the nuts by hand only at this step.
(2) At five positions, install the screws (23), the washers (22), the
nuts (27) and the clamps (21) which attach the left C-duct electrical
harness to the C-duct
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-47-991-152)
(Detail D). Tighten the nuts by hand only at this time.
(3) At two positions, install the clamps (21), the washers (22), the
screws (23) and the nuts (27) which attach the left C-duct electrical
to the bracket
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-47-991-152)
(4) TORQUE all of the nuts (27) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and
0.28 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) At two positions, install the spacers (29), the screws (23), the
washers (22) and the clamps (21) which attach the harness to the
brackets
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-47-991-152)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) TORQUE the screws (23) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-32-47-420-053
D. Assemble the electrical harness to the lower hydraulic tube

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-47-991-152)
(Detail J)
SBN 78-0021: Rework of thrust reverser wiring harness installation
(1) Attach the left C-duct electrical harness (1) to the lower hydraulic
tube (28), near the non-locking actuator, with the clamps (21), the
screw (23), the washer (22) and the nut (27).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-47-440-050
Subtask 78-32-47-410-050
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-47-710-050
C. Do an operational test of the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-

710-041) and make sure that on the CFDS no fault is show related to the
thrust reverser system.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-47

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ACTUATOR - NON LOCKING, C-DUCT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-48-000-010
Removal of the C-Duct Non-Locking Actuator (4003KS),(4004KS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the left and right thrust reverser
C-duct non-locking actuators.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
78-32-48-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-48-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-48-991-154 Fig. 403
78-32-48-991-152 Fig. 404
78-32-48-991-153 Fig. 405

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-48-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-48-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-48-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-48-010-051
D. Remove the access panel for the applicable actuator.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-48-991-150)
FOR 1000EM1
451BL, 452BR
FOR 1000EM2
461BL, 462BR
Subtask 78-32-48-020-051
E. Put the locking actuators in the unlocked position.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-48-991-151)
(1) Move the lock levers (2) on the left and right locking actuators (1)
aft to the unlocked position and install the PIN - LOCKOUT ACTUATOR
(IAE1N20049) (3) to hold the lock levers in the unlocked position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-48-010-052
A. Manually extend the translating sleeve sufficiently to decrease the

pressure on the seal (40) (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-48-991-154)
Subtask 78-32-48-020-052
B. Disconnect the electrical connector (18) from the non-locking actuator

(15).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-48-991-152)
Subtask 78-32-48-620-050
C. Install caps on the electrical connector (18) and on the receptacle on

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-48-991-152)
Subtask 78-32-48-941-051
D. Put a clean container below the hydraulic connection cap on the locking
actuator. Loosen the cap and drain the hydraulic fluid from the HCU and
the locking actuator into the clean container.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Actuator Access Panels

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-48-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Locking Actuator
Figure 402/TASK 78-32-48-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Actuator Forward and Aft Supports and Rod-End Connection


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Actuator Connections - Left Side

Figure 404/TASK 78-32-48-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-48-020-053
E. Disconnection of the Hydraulic Hoses and Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-48-991-152, 405/TASK 78-32-48-991-153)

_______

_______
(1) Remove the tube and hose clamps, three places.
(2) Disconnect the cross-over hydraulic hose (13) from the non-locking
actuator (15).
(3) Disconnect the hose nut of the cross-over flexshaft/hose (14) from
(4) Pull the end of the flexshaft (19) from the actuator.
NOTE : Do not turn the flexshaft more than one-eighth of a turn while
____
one end is still engaged.
(5) Disconnect the tube nut of the lower hydraulic tube (16) from the
non-locking actuator.
(6) Disconnect the tube nut of the lower flexshaft/tube (17) from the
(7) Pull the flexshaft (20) from the non-locking actuator socket.
NOTE : Move the actuator as necessary so that you can remove the tube
____
fitting and flexshaft.
NOTE : Do not turn the flexshaft more than one-eighth of a turn while
____
one end is still engaged.
Subtask 78-32-48-620-051
F. Install caps on the hoses and tubes and on the non-locking actuator.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-48-991-152)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Actuator Connections - Right Side

Figure 405/TASK 78-32-48-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-48-010-053
G. Disconnection of the Non-locking Actuator from the Forward and Aft

Supports
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-48-991-154)
Post SBN 78-0199
NOTE : It may be required to remove the blank cascade to gain access to

____
the loose cushion half bolts (43) at the aft end of the actuator.
Refer to the removal instructions (Ref. TASK 78-32-19-000-010).
(1) Remove the two actuator pins (37) that attach the actuator to the
forward support (39).
(a) Remove the two actuator retainer pins (38).
(b) Remove the actuator pins (38) from the actuator and the forward
support (39).
(2) Remove the bolt (31) and the bushing (32) that attach the actuator
rod end to the translating sleeve bracket (34).
(3) Remove the actuator from the Aft support.
(a) Make a mark on each half of the cushion halves (36). These marks
will be used to align the cushion halves on installation.
NOTE : The loose cushion half installed on the actuator is not

____
concentric. When it is installed it must be installed in
the same position from which it was removed. Make a mark
on it before you remove it.
(b) Remove the two nuts (44) and (47), four washers (45) and (46),
two bolts (43) and (48) and the clamp half (49).
Subtask 78-32-48-020-050
H. Removal of the Non-locking Actuator

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-48-991-154, 405/TASK 78-32-48-991-153)
(1) Move the actuator (15) away from the aft support (28). The C-ducts
must be opened sufficiently to let the actuator be removed.
(2) Move the actuator forward and remove it through the C-duct fixed
structure.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Carefully move the seal (40) to the rear, off the actuator.
(4) Remove the container and discard the drained hydraulic fluid.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-48-400-010
Installation of the C-Duct Non-Locking Actuator (4003KS),(4004KS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to install the left and the right C-duct
non-locking actuators.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 0.190 in. (4.826 mm) square drive
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the CFDS
Sleeves
(4003KS),(4004KS)
78-32-48-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-48-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-48-991-154 Fig. 403
78-32-48-991-152 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-48-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-48-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Make sure that the access panel for the applicable actuator is open:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-48-991-150)
FOR 1000EM1
451BL, 452BR
FOR 1000EM2
461BL, 462BR
Subtask 78-32-48-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-48-420-050
A. Installation of the Non-locking Actuator

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-48-991-154)
PRE SBN 78-0199
(1) Install the seal (40) over the end of the actuator (15). Put the seal
against the plate at the base of the actuator gimbal.
(2) Align the rod end mount hole so that it is parallel with the actuator
pin mount holes in the actuator. Keep the rod end in this position
during the remaining installation procedure.
(3) Manually move the actuator to the fully closed (stowed) position
(Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
(4) Install the actuator in the C-duct. Put it carefully through the
structure and keep the correct rod end position.
Subtask 78-32-48-410-050
B. Connection of the Non-Locking Actuator to the Forward and Aft Support

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-48-991-154)
Post SBN 78-0199
(1) Install the two actuator pins.
(a) Push the actuator (15) to the rear to compress the seal (40).
Install the two actuator pins (37) that attach the actuator to
the forward support ring (39).
(b) Install the two retainer pins (38) in the forward support ring.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Install the loose cushion half.
(a) Install the loose cushion half (36) on the actuator (15). Be
careful to keep the correct rod end position.
(b) Align the marks on the cushion halves.
(c) Install the clamp half (49) with two bolts (43) and (44), four
washers (45) and (46) and two bolts (44) and (47).
(d) TORQUE the nut (44) to between 30 and 35 lbf.in (0.33 and 0.39
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) TORQUE the nut (47) to between 75 and 90 lbf.in (0.84 and 1.01
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-32-48-420-051
C. Attach the actuator rod end to the translating sleeve bracket

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-48-991-154)
CAUTION : YOU CANNOT CORRECTLY RIG THE THRUST REVERSER IF YOU DO NOT KEEP
_______
THE ROD END FROM TURNING WHILE YOU EXTEND THE ACTUATOR.
(1) Hold the rod end so it aligns with (will fit into) the translating
sleeve bracket.
(2) Use a 0.190 in. (4.826 mm) square drive in the flexshaft socket of
the actuator to extend the actuator until the rod end fits into the
translating sleeve bracket and you can install the bushing (32) and
bolt (31). Do not torque the bolt now.
(3) Put a clean container below the hydraulic connections.
Subtask 78-32-48-630-050
D. Remove the caps from the tubes, the hoses and the actuator.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-48-991-152)

_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

_______
(1) Remove the caps from the lower flexshaft/tube (17) and the cross-over
flexshaft/hose (14).
(2) Remove the caps from the lower hydraulic tube (16) and the cross-over
hose (13).
(3) Remove the caps from the actuator hydraulic connections.
Subtask 78-32-48-420-052
E. Install the tubes and hoses

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-48-991-152)
CAUTION : DO NOT TURN THE FLEXSHAFT MORE THAN ONE-EIGHTH TURN TO ALIGN IT
_______
WITH THE SOCKET.
(1) Install the cross-over flexshaft/hose (14) on the actuator (15).
(a) Put the end of the flexshaft (19) into the actuator socket.
(b) Connect the hose nut of the cross-over flexshaft/hose to the

actuator.
(c) TORQUE the hose nut to between 852 and 936 lbf.in (9.62 and 10.57
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Install the cross-over hydraulic hose (13) on the actuator (15).
(a) Connect the hose nut of the cross-over hydraulic hose to the
actuator.
(b) TORQUE the hose nut to between 150 and 160 lbf.in (1.69 and 1.80
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the lower flexshaft/tube (17) to the actuator (15).
(a) Put the flexshaft (20) into the actuator socket.
(b) Connect the tube nut of the lower flexshaft/tube to the actuator.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) TORQUE the tube nut to between 852 and 936 lbf.in (9.62 and 10.57
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
NOTE : Hold the flats on the end of the lower flexshaft/tube when
____
(4) Install the lower hydraulic tube (16) on the actuator (15)
(a) Connect the tube nut of the lower hydraulic tube to the actuator.
(b) TORQUE the tube nut to between 210 and 240 lbf.in (2.37 and 2.71
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
NOTE : Hold the flats on the end of the lower hydraulic tube when
____
you torque the nut.
(c) Install the tube clamps (removed during the removal task) on the
lower hydraulic tube (1) (Ref. TASK 78-32-48-400-010).
(5) Remove the container and discard the drained hydraulic fluid.
Subtask 78-32-48-630-051
F. Remove the caps from the electrical connector (18) on the electrical
harness and from the actuator (15).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-48-991-152)
Subtask 78-32-48-420-053
G. Install the electrical connector

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-48-991-152)
(1) Connect the electrical connector (18) to the receptacle on the

actuator (15) (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
(2) Tighten the electrical connector by hand plus one-eighth turn.
Subtask 78-32-48-820-051
H. Rig of the Thrust Reverser System
(1) Rig the translating sleeves, actuators, actuator supports and

translating sleeve aft double latches (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-010).
and 0.90 m.daN).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-48-410-051
A. Install the actuator access panels:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-48-991-150)
FOR 1000EM1
451BL, 452BR
FOR 1000EM2
461BL, 462BR
Subtask 78-32-48-440-050
B. Activate the HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-48-870-050
C. Bleed the air from the thrust reverser hydraulic actuation system
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-48-991-151)
_______
_______
THE SYSTEM.
(1) Move the lock levers (2) of the left and the right locking actuators
ACTUATOR (IAE1N20049) (3) to hold the lock levers in the unlocked
position. If necessary, you can manually unstow the reverser to move
the lock.
(2) Operate the system.

_______
TO PERSONNEL.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


_______
(a) Remove the lockout pins (IAE1N20049) (3) from the locklevers (2)
of the left and the right locking actuators (1) and move the lock
levers to the locked position.
(4) Refill the green hydraulic reservoir for engine 1 (yellow for engine
2) (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
Subtask 78-32-48-410-052
D. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ACTUATOR - NON LOCKING, C-DUCT - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-48-200-010
Examine the Thrust Reverser C-Duct Non-Locking Actuator for Hydraulic Fluid
Leakage
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies hydraulic fluid leakage limits for the left and the right
c-duct non-locking actuator. Leakage can occur from the forward end cap/jack
head interface or rod end seals. A small amount of leakage is acceptable for
a limited continued service.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-00-00-790-001 Check of the External Leaks of the Hydraulic

Components
Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-48-991-155 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-48-010-055
A. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-48-040-052

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-48-010-056
C. Remove the translating sleeve actuator access panel.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-48-991-155)
FOR 1000EM1
451BL, 452BR
FOR 1000EM2
461BL, 462BR
Subtask 78-32-48-110-050
D. Use a clean lint free cloth to rub the actuators clean.
Subtask 78-32-48-440-051
E. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-48-010-057
A. Extend and retract the translating sleeve for one minute with the power
on (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-010) and (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
_______
_______
Subtask 78-32-48-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Illustration of the Non-Locking Actuator Access Panel


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Illustration of the Non-Locking Actuator Access Panel


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-48-210-052
C. Check for Leaks using the Following Limits
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | FOR NORMAL OPERATION | FOR DISPATCH TO AVOID |
| | | DELAY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| Static Seals | None | 2 Drops per 10 minutes |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| Rod seal (system | 1 Drop per minute | 30 Drops per minute |
| pressurized) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |
| Rod seal(in operation) | 1 Drop per cycle | 2 Drops per cycle |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : If an aircraft has component leaks or system leaks (Ref. TASK 29-
____
00-00-790-001) which are more than the normal operation limit or
system leak rate limit, aircraft dispatch is permitted if:
- component leak rate is lower than the dispatch limit
- one hydraulic circuit only has component leaks more than the
maximum limit
- for one system, the quantity of the leaks is less than the
dispatch limit authorized for the circuit
- the hydraulic reservoirs are full
- you do the above checks again before each flight
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-48-410-055
A. Install the actuator access panels:

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-48-991-155)
FOR 1000EM1
451BL, 452BR
FOR 1000EM2
461BL, 462BR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-48-410-056
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-48

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DUCT FIXED STRUCTURE - LEFT C-DUCT - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-49-200-010
Visually Examine the Hinge Access Panel Seal and Retainer of the Left C-Duct
Fixed Structure without Component Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the data for a visual inspection of the hinge access panel
seal and retainer of the left C-duct fixed structure without component.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(451AL)
No. 1 (451AL)
78-32-49-300-013 Replacement of the Hinge Access Panel Seal/Retainer -
Left Thrust Reverser - VRS2119
78-32-49-991-157 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-49-941-054
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-058
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 438AR
Subtask 78-32-49-040-054

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-010-059
D. Remove the hinge access panel (Ref. TASK 78-32-01-000-010)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-49-991-157)
Subtask 78-32-49-210-054
A. Visual Inspection:
(1) Examine the seal (1) and retainer (2).
(a) Examine the seal (1).
1
_ Gouges less than 0.060 in. (1.52 mm) deep, accept it.
2
_ Abrasions less than 0.062 in. (1.57 mm) deep, accept it.
3
_ Rips/tears less than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, accept it.
4
_ Gouges more than 0.060 in. (1.52 mm) deep, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-49-300-013).
5
_ Abrasions more than 0.0625 in. (1.59 mm) deep, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-49-300-013).
6
_ Rips/tears more than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-49-300-013).
(b) Examine the retainer (2).
1
2
_ Cracks less than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, accept it.
3
_ A maximum of one crack in a retainer, accept it.
4
(Ref. TASK 78-32-49-300-013).
5
_ Cracks more than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-49-300-013).
6
_ More than one crack in a retainer, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-
49-300-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hinge Access Panel Seal and Retainer

Figure 601/TASK 78-32-49-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-49-410-058
A. Install the hinge access panel (Ref. TASK 78-32-01-400-010)
Subtask 78-32-49-440-054
B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012)
Subtask 78-32-49-410-059
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-49-200-011
Visually Examine the Seals and Retainers of the Lower Track of the Left C-Duct
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-49-300-011 Replacement of the Lower Track Seal/Retainer - Left
Thrust Reverser - VRS2053
78-32-49-991-158 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-49-941-055

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-060
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-040-055

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-061

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 78-32-49-991-158)
Subtask 78-32-49-210-055
(1) Examine the seals (2),(3),(6) and retainers(1),(4),(5),(7),(8)
(a) Examine the seals (2),(3),(6)
1
_ Gouges less than 0.025 in. (0.64 mm) deep, accept it.
2
3
_ Rips/tears less tahn 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, accept it.
4
_ Gouges more than 0.025 in. (0.63 mm) deep, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-49-300-011).
5
(Ref. TASK 78-32-49-300-011).
6
_ Rips/tears more than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-49-300-011).
(b) Examine the retainers (1),(4),(5),(7),(8)
1
2
_ Cracks less than 1 in. (25.4 mm) long, accept it.
3
_ A maximum of two cracks in a retainer, accept it.
4
(Ref. TASK 78-32-49-300-011).
5
_ Cracks more than 1 in. (25.4 mm) long, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-49-300-011).
6
_ More than two cracks in a retainer, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-
32-49-300-011).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-49-410-060
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-440-055
Subtask 78-32-49-410-061
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Lower Track Seals and Retainers


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-49-200-012
Visually Examine the Heatshields of the Left C-Duct Fixed Structure without
Component Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the data for a visual inspection of the heatshields of the
left C-duct fixed structure without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-49-300-010 Repair of Heatshield - Left C-Duct Fixed Structure -
VRS2001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 613
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-32-49-991-162 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-49-941-057
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-063
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 438AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 614
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-040-057

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-064

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-49-110-055
A. Clean the heatshields.
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the heatshields with a lint free cloth made moist with cleaning
fluid (Material No. V01-076).
(2) Dry the surface with a clean lint free cloth before the cleaning
fluid becomes dry.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 615
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-210-057
B. Examine the heatshields.

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 78-32-49-991-162)
(1) If there are gouges, cracks, holes, or punctures that are less than
0.50 in. (12.7 mm) in maximum dimension, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-
49-300-010).
(2) If there is damage that is larger than in (1), reject it.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-49-410-063
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-440-057
Subtask 78-32-49-410-064
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 438AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 616
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Heatshields
Figure 603/TASK 78-32-49-991-162

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 617
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-49-200-013
Visually Examine the Pressure Seals of the Left Thrust Reverser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the pressure seals of
the left C-duct fixed structure.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-49-300-012 Replacement of the Pressure Seal - Left Thrust
Reverser - VRS2077
78-32-49-991-163 Fig. 604

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 618
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-49-941-058
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-065
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-040-058

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 619
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-980-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-49-210-058
(1) Examine the seals (21) and (22).

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 78-32-49-991-163)
(3) Abrasions less than 0.0625 in. (1.59 mm) deep, accept it.
(4) Rips and tears less than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, accept it.
(5) Gouges more than 0.060 in. (1.52 mm) deep, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-
32-49-300-012).
(6) Abrasions more than 0.0625 in. (1.59 mm) or any holes, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-49-300-012).
(7) Rips/tears more than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-
32-49-300-012).
Subtask 78-32-49-980-051
B. Manually retract the translating sleeves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-066
C. Open the thrust reverser halves: (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 620
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-210-059
D. Examine the seals (23) thru (32).

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 78-32-49-991-163)
(3) Rips/tears less than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, accept it.
(4) Gouges more than 0.060 in. (1.52 mm) deep, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-
32-49-300-012).
(Ref. TASK 78-32-49-300-012).
32-49-300-012).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-49-410-065
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-440-058

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 621
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Pressure Seals

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 622
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Pressure Seals

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 623
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Pressure Seals

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 624
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-410-066
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 625
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-49-200-014
Visually Examine the Plug Seal of the Left C-Duct Fixed Structure without
Component Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for a visual inspection of the plug seal of
the left C-duct fixed structure without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-49-300-014 Replacement of the Seal - Left C-Duct Fixed Structure
- VRS2079
78-32-49-991-166 Fig. 605

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 626
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-49-941-059
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-067
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-040-059

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 627
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-010-068

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-49-210-060
A. Examine the plug seal.

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 78-32-49-991-166)
(1) If there are rips and tears that are less than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) in
length, accept it.
(2) If there is damage that is larger than in (1), repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-49-300-014).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-49-410-067
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-440-059

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 628
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Plug Seal
Figure 605/TASK 78-32-49-991-166

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 629
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-410-068
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 630
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-49-200-015
Visually Examine the Pre-Cooler Duct of the Left C-Duct Fixed Structure without
Component Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for a visual inspection of the Pre-Cooler Duct
of the Left C-Duct fixed structure without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SRM 54-30-00-VRS2324
SRM 54-30-00-VRS2331
78-32-49-991-167 Fig. 606

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 631
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-49-941-060
(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-069
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-040-060

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Do the deactivation of the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit

(HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 632
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-010-070

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 78-32-49-991-167)
Subtask 78-32-49-210-061
A. Inspection of the Pre-Cooler Duct Inlet
(1) Examine the pre-cooler duct inlet leading edge.
(a) Erosion damage on the highlight leading edge.
NOTE : The highlight of the leading edge is comprised of 7 layers

____
of laminated fabric. Each layer of fabric is approximately
0.014 in. (0.35 mm) thick.
1
_ Less than or equal to 0.5 in (12.7 mm) long and the number of
damaged layers is less than or equal to 3 layers of laminated
fabric or the remaining thickness of damage area is not less
than 0.053 in. (1.35 mm) (Ref. SRM 54-30-00-VRS2324).
2
_ Larger than (1). (a). 1_ but less than 3.5 in. (89 mm) long
and the number of damaged layers is less than or equal to 3
layers of laminated fabric (Ref. SRM 54-30-00-VRS2331).
NOTE : Erosion damage must be 1.5 in. (38 mm) away from the
____
corner radius on either side (upper and lower) of the
duct opening and must be within 1.5 in (38 mm) from
leading edge highlight ridge mid point (forward and
aft).
(b) Wear on ceramic coating.
1
_ Any size but no damage to laminate (Ref. SRM 54-30-00-VRS2324)
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00-VRS2331).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 633
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Pre-Cooler Duct Cross Section


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 634
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 635
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-49-410-069
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-440-060
B. Do the activation of the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-

012).
Subtask 78-32-49-410-070
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 636
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DUCT FIXED STRUCTURE - LEFT C-DUCT - REPAIRS
____________________________________________
TASK 78-32-49-300-010
Repair of Heatshield - Left C-Duct Fixed Structure - VRS2001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-49-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-49-350-050
A. Prepare the damaged area for cleaning
(1) Align the edges of the damaged foil. Bend the edges to provide a
smooth surface.
021) to lightly roughen the foil.
Subtask 78-32-49-110-050
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the repair area with clean lint free cloth made moist with
cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076) .

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-914-050
C. Apply the sealant to the damaged area
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE SEALANT
IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. IF YOU GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN
OR IN YOUR EYES, WIPE IT AWAY. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
(1) Mix the sealant (Material No. V08-030). Refer to manufacturers

instructions.
(2) Apply the sealant to the damaged area on the heatshield.
(3) Let the sealant cure for two hours at 72 deg.F (22 deg.C). To cure
fully, let the sealant stand for 24 hours.
NOTE : Fully cured silicone sealant may not be necessary under repair
____
conditions. The uncured sealant is structurally and
Subtask 78-32-49-210-050
D. Visually examine the repair
(1) Visually examine the completed repair to make sure that the
requirements of this repair procedure are done.
(2) Make sure that there is no open insulation that is without sealant.
(3) Visually examine the contour of the repair.
Subtask 78-32-49-350-051
E. Assembly number on the C-duct
(1) Write VRS2001 adjacent to the assembly number on the C-duct to show
that the repair has been done. Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-49-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-440-050
Subtask 78-32-49-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-49-300-011
Replacement of the Lower Track Seal/Retainer - Left Thrust Reverser - VRS2053
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-49-991-150 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-49-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-040-051

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-053

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-49-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-49-350-052
A. Remove the worn or damaged seal and retainer
(1) To remove the seal (2) or (6), pull the damaged seal from the
retainer (1), (5), (7) or (8).
(2) To remove the seal (3), drill out the rivets (9) with drill and
drilling equipment and remove the retainer (4)and the seal.Do not
make the rivet holes larger.
(3) To remove the retainer (1), (5), (7) or (8), drill out the rivets (9)
and remove the damaged retainer. Do not make the rivet holes larger.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 808
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-110-051
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the repair area with clean lint free cloth made moist with
Subtask 78-32-49-350-053
C. Make a new retainer and a new seal
(1) Cut the replacement retainers (1), (4), (5), (7) or (8) to size. Only
the damaged part of the retainer must be replaced. Serviceable parts
of the retainer may be reused.
(2) Cut the replacement seal (2), (3) or (6) to size.
(3) For the retainer (4) and the seal (3), align the retainer and the
seal on the lower track and backdrill the rivet holes to between
0.125 in. (3.18 mm) and 0.129 in. (3.28 mm).
(4) For the retainer (1), (5), (7) or (8), align the retainer on the
lower track and backdrill the rivet holes to between 0.125 in. (3.18
mm) and 0.129 in. (3.28 mm).
Subtask 78-32-49-350-054
D. Mixing
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE PRIMER BASE, PRIMER CONVERTER AND THINNER ON
_______
YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES
AND A FACE MASK. USE THESE MATERIALS IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS. IF YOU GET THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN
OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH THEM AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF
YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 809
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Thrust Reverser Lower Track Seal/Retainer


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 810
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 811
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 812
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Material No. V07-139). Refer to the manufacturers instructions.
Subtask 78-32-49-350-055
E. Install the retainer
(1) To install the retainer (1), (5), (7) or (8), put the retainer in
position on the lower track.
(2) To install the retainer (4) and the seal (3), put the retainer and
seal in position on the lower track.
(3) Use the prepared primer and wet install the rivet (9).
(4) Remove all unwanted primer with a clean lint free cloth made moist
with methylethylketone .
Subtask 78-32-49-350-056
F. Install the seal
(1) To install the seal (2) or (6), insert the seal in to the retainer
(1), (5), (7) or (8).
(2) Trim all unwanted seal material from the retainer edge.
Subtask 78-32-49-210-051
G. Visually examine the completed repair to make sure that the requirements
Subtask 78-32-49-350-057
H. Assembly number on the C-duct
(1) Write VRS2053 adjacent to the assembly number on the C-duct to show
that the repair has been done. Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-
131) of a colour which is different than the background.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 813
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-49-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-440-051
Subtask 78-32-49-410-053
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 814
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-49-300-012
Replacement of the Pressure Seal - Left Thrust Reverser - VRS2077
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 4.5 in. (114.2998 mm)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (methylethylketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 815
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-49-991-153 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-49-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-054
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 816
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-040-052

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-49-350-058
A. Remove the worn or damaged seals (23), (24), (27), (32) and (35), the
corner seals (29), (30) and (34) and the plugs (28) and (31)
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 78-32-49-991-153)
CAUTION : THE SEALS AND THE CORNER SEALS ARE BONDED TO THE ADJACENT
_______
SEALS, PLUGS AND RETAINERS WITH SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND.
CAREFULLY REMOVE THE DAMAGED SEAL OR CORNER SEAL TO PREVENT
DAMAGE TO THE ADJACENT SEALS OR PLUGS.
NOTE : All of the seals, the plugs and the corner seals in this SUBTASK
____
are removed and installed using the procedures which follows
(1) Remove the damaged seal from the retainer and the adjacent seals and
plugs as applicable.
(2) Remove the damaged plug from the seals.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 817
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Thrust Reverser Pressure Seals


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 818
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 819
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 820
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-350-065
B. Remove the worn or damaged seal blocks (19) and (33) and the seal
assemblies (21) and (25).
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 78-32-49-991-153)
CAUTION : THE SEAL BLOCKS AND THE SEAL ASSEMBLIES ARE BONDED TO THE
_______
ADJACENT SEALS WITH SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND. CAREFULLY REMOVE
THE DAMAGED SEAL BLOCK OR SEAL ASSEMBLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
THE ADJACENT SEALS.
(1) For the upper seal block (19), drill out the rivets (20) and remove
the seal block. Do not enlarge the rivet holes. Use the drill and
drilling equipment.
(2) For the lower seal block (33), drill out the rivets (20) and remove
the seal block. Do not enlarge the rivet holes. Use the drill and
drilling equipment.
(3) For the seal assembly (25), remove the screw (26) and the seal
assembly.
(4) For the upper seal assembly (21), drill out the rivets (22), (36) and
(37) and remove the seal assembly. Do not enlarge the rivet holes.
Use the drill and drilling equipment.
Subtask 78-32-49-110-052
C. Clean the repair area
_______
IRRITATED.
cleaning fluid (methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) .

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 821
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-350-059
D. Installation of seals, corner seals and plugs
_______
(1) Install the seal (23), seal (24), seal (27), seal (32) and seal (35),
the corner seal (29), corner seal (30) and corner seal (34) and the
plug (28) and plug (31).
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 78-32-49-991-153)
(a) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-032) to the

retainer where the ends of the seal will contact the retainer
surface. Let the primer cure for a minimum of 30 minutes before
you apply the adhesive.
(b) Cut the replacement seal to size.
(c) Use the silicone
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN OR

_______
IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND
FACE MASK. USE THE SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND IN A WELL
VENTILATED AREA. IF YOU GET THE SILICONE RUBBER
COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, WIPE IT AWAY.
1
_ Apply the silicone rubber compound (Material No. V08-031) to
the ends of the seal which will contact the primed surfaces of
the retainer, to the ends of the seal which will attach to
adjacent seals to any plugs necessary to join seals to the
primed surfaces of the retainer.
(d) Install the seal in to the retainer. Make sure that the seals
vent holes face forward and that the seal is bonded to the
retainer and to any plugs or adjacent seals as applicable.
(e) Let the silicone rubber compound cure for 8 hours at a minimum
temperature of 59 deg.F (15 deg.C).
____
under repair conditions. The uncured silicone rubber
compound is structurally and functionally satisfactory.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 822
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-350-066
E. Prepare the seal block assembly, upper (19) and seal block, lower (33)
and the seal assembly, upper aft (21) for installation.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 78-32-49-991-153)
(1) For the seal block (19) or (33), align the seal block on the
structure and backdrill the rivet holes to between 0.192 in. (4.88
mm) and 0.195 in. (4.95 mm) with the drill and drilling equipment.
(2) For the upper seal assembly (21), align the seal assembly on the
structure and backdrill one rivet hole to between 0.192 in. (4.88 mm)
and 0.195 in. (4.95 mm) and two rivet holes to between 0.161 in.
(4.09 mm) and 0.164 in. (4.17 mm) with the drill and drilling
equipment.
Subtask 78-32-49-350-067
F. Install the seal blocks (19) and (33) and the seal assemblies (21) and
seal assembly (25).
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 78-32-49-991-153)
_______
structure and wet, install the rivet (20) with the mixed primer.
Remove all unwanted primer with a clean lint free cloth made moist
with cleaning fluid (methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) .
(3) For the seal assembly (21), align the seal assembly on the structure
and wet, install the rivet (22), rivet (36) and rivet (37) with the
mixed primer. Remove all unwanted primer with a clean lint free cloth
made moist with cleaning fluid (methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-
076) .
structure and install the screw (26). primer with clean lint free
cloth made moist with

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 823
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Use the silicone
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN OR IN

_______
YOUR EYES. PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND FACE
MASK. USE THE SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND IN A WELL VENTILATED
AREA. IF YOU GET THE SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN
OR IN YOUR EYES, WIPE IT AWAY. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN
OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Bond the seal assembly or the seal block to the adjacent seals as
applicable with silicone rubber compound (Material No. V08-031).
(6) Let the silicone rubber compound cure for eight hours at a minimum
____
is structurally and functionally satisfactory.
Subtask 78-32-49-210-052
Subtask 78-32-49-350-060
H. Write VRS2077 adjacent to the assembly number on the C-duct to show that
the repair has been done. Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-131) of a
color which is different than the background.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-49-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 824
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-440-052
Subtask 78-32-49-410-055
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 825
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-49-300-013
Replacement of the Hinge Access Panel Seal/Retainer - Left Thrust Reverser -

VRS2119
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

silicone compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 826
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(451AL)
No. 1 (451AL)
78-32-49-991-156 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-49-941-053
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 827
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-49-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-057
D. Remove the hinge access panel (Ref. TASK 78-32-01-000-010).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 78-32-49-991-156)
Subtask 78-32-49-350-061
A. Remove the worn or damaged seal and/or retainer
(1) Pull the seal (45) from the retainer (46).
(2) Drill out the rivets (47) and/or (48) with drill and drilling
equipment and remove the retainer (46). Do not make the rivet holes
larger.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 828
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Thrust Reverser Hinge Access Panel Seal/Retainer

Figure 803/TASK 78-32-49-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 829
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-110-053
_______
IRRITATED.
Subtask 78-32-49-350-062
C. Prepare the new retainer for installation
(1) Align the retainer (46) on the pressure bulkhead.
(2) Use the drill and drilling equipment to back drill the rivet holes to
between 0.125 in. (3.18 mm) and 0.129 in. (3.28 mm).
Subtask 78-32-49-350-063
D. Install the retainer and seal
_______
_______
IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 830
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Put the retainer (46) on the pressure bulkhead and wet install the
rivets (41) and/or (48) with the primer (Material No. V08-032). Wipe
off all unwanted primer with the lint free cloth made moist with the
(2) Install the seal (45).
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COLD CURING SILICONE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING; GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE
THE COLD CURING SILICONE COMPOUND IN A WELL VENTILATED
AREA. IF YOU GET THE COLD CURING SILICONE COMPOUND ON YOUR
SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, WIPE IT AWAY. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR
SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Apply a coat of the silicone compound (Material No. V08-043) to

the inside of the retainer (46).
(b) Insert the seal in to the retainer before the cold curing
silicone compound cures. Trim all unwanted seal material from the
retainer edge.
(c) Apply silicone compound (Material No. V08-043) to the edges of

the seal. Allow the cold curing silicone compound to cure for 30
minutes at room temperature.
Subtask 78-32-49-210-053
of this procedure are done.
Subtask 78-32-49-350-064
F. Write VRS2119 adjacent to the assembly number on the C-duct to show that
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-49-410-056
A. Install the hinge access panel (Ref. TASK 78-32-01-400-010).
Subtask 78-32-49-440-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 831
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-410-057
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 832
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-49-300-014
Replacement of the Seal - Left C-Duct Fixed Structure - VRS2079
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 833
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-49-991-161 Fig. 804
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-49-941-056
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-49-010-062
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 834
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-040-056

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 78-32-49-991-161)
Subtask 78-32-49-350-068
A. Remove the worn or damaged seal
(1) Drill out the rivets (3) and (4) with drill and drilling equipment
and remove the shields. Do not make the rivet holes larger.
(2) Drill out the rivets (2) and remove the seal (1). Do not make the
rivet holes larger.
Subtask 78-32-49-110-054
_______
IRRITATED.
(2) Rub the surface dry before the cleaning fluid becomes dry.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 835
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left C-Duct Fixed Structure Seal

Figure 804/TASK 78-32-49-991-161

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 836
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-350-069
C. Prepare the new seal (1) for installation
(1) Align the seal (1) on the fixed structure and back drill the rivet
holes to between 0.161 in. (4.09 mm) and 0.164 in. (4.17 mm). Use the
drill and drilling equipment to
(2) Remove all burrs from the drilled holes.
Subtask 78-32-49-350-070
D. Install the seal

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 78-32-49-991-161)
_______
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Mix the primer (Material No. V07-140), and the thinner (Material No.
V07-139), refer to the manufacturers instructions.
(2) Put the seal (1) on the C-duct fixed structure and wet install the
rivet (2) with the primer. Wipe off all unwanted primer with a lint
free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone)
(Material No. V01-076).
(3) Put the shields on the C-duct fixed structure and wet install the
rivet (3) and rivet (4) with the primer. Wipe off all unwanted primer
with a lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-
ketone) (Material No. V01-076) .
Subtask 78-32-49-210-056

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 837
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-49-350-071
F. Make a mark VRS2079 adjacent to the assembly number on the C-duct to show
that the repair has been done. Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-131)
of a color which is different than the background.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-49-440-056
Subtask 78-32-49-410-062
B. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-49

Page 838
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ROD - AFT HOLD-OPEN, C-DUCT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-50-000-010
Removal of the C-Duct Hold-Open Rod - Aft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the aft C-duct hold-open rod and is
applicable to the left and right C-ducts.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-50-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-50-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-50

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-50-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-50-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-50-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
NOTE : Extend the hold-open rod that you do not replace in this
____
procedure. You must also keep the pressure in the hand pump.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-50

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-50-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-50-020-050
A. Remove the aft hold-open rod
(1) Remove the nut (3), the washer (2), the bushing (1) and the spring
washer (9) which attach the strut (8) of the hold-open rod (4) to the
bracket (7) on the C-duct.
(2) Open the latch (6) on the clip assembly (5).
(3) Remove the aft hold-open rod.
NOTE : If it will be a long time before the replacement rod is

____
installed, or if both rods are to be removed, the thrust
reverser half should be closed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-50

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aft Hold-Open Rod

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-50-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-50

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-50-400-010
Installation of the C-duct Hold-Open Rod
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-50-991-151 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-50-860-050
engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-50

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-50-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-50-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-50-420-050
A. Install the aft hold-open rod

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-50-991-151)
(1) Put the spring washer (9) and the bushing (1) on the strut (8) of the
hold-open rod (4).
(2) Install the strut, the spring washer, and the bushing in the bracket
(7) of the C-duct.
(3) Install the washer (2) and the nut (3) which attach the hold-open rod
(4) to the C-duct.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-50

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aft Hold-Open Rod Installation

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-50-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-50

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Tighten the nut (3) until the gap between the face of the strut (8)
and the bracket (7) is 0.063 in. (1.60 mm)
(5) Put the forward end of the hold-open rod (4) in to the clip assembly
(5) on the C-duct.
(6) Close the latch (6).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-50-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-50-440-050
Subtask 78-32-50-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-50

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ROD - FORWARD HOLD OPEN - C-DUCT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-51-000-010
Removal of the C-Duct Hold-Open Rod - Forward
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the forward C-duct hold-open rod and
is applicable to both the left and right C-ducts.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-51-991-151 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-51-941-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-51-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-51-040-052
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser:

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-51-010-053
D. Open the applicable thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
NOTE : The hold-open rod which is not to be replaced in this procedure,

____
should be extended. Pressure should also be kept in the hand pump.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-51-020-050
A. Remove the forward hold open rod:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-51-991-151)
(1) Remove the cotter pin (6), the pin (4), and the washer (5) which
attach the hold-open rod (2) to the bracket (3) on the C-duct.
Discard the cotter pin.
(2) Open the latch (7) on the clip assembly (1).
(3) Remove the forward hold-open rod.
NOTE : If it will be a long time before the replacement rod is

____
installed, or if both rods are to be removed, the thrust
reverser halves should be closed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward Hold-Open Rod

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-51-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-51-400-010
Installation of the C-Duct Forward Hold-Open Rod
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-51-820-010 Adjustment of the Thrust Reverser Half Forward
Hold-Open Rod
78-32-51-991-151 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-51-860-050
engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-51-010-054
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-51-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-51-420-050
A. Install the forward hold-open rod.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-51-991-151)
(1) Put the forward hold-open rod (2) in the bracket (3).
(2) Install the pin (4), the washer (5) and a new cotter pin (6) to
attach the hold-open rod to the C-duct.
(3) Put the hold-open rod in the clip assembly (1) and close the latch
(7).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-51-820-051
B. Adjust the forward hold-open rod (Ref. TASK 78-32-51-820-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-51-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-51-440-051
Subtask 78-32-51-410-053
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ROD - FORWARD HOLD OPEN - C-DUCT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-51-820-010
Adjustment of the Thrust Reverser Half Forward Hold-Open Rod
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure supplies the information to adjust the lenght of the thrust
reverser half forward hold-open rod. Adjustment of the hold-open rod should
be necessary only during initial installation of the rod, or if the
adjustment has been disturbed.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-51-991-150 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
WARNING : MAKE SURE THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE DONE CAREFULLY. FAILURE TO OBEY
_______
THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD CAUSE THE THRUST REVERSER HALF TO CLOSE
FAST AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS BETWEEN THE THRUST REVERSER HALF
AND THE ENGINE.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-51-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-51-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-51-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-51-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-32-51-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-51-820-050
A. Adjust the forward hold-open rod.
(1) Close the hydraulic hand pump valve and operate the hand pump to
remove the load from the hold-open rods.
(2) Loosen the locknut (1) on the forward rod (6) and turn the threaded
part of the rod with a wrench at the wrench flats (4) to adjust the
length of the rod.
(3) Engage the spring-loaded plunger (3) in the anchorage bracket (2).
(4) With the two hold-open rods engaged, open the hand pump valve to let
the thrust reverser half close slowly until the hold-open rods hold
the weight of the thrust reverser half.
(5) Adjust the length of the forward hold-open rod until the rod starts
to take the weight of the thrust reverser half, then lengthen the rod
by two full turns.
(6) Make sure that the rod threads can be seen in the thread engagement
witness hole (5).
(7) Tighten the locknut (1).
(8) Close the hand pump valve and operate the hand pump until the thrust
reverser half reaches the fully open position.
(9) Open the hand pump valve to let the thrust reverser half close slowly
until the hold-open rods hold the weight of the thrust reverser half.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Half Hold-Open Rod

Figure 501/TASK 78-32-51-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-51-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-51-440-050
Subtask 78-32-51-410-050
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-51

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LATCH - AUXILIARY, C-DUCT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-52-000-010
Removal of the C-Duct Auxiliary-Latch Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the C-Duct Auxiliary-Latch Assembly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-52-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-52-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-52

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-52-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-52-040-050
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser:

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-52-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-52

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-52-020-050
A. Remove the C-duct auxiliary latch assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-52-991-150)
(1) Remove the cotter pin (1), the nut (2), the washer (3) and the bolt
(5) which attach the auxiliary latch assembly (6) to the C-duct
bracket (4).
(2) Pull the auxiliary latch assembly from the retention clip (7) and
remove the auxiliary latch assembly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-52

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C-Duct Auxiliary Latch Assembly

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-52-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-52

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-52-400-010
Installation of the C-Duct Auxiliary Latch Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pin 78-32-52 80A-010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-52-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-52

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-52-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-52-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-52-040-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-52

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-52-420-050
A. Install the C-duct auxiliary latch assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-52-991-150)
(1) Put the C-duct auxiliary latch assembly (6) in the C-duct bracket (4)
and install the bolt (5), the washer (3) and the nut (2).
(2) TORQUE the nut to between 50 and 70 lbf.in (0.56 and 0.79 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(3) Safety the nut with a new cotter pin (1) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-
014).
(4) Put the auxiliary latch assembly in to the retention clip (7).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-52-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-52-440-050
Subtask 78-32-52-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-52

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the access platform.
(3) Remove the warning notices.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-52

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LATCH - BIFURCATION, LOWER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-53-000-010
Removal of the Lower Bifurcation Latches
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the three lower bifurcation latches
and the front latch at the forward end of the C-Duct.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-53-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-53-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-53-991-152 Fig. 403
78-32-53-991-153 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-53-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-53-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Put the access platform in position.
Subtask 78-32-53-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-53-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-53-020-050
A. Remove the latch hook assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-53-991-150)
(1) Remove the nut (1), the washer (2), the bolt (4) and the bushings (3)
from the latch hook housing (5).
(2) Remove the latch hook assembly (6).
NOTE : This subtask is the same for each of the three bifurcation
____
latches.
Subtask 78-32-53-020-051
B. Remove the latch keeper and adjustment nut.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-53-991-151)
(1) Use a 5/32in. hexagonal wrench and turn the latch keeper adjustment
nut (16) in a clockwise direction. Turn the adjustment nut until the
latch keeper (17) is free.
(2) Remove the latch keeper and the adjustment nut from the latch keeper
housing (18).
____
latches.
Subtask 78-32-53-020-052
C. Remove the front latch hook assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-53-991-152)
(1) Remove the upper end of the spring (31) from the spring support plate
(37).
(2) Remove the nut (28), the washer (29), the bolt (35) and the bushings
(30) from the latch hook housing (32).
(3) Remove the front latch hook assembly (36).
(4) Remove the spring (31) from the front latch hook housing.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Bifurcation Latch Hook

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-53-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Bifurcation Latch Keeper

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-53-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Front Latch Hook

Figure 403/TASK 78-32-53-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-53-020-053
D. Remove the front latch keeper assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-53-991-153)
(1) Remove the set screw (49) from the threaded end of the front latch
keeper (48).
(2) Use a 5/32 in. hexagonal wrench and turn the latch keeper adjustment
nut (16) in a clockwise direction. Turn the adjustment nut until the
front latch keeper (48) is free.
(3) Remove the two screws (50) that attach the adjustment nut assembly to
the keeper mount pad (47).
(4) Remove the adjustment nut assembly (16).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Front Latch Keeper

Figure 404/TASK 78-32-53-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-53-400-010
Installation of the Lower Bifurcation Latches
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific push-pull gage : range 0 to 100 lbf (0 to 44.5 daN)

(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-53-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-53-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-53-991-152 Fig. 403
78-32-53-991-153 Fig. 404
78-32-53-991-154 Fig. 405

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-53-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-53-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-53-040-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-53-420-050
A. Install the latch hook assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-53-991-150)
(1) Install the latch hook (6) in the latch housing (5) with the bolt
(4), the washer (2), the two bushings (3), and the nut (1).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
____
latches.
Subtask 78-32-53-420-051
B. Install the latch keeper assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-53-991-151)
(1) Put the latch keeper adjustment nut assembly (16) in the latch keeper
housing (18) and hold it in position.
(2) Put the threaded end of the latch keeper (17) through the keeper
housing and engage it in the threads of the adjustment nut (16).
(3) Use a 5/32 in. hexagonal wrench and turn the latch keeper adjustment
nut in a counterclockwise direction. This will pull the keeper shaft
in to the adjustment nut assembly.
NOTE : This subtask is the same for each of three bifurcation

____
latches.
Subtask 78-32-53-420-052
C. Install the front latch hook assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-53-991-152)
(1) Install the spring (31) in the front latch hook (36).
(2) Put the front latch hook in the latch hook housing (32) and hold it
in position. Make sure that the latch indicator arm (33) is above the
latch handle (34). This makes sure that the indicator arm will move
when the latch handle is closed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the bolt (35), the two bushings (30), the washer (29) and the
nut (28) that attach the latch hook to the latch hook housing.
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Attach the spring (31) to the spring support plate (37).
Subtask 78-32-53-420-053
D. Install the front latch keeper assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-53-991-153)
(1) Install the adjustment nut assembly (16) on the keeper mount pad (47)
with the two screws (50).
(2) Engage the threaded end of the keeper (48) in the threads of the
adjustment nut assembly.
(3) Install the set screw (49) in the threaded end of the keeper.
Subtask 78-32-53-820-050
E. Do a check of the closing force at each of the four lower bifurcation

latches (1).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 78-32-53-991-154)
(1) Attach the push-pull gage : range 0 to 100 lbf (0 to 44.5 daN) to the
tip of the latch.
(2) Make sure the force necessary to close the latch is between 45 lbf
(20 daN) and 55 lbf (24.5 daN)
(3) Adjust the latches if necessary:
(a) Use a 5/32 in. hexagonal wrench to turn the latch keeper
adjustment nut (16) in a clockwise direction. This increases the
latch closing force.
(b) Use the hexagonal wrench to turn the latch keeper adjustment nut
in a counterclockwise direction. This decreases the latch closing
force.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Lower Bifurcation Latch Bumpers

Figure 405/TASK 78-32-53-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-53-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-53-440-050
Subtask 78-32-53-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-53

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LATCH - TRANSLATING SLEEVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-54-000-010
Removal of the Translating Sleeve Latch
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data to remove the translating sleeve latch.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-54-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-54-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-54

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-54-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-54-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-54-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-54

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-54-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-54-020-050
A. Remove the tranlating sleeve latch hook assemblies.
(1) Remove and discard the four cotter pins (2) from the pin (3).
(2) Remove the pin from the latch hook assemblies (1).
(3) Remove the two latch hook assemblies (4).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-54

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Translating-Sleeve Latch Hooks

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-54-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-54

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-54-400-010
Installation of the Translating Sleeve Latch
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data to install the translating sleeve latch.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific push-pull gage

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-54-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-54-991-151 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-54-860-050
engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-54

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-54-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-54-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-54-420-050
A. Install the translating sleeve latch hook assemblies.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-54-991-150)
(1) Put the latch hook assemblies (4) in the latch hook housing (1) and
hold them in position.
(2) Install the pin (3) in the housing and the latch hooks.
(3) Install four new cotter pins (2) in to the pin (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-54

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-54-410-050

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-54-820-050
C. Do a check of the translating sleeve latch closing force and adjust it,
if necessary.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-54-991-151)
(1) Use the push-pull gage to do a check of the closing force at each
latch.
(2) The closing force at each latch must be between 45 lbf (20 daN) and
55 lbf (24.5 daN).
(3) Adjust the latches as necessary.
(4) Use a 5/32 in. hexagonal wrench to turn the latch keeper adjustment
nut (4) in a clockwise direction to increase the latch closing force.
(5) Use the 5/32 in. hexagonal wrench to turn the latch keeper adjustment
nut (14) in a counterclockwise direction to decrease the latch
closing force.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-54-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Make sure the thrust reverser halves are closed (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-
410-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-54

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Adjustment of the Translating Sleeve Latch

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-54-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-54

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-54-440-050
Subtask 78-32-54-410-052
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-54

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

KEEPER - TRANSLATING SLEEVE LATCH - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-55-000-010
Removal of the Translating Sleeve Latch Keeper
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the translating sleeve latch keeper.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 5/32in. hexagonal wrench
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-55-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-55-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-55

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-55-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-55-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-55-010-051
D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-55

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-55-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-55-020-050
A. Remove the translating sleeve latch keeper
(1) Use a 5/32in. hexagonal wrench to turn the keeper adjustment nut (1)
on the latch keeper assembly (3) in a clockwise direction.
Turn the adjustment nut until the latch keeper is free, then remove
it.
(2) Remove the screw (4) that attaches the adjustment nut assembly (1) to
the latch keeper housing (2) and remove the adjustment nut assembly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-55

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Translating-Sleeve Latch Keepers

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-55-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-55

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-55-400-010
Installation of the Translating Sleeve Latch Keeper
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data to install the translating sleeve latch keeper.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific push-pull gage

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-55-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-55-991-151 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-55-860-050
engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-55

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-55-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-32-55-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-55-420-050
A. Install the translating sleeve latch keeper

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-55-991-150)
(1) Install the adjustment nut assembly (1) in the latch keeper housing
(2) with the screw (4).
(2) Engage the threaded end of the latch keeper (3) in the threads of the
adjustment nut assembly.
(3) Use a 5/32in. hexagonal wrench to turn the latch keeper adjustment
nut in a counterclockwise direction. This pulls the keeper in to the
housing.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-55

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-55-410-050

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-55-820-050
C. Do a check of the translating sleeve latch closing force and adjust it,
if necessary.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-55-991-151)
(1) Use the push-pull gage to do a check of the closing force at each
latch.
(2) The closing force at each latch must be between 45 lbf (20 daN) and
55 lbf (24.5 daN).
(3) Adjust the latches as necessary.
(4) Use a 5/32 in. hexagonal wrench to turn the latch keeper adjustment
nut (4) in a clockwise direction to increase the latch closing force.
(5) Use the 5/32 in. hexagonal wrench to turn the latch keeper adjustment
nut (14) in a counterclockwise direction to decrease the latch
closing force.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-55-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser halves are closed correctly
(Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-55

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Translating-Sleeve Latch Adjustment

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-55-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-55

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-55-440-050
B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012)
Subtask 78-32-55-410-052
C. Close access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-55

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

OPEN - LATCH INDICATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 78-32-56-000-010
Removal of the Open Latch Indicator
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-56-991-150 Fig. 401
FOR FIN 1000EM2
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-56-941-052
(1) On the ENG panel 115VU center pedestal:
(b) Make sure that the engine shutdown occurred not less than 5

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-56

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/(1/2)
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-56-010-051
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-56-941-053
C. Make sure that the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit is deactivated
(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-56

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-56-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-56-020-051
A. Remove the Open Latch Indicator (5)
(1) Remove the bolts (1) and (2) and washers (3) that attach the open
latch indicator (5) to the No. 6 strut fairing panel.
(2) Remove the open latch indicator (5) and shims (4). Keep the shims (4)
for use in installation.
Subtask 78-32-56-410-051
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010) :

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
(3) Activate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-440-012).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(5) Remove the warning notice.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-56

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Open Latch Indicator Removal/Installation

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-56-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-56

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-56-400-010
Installation of the Open Latch Indicator
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-56-991-150 Fig. 401
FOR FIN 1000EM1
FOR FIN 1000EM2

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-56

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-56-941-054
(1) On the ENG panel 115VU center pedestal:
(b) Make sure that the engine shutdown occurred not less than 5
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/(1/2)
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-56-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-56-941-055
C. Make sure that the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit is deactivated
(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-56

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-56-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-56-020-052
A. Install the Open Latch Indicator
(1) Put the shims (4) and the open latch indicator (5) into position on
the No. 6 strut fairing panel.
(2) Install the bolts (1) and (2) and washers (3) that attach the open
latch indicator (5) to the No. 6 strut fairing panel.
(3) TORQUE the bolts (2) to between 50 and 70 lbf.in (0.56 and 0.79
m.daN).
m.daN).
Subtask 78-32-56-410-052
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM1
461AL, 462AR.
(3) Activate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-440-012).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM1
447AL, 448AR.
(5) Remove the warning notice.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-56

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

NOZZLE - THRUST RECOVERY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 78-32-70-000-010
Removal of the Thrust Recovery Nozzle
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-70-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-70-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-70

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-70-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-70-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-70-010-051
D. Open the thrust recovery scoop.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-70-991-150)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-70-020-050
A. Remove the thrust recovery nozzle.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-70-991-150)
(1) Remove two cotter pins (3) from each of the three hinge pins (2).
Discard the cotter pins.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-70

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Recovery Nozzle

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-70-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-70

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the three hinge pins (2) which attach the thrust recovery
nozzle (1) to the right thrust reverser half.
(3) Remove the thrust recovery nozzle (1).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-70

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-70-400-010
Installation of the Thrust Recovery Nozzle
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-70-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-70-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-70

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-70-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-70-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-70-420-050
A. Install the thrust recovery nozzle.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-70-991-150)
(1) Put the thrust recovery nozzle (1) into position on the thrust
reverser half.
(2) Install the three hinge pins (2).
(3) Install two cotter pins (3) in each hinge pin (2) (Ref. TASK 70-40-
11-911-014).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-70-410-050
A. Close the thrust recovery scoop.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-70-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-70-440-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-70

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-70-410-051
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-70

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MECHANISM - MANUAL DRIVE RIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-71-000-010
Removal of the Right Thrust Reverser Manual Drive Mechanism.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-32-41-000-010 Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Manual Drive

Mechanism
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-71-869-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-71-020-050
A. Removal of the right thrust reverser manual drive mechanism is identical

to the left thrust reverser manual drive mechanism (Ref. TASK 78-32-41-
000-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-71

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-71-400-010
Installation of the Right Thrust Reverser Manual Drive Mechanism.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-32-41-400-010 Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Manual Drive

Mechanism
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-71-869-051
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-71-420-050
A. Installation of the right thrust reverser manual drive mechanism is

identical to the installation of the left thrust reverser manual drive
mechanism (Ref. TASK 78-32-41-400-010)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-71

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LINK ASSEMBLY - BLOCKER DOOR RIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-72-000-010
Removal of the Right Blocker Door Link Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Links
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-72-869-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-72-020-050
A. Removal of the Right Blocker Door Link Assembly is identical to

(Ref. TASK 78-32-42-000-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-72-400-010
Installation of the Right Blocker Door Link Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-32-42-400-010 Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker Door

Drag Links
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-72-869-051
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-72-420-050
A. Installation of the Right Blocker Door Link Assembly is identical to

(Ref. TASK 78-32-42-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LINK ASSEMBLY - BLOCKER DOOR RIGHT - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-72-200-010
Visually Examine the Surface Damage on the Blocker Door Drag Link of the Right
Thrust Reverser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
the blocker door drag link of the right thrust reverser.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-72-300-010 Blend Repair of the Right Thrust Reverser Blocker
Door Drag Link Surface Damage - VRS2280
78-32-72-991-150 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-72-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-72-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-72-040-050
C. Deactivation of the thrust:

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-72-010-051
Subtask 78-32-72-010-052
E. Open the right thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-72-210-050
A. Examination of the Surface Damage:

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-72-991-150)
(1) Examine the blocker door drag link
(a) Abrasion/gouge (zones 1, 2, 3, and 4)
1
by 0.02 in. (0.51 mm) deep in zones 1, 2, 3, 4, accept it.
2
_ Larger than 0.4 in. (10.16 mm) long by 0.03 in. (0.76 mm) wide
and up to a maximum of 0.02 in. (0.51 mm) deep in zones 1, 2,
3 or 4, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-72-300-010).
3
_ If the abrasion/gouge is more than 0.02 in. (0.51 mm) in depth
in zone 4, reject it.
4
_ If the abrasion/gouge is more than 0.02 in. (0.51 mm) in depth
in zones 1, 2, or 3 Ref. (2). Examine the abrasions/gouges
which are more than 0.02 in. (0.51 mm) in depth (zones 1, 2,
and 3).
(2) Examine the abrasions/gouges which are more than 0.02 in. (0.51 mm)
in depth (zones 1, 2, and 3)
(a) Abrasion/gouge (zones 1, 2, and 3)
1
_ Remaining material thickness of between 0.165 in. (4.19 mm)
and 0.170 in. (4.32 mm), repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-72-300-
010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Remaining material thickness of less than Ref. 1_, reject it.
(b) Abrasion/gouge one side of link only (zone 2)
1
_ Maximum of 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) deep. Not deeper than half the
original material thickness, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-72-
300-010).
2
_ Deeper than Ref. 1_, reject it.
(c) Abrasive/gouge one side of link only (zone 3)
1
_ Maximum of 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) deep. Maximum blend depth of
0.127 in. (3.22 mm),repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-72-300-010).
2
_ Deeper than Ref. 1_, reject it.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-72-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the right thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):
FOR 1000EM1
452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
462AR.
Subtask 78-32-72-410-051
Subtask 78-32-72-440-050
30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-72-410-052
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LINK ASSEMBLY - BLOCKER DOOR RIGHT - REPAIRS
____________________________________________
TASK 78-32-72-300-010
Blend Repair of the Right Thrust Reverser Blocker Door Drag Link Surface Damage
- VRS2280
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

aluminun oxide abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-72-991-152 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-72-941-051
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-72-010-053
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-72-040-051
C. Deactivation of the thrust:

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-72-010-054
Subtask 78-32-72-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-72-350-050
A. Remove the blocker door drag link surface damage.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-72-991-152)
remove the damage area to a 10 to 1 taper.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 801/TASK 78-32-72-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Use the aluminun oxide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-073) to
Subtask 78-32-72-110-050
B. Clean the repair area:
_______
IRRITATED.
cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-076) .
becomes dry.
Subtask 78-32-72-370-050
C. Apply the conversion coating:
_______
DISCARDED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-72-370-051
D. Apply the primer:
_______
between 140 deg.F (60 deg.C) and 180 deg.F (82 deg.C) with an
____
(3).
Subtask 78-32-72-210-051
Subtask 78-32-72-350-051


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-72-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
FOR 1000EM1
452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
462AR.
Subtask 78-32-72-410-054
Subtask 78-32-72-440-051
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-72-410-055
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-72

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

SYNCHRONOUS CABLES AND TUBES - RIGHT C-DUCT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-74-000-010
Removal of the Right C-Duct Flexible Synchronous Cables and Tubes
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the right C-duct flexible synchronous
cables and tubes.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
No specific container 32 L (8 USgal)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
78-32-74-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-74-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-74-991-152 Fig. 403

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-74-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-74-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-74-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-74-860-050
D. Manually retract the translating sleeves to make sure they are in the
fully stowed position (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-011).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-74-020-050
A. Remove the lower flexshaft/tube (2).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-74-991-150, 402/TASK 78-32-74-991-151)
(1) Put a clean container 32 L (8 USgal) under the hydraulic connections

to catch the hydraulic fluid when you open the connections.
(2) At the three positions between the locking actuator (8) and the
non-locking actuator (3), remove the screws (7), the washers (4) and
the clamps (6) which attach the lower flexshaft/tube (2) and the
lower hydraulic tube (1) to the brackets (Detail B).
(3) Loosen the locknut (21) at the bottom end of the lower flexshaft/tube
(2).
(4) Disconnect the bottom tube nut (20) of the lower flexshaft/tube (2).
(5) Pull up the telescoping end of the lower flexshaft/tube (2).
(6) Let the hydraulic fluid drain from the tube.
_______
(7) Remove the flexshaft (19) from the socket of the locking actuator
(8).
(8) Remove the flexshaft (19) from the lower flexshaft tube (2).
(9) Disconnect the upper tube nut (20) of the lower flexshaft tube (2)
from the non-locking actuator (3).
(10) Remove the lower flexshaft/tube (2) from the non locking actuator
(3).
(11) Install caps on the ends of the lower flexshaft/tube and the openings
of the locking and non-locking actuators.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Hydraulic Tubes

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-74-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Flexshaft Tubes and Hoses

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-74-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-74-020-051
B. Remove the lower hydraulic tube (1).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-74-991-150)
(1) Disconnect the bottom tube nut of the lower hydraulic tube (1) from
(2) Drain the hydraulic fluid from the lower hydraulic tube (1).
(3) Disconnect the upper tube nut of the lower hydraulic tube (1) from
(4) Remove the lower hydraulic tube.
(5) Install caps on the ends of the lower hydraulic tube and the openings
of the locking and non-locking actuators.
Subtask 78-32-74-020-052
C. Remove the crossover flexshaft/hose (31) and the crossover flexshaft

(42).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-74-991-151, 403/TASK 78-32-74-991-152)
(1) Remove the nut (41), the washer (40), the screw (38) and the two
clamps (39) which hold the crossover flexshaft/hose (31) and the
crossover hydraulic hose (35).
(2) Disconnect the hose nut (20) from the non-locking actuator (3).
_______
(3) Remove the crossover flexshaft (42) from the non-locking actuator
(3).
(4) Disconnect the hose nut (20) from the tee fitting (34).
(5) Move the crossover flexshaft/hose (31) off the crossover flexshaft
(42) and out of the belt clamp (32).
(6) Install caps on both ends of the crossover flexshaft/ hose (31).
(7) Pull the crossover flexshaft (42) out of the socket of the left
non-locking actuator, through the left crossover flexshaft/hose, and
out of the tee fitting (34).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic Cross Over Hoses

Figure 403/TASK 78-32-74-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(8) Install caps on the openings of the non-locking actuator (3) and the
tee fitting (34).
Subtask 78-32-74-020-053
D. Remove the crossover hydraulic hose (35).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-74-991-152)
(1) Remove the two screws (36) and the clamp assembly (37) which hold the
crossover hydraulic hose (35) near the tee fitting (34).
(2) Disconnect the two hose nuts (33) from the non-locking actuator (3)
and the tee fitting (34).
(3) Remove the crossover hydraulic hose (35).
(4) Install caps on the ends of the crossover hydraulic hose (35), and
the openings on the non-locking actuator (3) and the tee fitting
(34).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-74-400-010
Installation of the Right C-Duct Flexible Synchronous Cables and Tubes
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the information to install the right C-duct flexible
synchronous cables and tubes.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
the CFDS
78-32-74-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-74-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-74-991-152 Fig. 403
78-32-74-991-153 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-74-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-74-010-051
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-74-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-74-420-050
A. Install the crossover hydraulic hose (35).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-74-991-150, 403/TASK 78-32-74-991-152)
(1) Remove the caps from the ends of the crossover hydraulic hose (35),
from the upper hydraulic port on the non-locking actuator (3), and
from the tee fitting (34).
(2) Connect the hose nuts (33) to the non-locking actuator (3) and the
tee fitting (34).
(3) Put the clamp assembly (37) in position over the crossover hydraulic
hose (35), near the tee fitting (34), and install the two screws
(36).
2.71 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-32-74-420-051
B. Install the crossover flexshaft (42) and the crossover flexshaft/hose

(31).
78-32-74-991-152)
CAUTION : DO NOT TURN THE FLEXSHAFT MORE THAN ONE-EIGHTH TURN WHILE ONE
_______
END IS STILL ENGAGED.
(1) Remove the caps from both ends of the crossover flexshaft/hose (31)
and from the openings on the non-locking actuator (3) and the tee
fitting (34).
(2) Put one end of the crossover flexshaft (42) through the belt clamp
(32) in to the tee fitting (34).
(3) Push the crossover flexshaft (42) through the left crossover
flexshaft/hose and in to the socket in the left non-locking actuator.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Put the crossover flexshaft/hose (31) on to the crossover flexshaft
(42).
(5) Make sure that both the left and the right non-locking actuators are
in the fully stowed position.
(6) Put the crossover flexshaft (42) in to the socket of the right
(7) Connect the two hose nuts (20) to the tee fitting (34) and to the
(8) TORQUE the hose nut (20) at the non-locking actuator (3) to between
852 and 936 lbf.in (9.62 and 10.57 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
(9) TORQUE the hose nut (20) at the tee fitting (3) to between 619 and
(10) Install the two clamps (39), the screw (38), the washer (40) and the
nut (41).
Subtask 78-32-74-420-052
C. Install the lower flexshaft/tube (2).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-74-991-150, 402/TASK 78-32-74-991-151)
CAUTION : DO NOT TURN THE FLEXSHAFT MORE THAN ONE-EIGHTH TURN WHILE ONE
_______
END IS ENGAGED.
(1) Remove the caps from both ends of the lower flexshaft/tube (2), from
the lower flexshaft/tube port of the non-locking actuator (3), and
from the lower flexshaft/tube port of the locking actuator (8).
(2) Install the lower flexshaft/tube (2) with the telescoping end fitting
at the bottom.
(3) Connect the tube nut (20) to the non-locking actuator (3). Do not
tighten the tube nut (20) at this step.
(4) Put the flexshaft (19) in to the bottom of the lower flexshaft/tube
(2) and push it in to the socket of the non-locking actuator (3).
(5) Make sure that the non-locking and the locking actuators are in the

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Pull the telescoping end fitting lower tube nut (20) up and insert
the flexshaft (19) in to the socket of the locking actuator (8).
(7) Pull the telescoping end fitting tube nut down and engage the locknut
(21).
(8) TORQUE the locknut (21) to between 220 and 265 lbf.in (2.48 and 2.99
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
NOTE : Hold the flats of the lower flexshaft/tube end while you
____
torque the locknut.
(9) Connect the tube nut (20) to the locking actuator (8).
(10) TORQUE the two tube nuts (20) at both ends of the lower
flexshaft/tube to between 852 and 936 lbf.in (9.62 and 10.57 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-32-74-420-053
D. Install the lower hydraulic tube (1).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-74-991-150)
(1) Remove the caps from both ends of the lower hydraulic tube (1), from
the lower hydraulic port of the non-locking actuator (3), and from
the upper hydraulic port of the locking actuator (8).
(2) Connect the upper tube nut of the lower hydraulic tube (1) to the
(3) Connect the lower tube nut of the lower hydraulic tube (1) to the
locking actuator (8).
(4) TORQUE both tube nuts of the lower hydraulic tube (1) to between 210
and 240 lbf.in (2.37 and 2.71 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) In three places between the locking and non-locking actuators,

install the screws (7), the washers (4) and the clamps (6) which
attach the lower flexshaft/tube (2) and the lower hydraulic tube (1)
to the brackets.
Subtask 78-32-74-820-050
E. Rig the thrust reverser actuators and flexshafts (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-
010)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-74-440-050
F. Activate the HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-74-870-050
G. Bleed the air from the thrust reverser hydraulic actuation system
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 78-32-74-991-153)
_______
THE SYSTEM.
_______

_______
TO PERSONNEL.
(3) Remove the lockout pins and right locking actuators:

_______
12-12-29-611-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Locking Actuator
Figure 404/TASK 78-32-74-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-74-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-74-790-050
B. Do a leak check of the right C-duct flexible synchronous cables and

tubes. Leaks are not permitted.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-74

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DOOR - BLOCKER RIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 78-32-75-000-010
Removal of the Right Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-75-869-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-75-020-050
A. Removal of the right thrust reverser blocker doors is identical to

(Ref. TASK 78-32-45-000-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-75-400-010
Installation of the Right Thrust Reverser Blocker Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-32-45-400-010 Installation of the Left Thrust Reverser Blocker

Doors
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-75-869-051
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-75-420-050
A. Installation of the Right Thrust Reverser Blocker doors is identical to

installation of the left thrust reverser blocker doors (Ref. TASK 78-32-
45-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DOOR - BLOCKER RIGHT - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________
TASK 78-32-75-200-010
Visually Examine the Surface Damage on the Blocker Door of the Right Thrust
Reverser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
the blocker door of the right thrust reverser.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-75-300-010 Blend Repair of the Right Thrust Reverser Blocker
Door Surface Damage - VRS2281
78-32-75-991-150 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-75-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-75-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-75-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-75-010-051
Subtask 78-32-75-010-052

FOR 1000EM1
452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-75-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-75-210-050
A. Examine the Blocker Door of the Right Thrust Reverser for surface damage.
(1) Examine the blocker door (not zones 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6).
(a) Abrasion
1
_ Less than 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) long by 0.03 in. (0.76 mm) wide by
0.05 in (1.27 mm) deep. Maximum of two abrasions, accept it.
2
_ More than in 1_, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-75-300-010).
(b) Gouge
1
by 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) deep. Maximum of two gouges, accept it.
2
(c) Nick
1
_ Less than 0.30 in. (7.62 mm) long by 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) deep.
Maximum of two nicks, accept it.
2
3
_ All nicks less than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) from a bearing or
bushing, reject it.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Blocker Door

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Blocker Door

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Blocker Door

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Corrosion
1
_ No corrosion allowed, reject blocker door.
(e) Cracks
1
_ No cracks allowed, reject blocker door.
(2) Examine the blocker door (1) (zones 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6).
(a) Abrasion (zones 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5)
1
_ Zone 1 - 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) minimum remaining material
thickness after repair, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-75-300-
010).
2
_ Less than in 1_, reject it.
3
010).
4
5
_ Zone 3 - 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) maximum blend depth, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-75-300-010).
6
_ More than in 5_, reject it.
7
_ Zone 5 - 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) maximum blend depth (no damage
or repairs allowed in the 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) radius area arc),
8
_ More than in 7_, or in the 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) radius area arc,
reject it.
(b) Gouge (zones 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5)
1
010).
2
3
010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4
5
_ Zone 3 - 0.30 in. (0.76 mm) maximum blend depth, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-75-300-010).
6
7
_ Zone 5 - 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) maximum blend depth (no damage or
8
_ More than in 7_, or in the 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) radius area arc,
reject it.
(c) Wear (zone 4)
1
_ Zone 4 - 0.600 in. (15.24 mm) maximum slot width after repair,
2
(d) Wear (zone 6)
1
_ Minimum thickness 0.150 in. (3.81 mm).
2
_ More than in 1_, reject blocker door.
(3) Examine the blocker door bushing.
(a) Worn
1
_ A wall thickness of 0.04 in. (1.02 mm) in radius or more,
accept it.
2
_ Less than in 1_, reject the blocker door.
(b) Cracked
1
_ Any cracks, reject the blocker door.
(c) Gaps between the bushing and the lug
1
_ Less than 0.09 in. (2.29 mm), accept it.
2
_ More than in 1_, reject the blocker door.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Corrosion (zone 6)
1
_ No corrosion allowed, reject blocker door.
(e) Cracks (zone 6)
1
_ No cracks allowed, reject blocker door.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-75-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
FOR 1000EM1
452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
462AR.
Subtask 78-32-75-410-051
Subtask 78-32-75-440-050
C. Activate the thrust reverser (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-75-410-052
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DOOR - BLOCKER RIGHT - REPAIRS
______________________________
TASK 78-32-75-300-010
Blend Repair of the Right Thrust Reverser Blocker Door Surface Damage - VRS2281
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-75-991-152 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-75-941-051
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-75-010-053
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-75-040-051

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-75-010-054
Subtask 78-32-75-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-75-350-050
A. Remove the blocker door surface damage

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-75-991-152)
remove the damage area to a 10 to 1 taper.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Blocker Door
Figure 801/TASK 78-32-75-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-75-110-050
B. Clean the Repair Area.
_______
IRRITATED.
cleaning fluid (Methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076).
becomes dry.
Subtask 78-32-75-370-050
C. Apply the conversion coating
_______
DISCARDED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-75-370-051
D. Apply the primer
_______
between 140 deg.F (60 deg.C) 180 deg.F (82 deg.C) with an explosion
proof heat lamp.
____
(3).
Subtask 78-32-75-210-052
Subtask 78-32-75-350-051


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-75-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-75-410-054
Subtask 78-32-75-440-051
C. Activate the thrust reverser (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-75-410-055
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-75

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - TRANSLATING RIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 78-32-76-000-010
Removal of the Right Translating Cowl
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IAE1N20012 1 HANDLING TOOL-RH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-32-46-000-010 Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Translating Cowl
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-76-869-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-76-020-050
A. Removal of the Right Translating Cowl is identical to (Ref. TASK 78-32-

46-000-010).
NOTE : Use HANDLING TOOL-RH (IAE1N20012) for the right translating cowl.
____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-76-400-010
Installation of the Right Translating Cowl
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-32-46-400-010 Installation of the Left Translating Cowl
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-76-869-051
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-76-420-050
A. Installation of the Right Translating Cowl is identical to (Ref. TASK 78-

32-46-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - TRANSLATING RIGHT - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________
TASK 78-32-76-200-010
Visually Examine the Seals and Retainer of the Right Translating Cowl Without
Componnent Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the data for a visual inspection of the seals and retainer
of the right translating cowl without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-76-300-010 Replacement of the Right Translating Cowl Seals -
VRS2070
78-32-76-991-152 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-76-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-76-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-76-040-051

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-76-010-053
00-860-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-76-210-051
A. Examine the seals and the retainer.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-76-991-152)
(1) Examine the seals (1).
(c) Tears less than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, accept it.
78-32-76-300-010).
(Ref. TASK 78-32-76-300-010).
(f) Tears more than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-
32-76-300-010).
(2) Examine the retainer (2).
(b) Cracks less than 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) long, accept it.
(c) Gouges more than 0.025 in. (0.64 mm) deep, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-76-300-010).
(d) Cracks more than 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) long, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-76-300-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-76-410-052
32-00-860-011).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Translating Cowl Seals and Retainer

Figure 601/TASK 78-32-76-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-76-440-051
Subtask 78-32-76-410-053
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - TRANSLATING RIGHT - REPAIRS
__________________________________
TASK 78-32-76-300-010
Replacement of the Right Translating Cowl Seals - VRS2070
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (methylethyketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 seal 78-32-76 82A-150

2 retainer 78-32-76 82A-140
3 rivets 78-32-76 82A-120
3 rivets 78-32-76 82A-120A
4 seal 78-32-76 82A-040
5 screw 78-32-76 82A-010
6 seal block 78-32-76 82A-030
7 end plug 78-32-76 82A-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-76-991-150 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-76-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-76-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform into position.
Subtask 78-32-76-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-76-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-76-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-76-350-050
A. Remove the Right Translating Cowl Seal (4).
CAUTION : THE SEAL AND SEAL BLOCK ARE BONDED TO EACH OTHER WITH SILICONE
_______
RUBBER COMPOUND.
CAREFULLY SEPARATE THE SEAL AND SEAL BLOCK TO AVOID DAMAGE TO
THE UNDAMAGED PART.
(1) Remove the screw (5).
(2) Remove the seal block (6) from the seal (4).
(3) Remove the seal (4) from the retainer.
(4) Remove the seal (1) from the retainer (2).
NOTE : The seal retainer should be removed only if it is damaged.

____
(5) Drill out the rivets (3) and remove the retainer (2). Do not enlarge
the rivet holes. Use the drill and drilling equipment.
Subtask 78-32-76-110-050
B. Clean the Repair Area
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
cleaning fluid (methylethyketone) (Material No. V01-076)
Subtask 78-32-76-350-051
C. Install the new seal (1) and a new retainer (2), if a new retainer is to
be installed
(1) Backdrill 0.095 in. (2.4 mm) diameter holes through the new retainer
(2) to match the hole pattern on the translating cowl.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Put the retainer (2) into position and install the rivets (3).
(4) Insert the seal (1) into the retainer (2) . Trim all unwanted seal
material from the retainer edge.
Subtask 78-32-76-350-052
D. Put the seal (4) in position on the retainer (2)
(1) Put the seal in to position so that the 0.13 in. (3.3 mm) diameter
holes point inboard and are next to the retainer flange and along the
retainer inner diameter.
Subtask 78-32-76-350-053
E. Use the Silicone.
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Install the end plug (7) and the seal block (6).
(2) Apply the silicone rubber compound (Material No. V08-031) to the seal
block (6) and the end plug (7).
(3) Install the end plug (7) and the seal (6) block on the seal (4).
(4) Install screw (5).
(5) Remove all unwanted silicone rubber compound with a clean lint free
cloth.
(6) Let the silicone rubber compound cure for at a minimum of least 8
hours at 59 deg.F (15 deg.C) before you handle it.
NOTE : You do not have to let the silicone rubber compound cure fully
____
is structurally and functionally acceptable.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Translating Cowl Seal


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Translating Cowl Seal


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-76-210-050
F. Visually examine the completed repair to make sure that the requirements
Subtask 78-32-76-350-054
G. Write VRS2070 adjacent to the assembly number on the translating sleeve

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-76-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-76-440-050
Subtask 78-32-76-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-76

Page 808
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ELECTRICAL HARNESS - RIGHT C-DUCT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-77-000-010
Removal of the Right C-Duct Electrical Harness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the right C-Duct electrical harness.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-77-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-77-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-77-991-152 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-77-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-77-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM1
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-77-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-77-020-052
A. Disconnect the electrical connectors

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-77-991-150, 402/TASK 78-32-77-991-151)
(1) Disconnect the 904P connector (3) of the right C-Duct electrical
harness (1) from the receptacle on the locking actuator (2) (detail
E).
(2) Disconnect the 900P connector (6) from the 900J receptacle (10) of
the right C-Duct electrical harness (Detail G).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right C-Duct Electrical Harness

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-77-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right C-Duct Electrical Harness Connectors

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-77-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Disconnect the 902P connector (5) of the right C-Duct electrical
harness from the receptacle on the non-locking actuator (4) (Detail
F).
Subtask 78-32-77-020-051

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-77-991-152)
(Detail J).
(1) Install caps over the connectors and their receptacles.
(2) Rework of the thrust reverser wiring harness installation
SBN 78-0021
(21) which attach the right C-duct electrical harness (3) to the
lower hydraulic tube (28) near the non-locking actuator.
Subtask 78-32-77-020-050
C. Remove the right C-Duct electrical harness

78-32-77-991-152)
(1) Remove the nuts (7) , the washers (8) and the screws (11) which
attach the 900J receptacle (10) to the bracket (9) (Detail G).
(2) At seven positions, remove the nuts (19), the washers (14), the
screws (13) and the clamps (12) which attach the right C-duct
electrical harness (1) to the C-duct (Detail D).
(3) At two positions, remove the screws (13), the washers (14), the
clamps (12) and the spacers (20) which attach the right C-Duct
electrical harness to the brackets (Detail B).
(4) Remove the nuts (19), the screws (17), the washers (14), the spacers
(15) and the clamps (16) which attach the right C-Duct electrical
harness (1) and the lower hydraulic tube (18) to the brackets on both
sides of the non-locking actuator
(5) At two positions, remove the nuts (27), the washers (22), the screws
(23) and the clamps (21) which attach the right C-duct electrical
harness to the bracket (Detail H).
(6) Remove the right C-duct electrical harness from the C-duct.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right C-Duct Electrical Harness Clamps


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-77-400-010
Installation of the Right C-Duct Electrical Harness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to install the right C-Duct electrical harness.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the CFDS
78-32-77-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-77-991-151 Fig. 402
78-32-77-991-152 Fig. 403

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-77-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-77-010-051
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-77-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-77-420-050
A. Install the 900J receptacle (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-77-991-150, 402/TASK 78-32-77-991-151)
(1) Remove the caps from the three electrical connectors and their
receptacles.
(2) Install the 900J receptacle (10) on the bracket (9) with the screws
(11), the washers (8), and the nuts (7) (Detail G).
(3) TORQUE the nuts to between 12 and 15 lbf.in (0.13 and 0.16 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-77-420-052
B. Connect the electrical connectors (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-77-991-150, 402/TASK 78-32-77-991-151)
(1) Connect the 900P connector (6) to the 900J receptacle (10) (Detail
G). Tighten the connector by hand plus one-eighth turn.
(2) Connect the 902P connector (5) to the receptacle on the non-locking
actuator (4) (Detail F). Tighten the connector by hand plus
one-eighth turn.
(3) Connect the 904P connector (3) to the receptacle of the locking
actuator (2) (Detail E). Tighten the connector by hand plus
one-eighth turn.
Subtask 78-32-77-420-051
C. Install the right C-Duct electrical harness

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-77-991-150, 403/TASK 78-32-77-991-152)
(1) Attach the right C-duct electrical harness (1) and the lower
hydraulic tube (18) to the brackets on both sides of the non-locking
actuator with the clamps (16), the spacers (15), the screws (17), the
washers (14) and the nuts (19). (Detail C). Tighten the nuts by hand
only at this step.
(2) At seven positions, install the screws (13), the washers (14), the
nuts (19) and the clamps (12) which attach the right C-duct
electrical harness to the C-duct (Detail D). Tighten the nuts by hand
only at this step.
(3) At two positions, install the clamps (21), the washers (22), the
screws (23) and the nuts (27) which attach the right C-duct
electrical harness to the bracket (Detail H).
(4) TORQUE all of the nuts (19) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and
0.28 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) At two positions, install the spacers (20), the screws (13), the
washers (14) and the clamps (12) which attach the right C-duct
electrical harness to the brackets (Detail B).
(6) TORQUE the screws (13) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-77-420-053

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 78-32-77-991-152)
(Detail J)
(1) Rework of thrust reverser wiring harness installation
SBN 78-0021
(2) Attach the right C-duct electrical harness (3) to the lower hydraulic
tube (28), near the non-locking actuator, with the clamps (21), the
screw (23), the washer (22) and the nut (27).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-77-440-050
Subtask 78-32-77-410-050
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-77-710-050
C. Do an operational test of the Thrust Reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-

710-041) and make sure that on CFDS no fault is show related to the
thrust reverser system.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-77

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DUCT FIXED STRUCTURE - RIGHT C-DUCT - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-79-200-010
Visually Examine the Hinge Access Panel Seal and Retainer of the Right C-Duct
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the data for a visual inspection of the hinge access panel
seal and retainer of the right C-duct fixed structure without component
removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(452AR)
No. 1 (452AR)
78-32-79-300-013 Replacement of the Hinge Access Panel Seal/Retainer -
Right Thrust Reverser - VRS2118
78-32-79-991-164 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-79-941-057
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-063
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-040-057

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-010-064
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-79-210-058
A. Examine the seal (1) and retainer (2).

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-32-79-991-164)
(1) Examine the seal (1).
(c) Rips/tears less than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, accept it.
78-32-79-300-013).
(Ref. TASK 78-32-79-300-013).
(f) Rips/tears more than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-79-300-013).
(2) Examine the retainer (2).
(a) Abrasions less than 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) deep, accept it.
(b) Cracks less than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, accept it.
(c) A maximum of one crack in a retainer, accept it.
(d) Abrasions more than 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) deep, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-79-300-013).
(e) Cracks more than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-
32-79-300-013).
(f) More than one crack in a retainer, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-79-
300-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hinge Access Panel Seal and Retainer

Figure 601/TASK 78-32-79-991-164

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-79-410-063
A. Install the hinge access panel (Ref. TASK 78-32-03-400-010)
Subtask 78-32-79-440-057
B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU: (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-79-410-064
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-79-200-011
Visually Examine the Seals and Retainers of the Lower Track of the Right C-Duct
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the data for a visual inspection of the seals and retainers
of the lower track of the right C-duct fixed structure without component
removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-79-300-011 Replacement of the Lower Track Seal/Retainer - Right
Thrust Reverser - VRS2054
78-32-79-991-150 Fig. 602

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-79-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-79-210-050
A. Examine the seals (1, 5, 6, 8) and retainers (2, 3, 4, 7, 9, 10)

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 78-32-79-991-150)
(1) Examine the seals (1, 5, 6, 8)
(c) Rips/tears less than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, accept it.
78-32-79-300-011).
(Ref. TASK 78-32-79-300-011).
(f) Rips/tears more than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long, repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-79-300-011).
(2) Examine the retainers (2, 3, 4, 7, 9, 10)
(a) Abrasions less than 0.025 in. (0.63 mm) deep, accept it.
(b) Cracks less than 1 in. (25.4 mm) long, accept it.
(c) A maximum of two cracks in a retainer, accept it.
(d) Abrasions more than 0.025 in. (0.63 mm) deep, repair it
(Ref. TASK 78-32-79-300-011).
(e) Cracks more than 1 in. (25.4 mm) long, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-
32-79-300-011).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(f) More than two cracks in a retainer, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-
79-300-011).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-79-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-440-050
Subtask 78-32-79-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-79-200-012
Visually Examine the Pressure Seals of the Right Thrust Reverser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the pressure seals of
the right thrust reverser.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sleeves
Sleeves
78-32-79-300-012 Replacement of the Pressure Seal - Right Thrust
Reverser - VRS2076
78-32-79-991-160 Fig. 603

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 613
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-79-941-055
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-060
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-040-055

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 614
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-79-210-055
A. Examine the seals (21) and (22)

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 78-32-79-991-160)
79-300-012).
(Ref. TASK 78-32-79-300-012).
32-79-300-012).
Subtask 78-32-79-860-051
B. Manually retract stow the translating sleeves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-860-

011).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-061
C. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-210-056
D. Examine the seals (23) thru (32)

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 78-32-79-991-160)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 615
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Pressure Seals, Right Thrust Reverser


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 616
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 617
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 618
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

79-300-012).
(Ref. TASK 78-32-79-300-012).
32-79-300-012).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-79-410-060
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-440-055
Subtask 78-32-79-410-061
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 619
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-79-200-013
Visually Examine the Plug Seal of the right C-Duct Fixed Structure without
Component Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-79-300-014 Replacement of the Seal - Right C-Duct Fixed
Structure - VRS2078
78-32-79-991-165 Fig. 604
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-79-941-058

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 620
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-065
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-040-058
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-066

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 621
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-79-210-059
A. Examine the plug seal.

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 78-32-79-991-165)
(1) If there are rips and tears that are less than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) in
length, accept it.
(2) If there is damage that is larger than in (1), repair it (Ref. TASK
78-32-79-300-014).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-79-410-065
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-440-058
Subtask 78-32-79-410-066
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 622
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Plug Seal
Figure 604/TASK 78-32-79-991-165

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 623
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-79-200-014
Visually Examine the Heatshields of the Right C-Duct Fixed Structure without
Component Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-79-300-010 Repair of Heatshield - Right C-Duct Fixed Structure -
VRS2002
78-32-79-991-166 Fig. 605

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 624
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-79-941-059
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-067
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 438AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-040-059
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 625
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-010-068

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-79-110-055
A. Clean the heatshields:
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the heatshields with a lint free cloth moist with cleaning
fluid (Material No. V01-076).
(2) Dry the surface with a clean lint free cloth before the cleaning
fluid becomes dry.
Subtask 78-32-79-210-060
B. Examine the heatshields.

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 78-32-79-991-166)
(1) If there are gouges, cracks, holes, or punctures that are less than
0.5 in. (12.7 mm) maximum dimension, repair it (Ref. TASK 78-32-79-
300-010).
(2) If there is damage that is larger than in (1), reject it.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 626
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Heatshields
Figure 605/TASK 78-32-79-991-166

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 627
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-79-410-067
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-440-059
Subtask 78-32-79-410-068
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 438AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 628
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-79-200-015
Visually Examine the Pre-Cooler Duct of the Right C-Duct Fixed Structure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for a visual inspection of the pre-cooler duct
of the right c-duct fixed structure without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SRM 54-30-00-VRS2324
SRM 54-30-00-VRS2331
78-32-79-991-167 Fig. 606

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 629
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-79-941-060
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-069
B. Get Access

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-040-060

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 630
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-010-070
D. Get access
(1) Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-79-210-061
A. Inspection of the Pre-Cooler Duct Inlet

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 78-32-79-991-167)
(1) Examine the pre-cooler duct inlet leading edge.
(a) Erosion damage on the highlight leading edge.
NOTE : The highlight of the leading edge is comprised of 7 layers

____
of laminated fabric. Each layer of fabric is approximately
0.014 in. (0.35 mm) thick.
1
_ Less than or equal to 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long and the number of
damaged layers is less than or equal to 3 layers of laminated
fabric or the remaining thickness of damage area is not less
than 0.053 in. (1.35 mm) (Ref. SRM 54-30-00-VRS2324).
2
_ Larger than (1). (a). 1 but less than 3.5 in. (89 mm) long and
the number of damaged layers is less than or equal to 3 layers
of laminated fabric (Ref. SRM 54-30-00-VRS2331).
NOTE : Erosion damage must be 1.5 in. (38 mm) away from the
____
corner radius on either side (upper and lower) of the
duct opening and must be within 1.5 in. (38 mm) from
leading edge highlight ridge mid point (forward and
aft).
(b) Wear on Ceramic Coating.
1
_ Any size but no damage to laminate (Ref. SRM 54-30-00-VRS2324)
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00-VRS2331).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 631
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 632
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 633
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-79-410-069
A. Close Access
items.

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-440-060
Subtask 78-32-79-410-070
C. Close Access

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 634
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DUCT FIXED STRUCTURE - RIGHT C-DUCT - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________
TASK 78-32-79-300-010
Repair of Heatshield - Right C-Duct Fixed Structure - VRS2002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 70-30-00)
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-79-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-040-051
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-053

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-79-350-050
A. Prepare the damaged area for repair
(1) Align the edges of the damaged foil. Bend the edges to provide a
smooth surface.
021) to lightly roughen the foil.
Subtask 78-32-79-110-050
_______
IRRITATED.
cleaning fluid (methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-914-050
C. Apply the sealant to the damaged area
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE SEALANT
IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. IF YOU GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN
OR IN YOUR EYES, WIPE IT AWAY. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
(1) Mix the sealant (Material No. V08-030). Refer to the manufacturers
instructions.
(2) Apply the sealant to the damaged area on the heatshield.
(3) Let the sealant cure for two hours at 72 deg.F (22 deg.C). To cure
fully, let the sealant stand for 24 hours.
NOTE : Fully cured silicone sealant may not be necessary under repair
____
conditions. The uncured sealant is structurally and
Subtask 78-32-79-210-051
D. Visually examine the repair
(1) Visually examine the completed repair to make sure that the
requirements of this repair procedure are done.
(2) Make sure that there is no open insulation that is without sealant.
(3) Visually examine the contour of the repair.
Subtask 78-32-79-350-051
E. Write VRS2002 adjacent to the assembly number on the C-duct to show that

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-79-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-440-051
Subtask 78-32-79-410-053
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-79-300-011
Replacement of the Lower Track Seal/Retainer - Right Thrust Reverser - VRS2054
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-79-991-153 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-79-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-054
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-040-052
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-79-350-052
A. Remove the worn or damaged seal and retainer

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-79-991-153)
(1) To remove the seal (1), (7) or (9), pull the damaged seal from the
retainer (2), (6), (8), (10) or (11).
(2) To remove the seal (5), drill out the rivets (3) with drill and
drilling equipment and remove the retainer (4) and the seal. Do not
make the rivet holes larger.
(3) To remove the retainer (2), (6), (8), (10) or (11), drill out the
rivets (3) and remove the damaged retainer. Do not make the rivet
holes larger.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 808
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-110-051
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the repair area with a clean cleaning fluid (methylethylketone)
(Material No. V01-076) made moist with lint free cloth.
Subtask 78-32-79-350-053
C. Make a new retainer and a new seal

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-79-991-153)
(1) Cut the replacement retainer, seal, aft long (2) retainer (4)
retainer (6) retainer, seal, forward long (8) retainer, seal, forward
long (10) or retainer, seal, forward long (11) to size. Only the
damaged part of the retainer must be replaced. Serviceable parts of
the retainer may be reused.
(2) Cut the replacement seal, forward long (1) seal (5) seal (7) or seal,
forward long (9) to size.
(3) For the retainer (4) and the seal (5), align the retainer and the
seal on the lower track and backdrill the rivet holes to between
0.0125 in. (3.18 mm) and 0.129 in. (3.28 mm)
(4) For the retainer (2), (6), (8), (10) or (11), align the retainer on
the lower track and backdrill the rivet holes to between 0.125 in.
(3.18) and 0.129 in. (3.28 mm)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 809
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Thrust Reverser Lower Track Seal/Retainer


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 810
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 811
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 812
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-350-054
D. Use the primer
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE PRIMER BASE, PRIMER CONVERTER AND THINNER ON
_______
YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES
AND A FACE MASK. USE THESE MATERIALS IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS. IF YOU GET THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN
OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH THEM AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF
YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(Material No. V07-139). Refer to the manufacturers instructions.
Subtask 78-32-79-350-055
E. Install the retainer

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-79-991-153)
(1) To install the retainer (2), (6), (8), (10) or (11), put the retainer
in position on the lower track.
(2) To install the retainer (4) and the seal (5), put the retainer and
seal in position on the lower track.
(3) Use the prepared primer and wet install the rivets (3).
(4) Remove all unwanted primer with a clean cleaning fluid

(methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) made moist with lint free
cloth.
Subtask 78-32-79-350-056
F. Install the seal

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 78-32-79-991-153)
(1) To install the seal (1), (7) or (9), insert the seal in to the
retainer (2), (6), (8), (10) or (11).
(2) Trim unwanted seal material from the retainer edge.
Subtask 78-32-79-210-052

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 813
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-350-057
H. Write VRS2054 adjacent to the assembly number on the C-duct to show that
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-79-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-440-052
Subtask 78-32-79-410-055
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 814
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-79-300-012
Replacement of the Pressure Seal - Right Thrust Reverser - VRS2076
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 815
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-79-991-156 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-79-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 816
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-057

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-79-350-058
A. Remove the damaged seal
CAUTION : THE SEALS AND THE CORNER SEALS ARE BONDED TO THE ADJACENT SEALS
_______
AND TO THE RETAINERS WITH SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND. CAREFULLY
REMOVE THE DAMAGED SEAL OR CORNER SEAL TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
ADJACENT SEALS.
(1) Remove the worn or damaged seal (25), (26), (29), (34) and (37) and
the corner seals (31), (32) and (36)
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 78-32-79-991-156)
NOTE : All of the seals and the corner seals in this SUBTASK are
____
removed using the procedures which follows:
(2) Remove the damaged seal from the retainer and the adjacent seals as
applicable.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 817
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Thrust Reverser Pressure Seals


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 818
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 819
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 820
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the worn or damaged seal blocks (21) and (35) and the seal
assemblies (23) and (27).
CAUTION : THE SEAL BLOCKS AND THE SEAL ASSEMBLIES ARE BONDED TO THE
_______
ADJACENT SEALS WITH SILICONE RUBBER COMPOUND. CAREFULLY
REMOVE THE DAMAGED SEAL BLOCK OR SEAL ASSEMBLY TO PREVENT
DAMAGE TO THE ADJACENT SEALS.
(a) For the upper seal block (21), drill out the rivets (22) and
remove the seal block. Do not enlarge the rivet holes. Use the
drill and drilling equipment.
(b) For the lower seal block (35), drill out the rivets (22) and
remove the seal block. Do not enlarge the rivet holes. Use the
(c) For the seal assembly (27), remove the screw (28) and the seal
assembly.
(d) For the upper seal assembly (23), drill out the rivets (24), (38)
and (39) and remove the seal assembly. Do not enlarge the rivet
holes. Use the drill and drilling equipment.
Subtask 78-32-79-110-052
_______
IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 821
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-350-059
C. Use the primer
_______
(1) Install the seal (25), seal, plug (26), seal (29), seal (34) and seal
(37) and the corner seal (31), corner seal (32) and corner seal (36).
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 78-32-79-991-156)
NOTE : All of the seals and the corner seals in this SUBTASK are
____
installed using the procedures that follow.
(2) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-032) to the retainer
where the ends of the seal will contact the retainer surface. Let the
primer cure for a minimum of 30 minutes before you apply the
adhesive.
(3) Cut the replacement seal to size.
(4) Use the silicone.

_______
(a) Apply the silicone rubber compound (Material No. V08-031) to the
ends of the seal which will contact the primed surfaces of the
retainer, to the ends of the seal which will attach to adjacent
seals, to any plugs necessary to join seals and to the primed
surfaces of the retainer.
(5) Install the seal in to the retainer. Make sure that the seal vent
holes face forward and that the seal is bonded to the retainer and to
any plugs or adjacent seals as applicable.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 822
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

temperature of 59 deg.F (15 deg.C)
____
Subtask 78-32-79-350-065
D. Prepare the block assy, upper seal (21) and seal block assy, lower (35)
and the upper seal assembly, upper aft (23) for installation.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 78-32-79-991-156)
structure and backdrill the rivet holes to between 0.192 in. (4.88
mm) and 0.195 in. (4.95 mm) with the drill and drilling equipment.
structure and backdrill one rivet hole to between 0.192 in. (4.88 mm)
and 0.195 in. (4.95 mm) and two rivet holes to between 0/161 in.
(4.09 mm) and 0.164 in. (4.17 mm) with the drill and drilling
equipment.
Subtask 78-32-79-350-066
E. Install the seal blocks (21) and (35) and the seal assemblies (23) and
seal assembly, upper (27).
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 78-32-79-991-156)
_______
structure and wet install the rivet, blind (22) with the mixed
primer. Remove all unwanted primer with a clean lint free cloth made
moist with cleaning fluid (methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 823
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) For the seal assembly (23), align the seal assembly on the structure
and wet install the rivet (24), rivet (38) and rivet (39) with the
mixed primer. Remove all unwanted primer with a clean lint free cloth
made moist with cleaning fluid (methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-
076).
structure and install the screw (28).
(5) Use the silicone

_______
(a) Bond the seal assembly or seal block to the adjacent seals as
applicable with silicone rubber compound (Material No. V08-031).
____
Subtask 78-32-79-210-053
F. Visually examine the completed repair to make sure that the requirements
Subtask 78-32-79-350-060
G. Write VRS2076 adjacent to the assembly number on the C-duct to show that

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 824
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-79-410-056
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-440-053
Subtask 78-32-79-410-057
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AR, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 825
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-79-300-013
Replacement of the Hinge Access Panel Seal/Retainer - Right Thrust Reverser -

VRS2118
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cold curing silicone compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 826
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(451AL)
No. 1 (451AL)
78-32-79-991-159 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-79-941-054
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 827
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-010-058
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-79-040-054

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-059
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-79-350-061
A. Remove the worn or damaged seal and/or retainer

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 78-32-79-991-159)
(1) Pull the seal (47) from the retainer (48).
(2) Drill out the rivets (49) and/or (50) with drill and drilling
equipment and remove the retainer (48). Do not make the rivet holes
larger.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 828
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Thrust Reverser Hinge Access Panel Seal/Retainer

Figure 803/TASK 78-32-79-991-159

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 829
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-110-053
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the repair area with a lint free cloth made moist with cleaning
fluid (methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076).
Subtask 78-32-79-350-062
C. Prepare the new retainer for installation
(1) Align the retainer (48) on the pressure bulkhead
(2) Use the drill and drilling equipment to backdrill the rivet holes to
between 0.125 in. (3.18 mm) and 0.129 in. (3.28 mm).
Subtask 78-32-79-350-063
D. Install the retainer and seal

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 78-32-79-991-159)
_______
_______
IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 830
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Put the retainer (48) on the pressure bulkhead and wet install the
rivet (49) and/or (50) with the primer (Material No. V08-032). Wipe
off all unwanted primer with a lint free cloth made moist with the
(2) Install the seal (47).
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COLD CURING SILICONE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING; GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE
THE COLD CURING SILICONE COMPOUND IN A WELL VENTILATED
AREA. IF YOU GET THE COLD CURING SILICONE COMPOUND ON YOUR
SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, WIPE IT AWAY. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR
SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Apply a coat of the cold curing silicone compound (Material No.
V08-043) to the inside of the retainer (48).
(b) Insert the seal in to the retainer before the cold curing
silicone compound cures. Trim all unwanted material from the
retainer edge.
(c) Apply cold curing silicone compound (Material No. V08-043) cold
curing silicone compound (Ref. 70-30-00) to the edges of the
seal. Allow the cold curing silicone compound to cure for 30
minutes at room temperature.
Subtask 78-32-79-210-054
Subtask 78-32-79-350-064
F. Write VRS2118 adjacent to the assembly number on the C-duct to show that
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-79-410-058
A. Install the hinge access panel (Ref. TASK 78-32-01-400-010).
Subtask 78-32-79-440-054

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 831
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-410-059
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 832
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-79-300-014
Replacement of the Seal - Right C-Duct Fixed Structure - VRS2078
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 833
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-79-991-163 Fig. 804
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-79-941-056
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-79-010-062
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 834
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-040-056

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-79-350-067
A. Remove the worn or damaged seal.

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 78-32-79-991-163)
(1) Drill out the rivets (3) and (4) and remove the shields. Do not make
the rivet holes larger.
(2) Drill out the rivets (2) and remove the seal (1). Do not make the
rivet holes larger.
Subtask 78-32-79-110-054
B. Clean the repair area.
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the repair area with a lint free cloth made moist with cleaning
fluid (methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076).
(2) Rub the surface dry before the cleaning fluid becomes dry.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 835
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right C-Duct Fixed Structure Seal

Figure 804/TASK 78-32-79-991-163

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 836
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-350-068
C. Prepare the new seal for installation.
(1) Align the seal (1) on the fixed structure and back drill the rivet
holes to between 0.161 in. (4.09 mm) and 0.164 in. (4.17 mm). Use
(2) Remove all burrs from the drilled holes.
Subtask 78-32-79-350-069
D. Install the seal.

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 78-32-79-991-163)
_______
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. IF YOU GET THE PRIMER ON YOUR SKIN OR
IN YOUR EYES, WIPE IT AWAY. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
_______
IRRITATED.
(2) Put the seal (1) on the c-duct fixed structure and wet install the
rivets (2) with the primer. Wipe off all unwanted primer with a lint
free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (methylethylketone)
(Material No. V01-076).
(3) Put the shields on the c-duct fixed structure and wet install the
rivet (3) and rivet (4) with the primer. Wipe off all unwanted primer
with a lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid
(methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076).
Subtask 78-32-79-210-057

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 837
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-79-350-070
F. Make a mark, VRS2078, adjacent to the assembly number on the C-duct to

show that the repair has been done. Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-79-440-056
Subtask 78-32-79-410-062
B. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(a) Remove the access platform(s).
(b) Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-79

Page 838
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DOOR - PRESSURE RELIEF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 78-32-80-000-010
Removal of the Thrust Reverser Pressure Relief Door (452DR, 462DR)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-80-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-80-991-152 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-80-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-80-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-80-040-050
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-80-010-051
D. Open the thrust reverser pressure relief door (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-
010).
FOR 1000EM1
452DR
FOR 1000EM2
462DR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-80-020-050
A. Remove the thrust reverser pressure relief door 452DR (462DR)
Pre SB 78-0195
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-80-991-150)
(1) Remove the nut (5), the washers (3) and the bolt (2) which attach the
lanyard assembly (4) to the pressure relief door (9).
(2) Remove the cotter pins (8), the washers (7) and the pins (6) which
attach the pressure relief door to the right thrust reverser half
(1).
(3) Remove the pressure relief door (9).
(4) Discard the cotter pins (8).
Post SB 78-0195
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-80-991-152)
(5) Remove the cotter pins (8), the washers (7) and the pins (6) which
attach the pressure relief door to the right thrust reverser half
(1).
(6) Remove the pressure relief door (9).
(7) Discard the cotter pins (8).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Pressure Relief Door (Pre SB 78-0195)

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-80-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Pressure Relief Door (Post SB 78-0195)

Figure 402/TASK 78-32-80-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-80-400-010
Installation of the Thrust Reverser Pressure Relief Door (452DR, 462DR)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 cotter pin 78-32-80 80D-040

8 cotterpin 78-32-80 80D-040
8 cotter pin 78-32-80 80E-040
8 cotterpin 78-32-80 80E-040
8 cotter pin 78-32-80 80F-040
8 cotterpin 78-32-80 80F-040
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-80-991-150 Fig. 401
78-32-80-991-152 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-80-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.
Subtask 78-32-80-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser pressure relief door is open
(Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010).
FOR 1000EM1
452DR
FOR 1000EM2
462DR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-32-80-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-80-420-050
A. Install the pressure relief door

FOR 1000EM1
452DR
FOR 1000EM2
462DR
Pre SB 78-0195
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-80-991-150)
(1) Put the pressure relief door (9) in to position on the right thrust
reverser half (1) 452AR (462AR).
(2) Align the hinges of the pressure relief door with the hinges on the
right thrust reverser half.
(3) Install a pin (6) and two washers (7) at each hinge position.
(4) Safety each pin (6) with a new cotterpin (8) .
(5) Attach the lanyard assembly (4) to the pressure relief door (9) with
the bolt (2), the washers (3) and the nut (5).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Post SB 78-0195
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 78-32-80-991-152)
(7) Put the pressure relief door (9) in the position on the right thrust
reverser half (1) 452AR (462AR).
(8) Align the hinges of the pressure relief door with the hinges on the
right thrust reverser half (1).
(9) Install a pin (6) and two washers (7) at each hinge position.
(10) Safety each pin (6) with a new cotter pin (8).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-80-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser pressure relief door (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-
410-010).
FOR 1000EM1
452DR
FOR 1000EM2
462DR
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-80-991-150)
Subtask 78-32-80-440-050
B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU: (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012)
Subtask 78-32-80-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DOOR - PRESSURE RELIEF - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________
TASK 78-32-80-700-010
Test the Release Load Setting of the Thrust Reverser Pressure Relief Door
Latches
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to test the release load setting of the thrust
reverser pressure relief door latches.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1N20023 1 ADAPTER-TORQUE TOOL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-23-11-911-012 The Procedure to Use Torque Wrenches and Power Tools

78-32-80-000-010 Removal of the Thrust Reverser Pressure Relief Door
(452DR, 462DR)
78-32-80-400-010 Installation of the Thrust Reverser Pressure Relief
Door (452DR, 462DR)
78-32-80-991-151 Fig. 501

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-80-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 78-32-80-010-053
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-80-040-052
C. Deactivation of the Thrust:

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-80-720-050
A. Test the release load setting of the latch

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-32-80-991-151)
(1) The correct latch release loads are between 157 lbf (69.84 daN) and
167 lbf (74.28 daN). Calculate the torque values necessary to release
the latch with the torque wrench and ADAPTER-TORQUE TOOL
(IAE1N20023), from the latch lease loads, with the following formula:
(L)
0.53P -------
L + 1.5
where: P = latch release load
L = torque wrench length
Example:
Latch release load = 157 to 167 lbf
Torque wrench length = 12 in.
(12)
0.53 x 157 -------
12+1.5
(12)
0.53 x 167 -------
12+1.5
83.21 x 0.8888889 = 73.964445 which can be read as 74 lbf.in (0,84 mdaN).
88.51 x 0.8888889 = 78.675556 which can be read as 79 lbf.in (0,89 mdaN).
Thus, when you use a 12 in. (304,8 mm) torque wrench, the torque value
indication on the torque wrench when the latch releases must be between
74 and 79 lbf.in (0,84 and 0,89 mdaN).
NOTE : This example is for a 12 in. (304.8 mm) long torque wrench.
____
Use the formula shown above to calculate the range of torque
values necessary to release the latch when you use a torque
wrench that is other than 12 in. (304.8 mm) long.
(2) Make sure that the latch and the contact surfaces are clean.
(3) Close and latch the thrust reverser pressure relief door.
(4) Install the ADAPTER-TORQUE TOOL (IAE1N20023), on the torque wrench.
(5) Put the ADAPTER-TORQUE TOOL (IAE1N20023), in to the slot of the latch
bolt. The torque adapter must rest evenly on the latch bolt
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 78-32-80-991-151)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Pressure Relief Door Latch Test


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Pressure Relief Door Latch Test


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Apply a force to the torque wrench until the latch releases. Make
sure that you apply the force at 90 degrees to the torque wrench
handle (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-012)
(7) Check that the torque value indication on the torque wrench is in the
range of the torque values calculated in step (1) when the latch
releases. If the latch does not release or releases at a value that
is not in the range of necessary torque values, replace the defective
pressure relief door (Ref. TASK 78-32-80-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 78-
32-80-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-80-440-051
Subtask 78-32-80-410-052
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-80

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

RING - CASCADE SUPPORT, AFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 78-32-81-000-010
Removal of the AFT Cascade Support Ring (Post SBN 78-0199)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to remove the Aft Cascade Support Ring.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-46-000-010 Removal of the Left Thrust Reverser Translating Cowl
(4003KS),(4004KS)
78-32-76-000-010 Removal of the Right Translating Cowl
78-32-81-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-81-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-81

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 78-32-81-010-053

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-32-81-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 78-32-81-010-050
D. Remove the Translating Sleeve (Ref. TASK 78-32-46-000-010) and/or

(Ref. TASK 78-32-76-000-010).
Subtask 78-32-81-010-051
E. Remove the Deflector Boxes and Blank Cascades (Ref. TASK 78-32-19-000-
010).
Subtask 78-32-81-010-052
F. Remove the Thrust Reverser Actuators (Ref. TASK 78-32-43-000-010) and

(Ref. TASK 78-32-48-000-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-81

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-81-020-050
A. Remove the Aft Cascade Support Ring

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-81-991-150)
(1) Remove nut (7), washer (6), bushings (5) and (4), washer (3) and bolt
(2) from the upper end of the Aft cascade support ring (1).
(2) Remove nut (8), washer (9), bushings (10) and (11), washer (12) and
bolt (13) from the lower end of the Aft cascade support ring (1).
(3) Remove the Aft support ring (1).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-81

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

AFT Support Ring

Figure 401/TASK 78-32-81-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-81

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-32-81-400-010
Installation of the AFT Cascade Support Ring (Post SBN 78-0199)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to install the Aft Cascade Support Ring.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-19-400-010 Installation of the Thrust Reverser Deflector Boxes
78-32-46-400-010 Installation of the Left Translating Cowl
(4003KS),(4004KS)
78-32-76-400-010 Installation of the Right Translating Cowl
78-32-81-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-81

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-32-81-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-32-81-010-054
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-32-81-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-32-81-420-050
A. Install the Aft Cascade Support Ring

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-32-81-991-150)
(1) Install the Aft Cascade Support Ring (1) on the C-Duct fixed
structure.
(2) Attach the upper end of the Aft cascade support ring (1) with bolt
(2), washer (3), bushings (4) and (5), washer (6) and nut (7).
(3) Attach the lower end of the Aft cascade support ring (1) with bolt
(13), washer (12), bushings (11) and (10), washer (9) and nut (8).
(4) TORQUE nut (7) to between 160 and 190 lbf.in (1.80 and 2.14 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-81

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) TORQUE nut (8) to between 100 and 140 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.58 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-32-81-420-051
A. Install the Thrust Reverser Actuators (Ref. TASK 78-32-43-400-010) and

(Ref. TASK 78-32-48-400-010).
Subtask 78-32-81-420-052
B. Install the Deflector Boxes and Blank Cascades (Ref. TASK 78-32-19-400-
010).
Subtask 78-32-81-420-053
C. Install the Translating Sleeve (Ref. TASK 78-32-46-400-010) and/or

(Ref. TASK 78-32-76-400-010).
Subtask 78-32-81-440-050
D. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 78-32-81-410-050
E. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-32-81

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER OPENING MECHANISM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The purpose of the thrust reverser opening mechanism is to open the C-duct
doors to permit access to the engine for maintenance. The opening system is
manually operated by a GSE hydraulic hand pump.
2. Cowl
__________
Latch
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. General
The thrust reverser opening mechanism consists of two parts for each
C-duct door : the opening actuator and the hydraulic tube.
B. Opening Actuator
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The opening actuator acts as a piston with the base attached to the top
of the C-duct door and the end to the pylon. As the hydraulic pressure
builds up in the actuator, the piston extends to move the door outward.
The actuator is not designed to hold the weight of the door for a long
time. The door hold open rods must be positioned to support the door.
C. Hydraulic Tubing
The hydraulic tubing is made up of three parts : a flexible hose, a hard
tubing and a manifold connector.
(1) The flexible hose connects to the opening actuator to absorb the
rocking movement of the actuator as the C-duct door opens and closes.
The flexible hydraulic hose is inside a larger conduit. Fan air from
the precooler is brought into the area between the hose and the cover
to cool the hydraulic fluid. The two ends of the cover are
half-shells made of firm fiber-glass. The half-shells at the opening
actuator can be separated to permit access to the hydraulic tube
connection. The single half-shell at the lower end can be raised to
permit access to the hydraulic tube connection.
(2) The hard hydraulic tubing connects to the flexible hose and runs down
the forward edge of the C-duct door. Near the bottom of the door the
tubing connects to the manifold.
(3) The manifold has three connection points. It connects to the bottom
end of the hard hydraulic tubing. It has a quick release connector
for the hydraulic hand pump. It has a pressure relief valve to
protect the opening actuator system from high pressure.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Opening Mechanism

Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Cowl Opening Actuator

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

D. Cowl Latch
A total of six latches are used to secure the two C ducts to each
other.
Access to front latch is through the left and right fan cowls.
Three latches are located under a hinged access panel.
Rear latch is a double latch but the two latches must be released/latched
individually.
3. _________
Operation
The thrust reverser cowls can be opened to a 45 degree position for engine
removal or other maintenance purposes.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TUBES AND MANIFOLD - OPENING THRUST REVERSER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 78-36-49-000-010
Removal of the Thrust Reverser Opening Tubes and Manifold
WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL OR
_______
OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the information to remove the thrust reverser opening
actuator tubes and manifold. The procedure in this task is the same for both
the left and the right thrust reverser halves.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container 4l (1 USgal)

No specific covers caps plugs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-36-49-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-36-49-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 78-36-49-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-36-49-040-050
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-36-49-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-36-49-941-051
E. Put the container 4l (1 USgal) in to position to catch the oil that may
be drained when the tubes are disconnected.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-36-49-991-150)
Subtask 78-36-49-020-050
A. Remove the manifold (3)
(1) Disconnect the tube nut (6) from the manifold (3).
(2) Remove the lower hydraulic tube (7) from the manifold (3).
(3) Remove the two bolts (1) and the two washers (2).
(4) Remove the manifold (3) from the bracket (8).
(5) Remove the union (5) and the packing (4) from the manifold (3).
(6) Discard the packing (4).
Subtask 78-36-49-020-054

SBN 78-0021
SBN 78-0021: Rework of the thrust reverser wiring harness installation.
(48) which attach the electrical harness to the lower hydraulic tube
(7) near the non-locking actuator.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Opening Actuator Tubes and Manifold


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-36-49-020-051
C. Remove the lower hydraulic tube (7)
(1) Remove the screws (12), the washers (11) and the clamps (10), that
attach the lower hydraulic tube (7) to the two brackets (9) between
the manifold (3) and the non locking actuator.
(2) Remove the nuts (17), the washers (16), the spacers (14), the screws
(15) and the clamps (13), that attach the lower hydraulic tube (7)
and the electrical harness to the brackets.
(3) Replace the screws (15), the washer (16), the spacers (14) and the
nuts (17) to support the electrical harness.
(4) Remove the screw (21), the washer (22) and the clamp (24), that
attach the lower hydraulic tube (7) to the bracket (23) above the non
locking actuator.
(5) Disconnect the tube nut (20) from the feed through union.
(6) Remove the lower hydraulic tube (7).
Subtask 78-36-49-020-052
D. Remove the upper hydraulic tube (18).
(1) Disconnect the tube nut (19) from the union (Detail E).
(2) Disconnect the tube nut (19), at the other end of the upper hydraulic
tube (18), from the elbow (30) (Detail G).
(3) Remove the screws (21), the washers (22), the nuts (17) and the
clamps (24), that attach the upper hydraulic tube (18) to the
brackets (25) and the C-duct (Detail F).
(4) Remove the upper hydraulic tube (18).
Subtask 78-36-49-020-053
E. Remove the hydraulic hose (31)
(1) Remove the screw (26) and the washer (27) that attach the lower end
cover (28) to the C-duct (Detail G).
(2) Raise the end cover (28) on its flex-hinge and disconnect the hose
nut (29) from the elbow (30) (Detail G).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the screw (33), the washer (35), the nut (36) and the clamp
(34) that attach the hose cover elbow (38) to the precooler port (37)
(Detail K).
(4) Remove the screw (40), the washer (39) and the clamp (41) that attach
the hose cover to the C-duct near the pre-cooler (Detail K).
(47) that attach the end cover (44) to the opening actuator (32)
(Detail L).
(6) Separate the halves of the end cover (44) on its flex-hinge and
disconnect the hose nut (43) from the opening actuator (32).
(7) Remove the hydraulic hose (31) with the flexible hose cover (42).
Subtask 78-36-49-620-050
F. Install covers caps plugs to all exposed openings.
Subtask 78-36-49-942-050
G. Remove the container and discard the drained oil.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-36-49-400-010
Installation of the Thrust Reverser Opening Tubes and Manifold
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the information to install the thrust reverser opening
actuator tubes and manifold. The procedure in this task is the same for both
the left and the right thrust reverser halves.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 packing 78-36-49 80 -060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-36-49-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-36-49-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-36-49-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-36-49-040-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-36-49-630-050
D. Remove the covers/caps/plugs from all of the openings.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-36-49-991-150)
Subtask 78-36-49-420-050
A. Install the hydraulic hose (31)
(1) Put the hydraulic hose (31) in to the flexible hose cover (42)
(Detail L).
(2) Put the hydraulic hose (31), with the hose cover (42), on to the
opening actuator (32) and put the flexible hose cover elbow (38) over
the precooler port (37) (Detail K and L).
(3) Separate the halves of the upper end cover (44), at its flex-hinge,
and install the hose nut (43) on to the opening actuator (32) (Detail
L).
(4) Raise the lower end cover (28), at its flex-hinge, and install the
hose nut (29) on the elbow (30) (Detail G).
1.35 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). Do not torque the hose nut
(43) at this step.
(6) Install the clamp (41), the screws (40) and the washers (39), that
attach the hydraulic hose (31) to the C-duct near the precooler
(Detail K).
(7) Install the clamp (34), the screw (33), the washer (35) and the nut
(36), that attach the hose cover elbow (38) to the precooler port
(37).
(8) Install the screw (26) and the washer (27) that attach the lower end
cover (28) to the C-duct (Detail G).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-36-49-420-051
B. Install the upper hydraulic tube (18)
(1) Put the upper hydraulic tube (18) in to position (Detail G).
(2) Install the upper tube nut (19) of the upper hydraulic tube (18) on
to the elbow (30).
(3) Install the lower tube nut (19) of the upper hydraulic tube (18) on
to the union (Detail E).
(4) Install the clamps (24), the screws (21), the washers (22) and the
nuts (17), that attach the upper hydraulic tube (18) to the brackets
(25) and the C-duct (Detail F).
(5) TORQUE the tube nuts (19) on both ends of the upper hydraulic tube
70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-36-49-420-052
C. Install the lower hydraulic tube (7)
(1) Put the lower hydraulic tube (7) in to position.
(2) Connect the upper tube nut (20) of the lower hydraulic tube (7) to
the union. Do not torque the tube nut at this step.
(3) Install the clamp (24), the screw (21) and the washer (22), that
attach the lower hydraulic tube (7) to the bracket (23) above the
(4) Remove the nuts (17), the washers (16), the spacers (14), the screws
(15) and the clamps (13) that support the electrical harness.
(5) Attach the electrical harness and the lower hydraulic tube (7) to the
brackets on both sides of the non-locking actuator with the screws
(15), the washers (16), the spacers (14), the clamps (13) and the
nuts (17).
(6) Put the lower hydraulic tube (7) in to position on the two brackets
(9) (Detail C).
(7) Install the two clamps (10), the screws (12) and the washers (11).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(8) TORQUE the tube nut (20) on the upper end of the lower hydraulic tube
70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-36-49-420-054

SBN 78-0021
SBN 78-0021: Rework of thrust reverser wiring harness installation
(1) Attach the electrical harness to the lower hydraulic tube (7), near
the non-locking actuator, with the clamps (48), the screw (50), the
washer (49) and the nut (51).
Subtask 78-36-49-420-053
E. Install the opening actuator manifold (3) (Detail B)
(1) Install a new packing (4) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) on to the

union (5).
(2) Install the union (5), with the packing (4), in to the opening on the
actuator manifold (3).
(3) TORQUE the union (5) to between 125 and 135 lbf.in (1.41 and 1.52
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Put the manifold (3) in to position on the bracket (8).
(5) Connect the lower tube nut (6) of the lower hydraulic tube (7) to the
union (5). Do not torque the tube nut (6) at this step.
(6) Install the two bolts (1) and the two washers (2) that attach the
manifold (3) to the support bracket (8).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(8) TORQUE the tube nut (6) to between 100 and 120 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.35
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-36-49-870-050
F. Bleed the opening actuator system
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL TRAPPED AIR IS BLED FROM THE OPENING
_______
ACTUATOR SYSTEM. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD CAUSE THE THRUST
REVERSER HALVES TO CLOSE TOO FAST AND CAUSE INJURY.
_______
SYSTEM.
(2) Connect the HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT (IAE1N20009) to the
manifold (3).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(6) Remove the HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT (IAE1N20009) from
the manifold (3).
Subtask 78-36-49-420-055
G. Attach the flexible hose upper end cover to the opening actuator
(1) Close the upper end cover (44) and install the clamp (47), the screw
(48), the washer (46) and the nut (45) that attach the upper end
cover to the opening actuator (32) at Detail J.
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-36-49-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-36-49-440-050
Subtask 78-36-49-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-49

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ACTUATOR - THRUST REVERSER OPENING (3003KM1,3003KM2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________________
TASK 78-36-51-000-010
Removal of the Thrust Reverser Opening Actuator (3003KM1, 3003KM2)
_______
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container 4 l (1 USgal)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-36-51-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-51

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-36-51-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 78-36-51-010-055
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 78-36-51-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-51

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-36-51-010-056

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-36-51-991-150)
Subtask 78-36-51-020-052
A. Disconnect the hydraulic hose from the opening actuator.
(1) Remove the nut (9), the screw (6), the washer (8) and the clamp (7)
that attach the flexible hose cover (11) to the opening actuator (5).
(2) Open the end cover to get access to the hose nut (10).
(3) Put a container 4 l (1 USgal) under the hose connection.
(4) Disconnect the hydraulic hose (12) from the opening actuator.
(5) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.
Subtask 78-36-51-620-051
Subtask 78-36-51-020-051
C. Remove the opening actuator.
(1) Remove the nut (2), the bolt (4) and the bushing (3) that attach the
actuator (5) to the pylon hinge beam (1).
(2) Remove the nut (17) ,the washer (14), the bolt (13) and the bushing
(16) that attach the opening actuator to the mount (15).
(3) Remove the opening actuator.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-51

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Opening Actuators

Figure 401/TASK 78-36-51-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-51

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-36-51-400-010
Installation of the Thrust Reverser Opening Actuator (3003KM1, 3003KM2)
_______
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699

lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-51

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-36-51-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-36-51-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-36-51-010-057
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-51

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 78-36-51-040-054
Subtask 78-36-51-620-052
D. Remove the caps from the opening actuator port.
Subtask 78-36-51-611-050
E. Fill the opening actuator with lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-
077) before installation.
(1) Push the actuator (5) to its fully retracted position.
(2) Connect the hydraulic hand pump HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT - REVERSER C-DUCT
(IAE1N20009) directly to the actuator.
(3) Use the hand pump to fill and fully extend the actuator with
lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) and bleed off the air.
(4) Remove the hand pump from the actuator.
Subtask 78-36-51-620-050
F. Install the covers/caps/plugs to the opening actuator port.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-51

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-36-51-991-150)
Subtask 78-36-51-420-051
A. Install the opening actuator.
(1) Put the opening actuator (5) in position in the mount (15) on the
(2) Install the bushing (16), the bolt (13), the washer (14) and the nut
(17) which attach the opening actuator (5) to the mount (15).
(3) Install the bushing (3), the bolt (4) and the nut (2) which attach
the actuator to the pylon hinge beam (1).
(4) TORQUE the two nuts (2) and (17) to between 160 and 190 lbf.in (1.80
and 2.14 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-36-51-620-053
B. Remove the caps from the opening actuator port and the hydraulic hose.
Subtask 78-36-51-420-052
C. Connect the hydraulic hose to the opening actuator.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 78-36-51-410-055
D. Install the flexible hose cover
(1) Put the flexible hose cover (11) over the opening actuator (5).
(2) Install the clamp (7), the screw (6), the washer (8) and the nut (9)
which attach the flexible hose cover to the actuator.
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-51

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-36-51-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 78-36-51-440-052
Subtask 78-36-51-410-056
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-36-51

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

THRUST REVERSER INDEPENDENT LOCKING SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
An independent locking system is designed to isolate the thrust reverser
from the aircraft hydraulic system. This system consists of thrust reverser
Shut-Off Valve (SOV) upstream of the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU), a filter
and associated plumbing, mounting and electrical supply. The SOV is
electrically actuated from an independent signal from the SEC (Spoiler
Elevator Computer), bypassing the FADEC command circuit.
2. Component
__________________
Location
The SOV and the filter are located under the pylon.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL | ZONE | ACCESS | ATA |
| | | | | | REF. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50EG1 VALVE-THRUST REVERSER 410 437AL 78-37-51
ISOLATION, ENG1
50EG2 VALVE-THRUST REVERSER 420 447AL 78-37-51
ISOLATION, ENG2
3455KM1 FILTER-THRUST REVERSER 410 437AL 78-37-51
ISOLATION VALVE, ENG1
3455KM2 FILTER-THRUST REVERSER 420 447AL 78-37-51
ISOLATION VALVE, ENG2
3. Component
_____________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. Shut-Off Valve
The thrust reverser Shut-Off Valve (SOV) is a 3 port, two position spool
valve. It is controlled by a solenoid driven 3 port, two position
normally open pilot valve. Electrical power is supplied to the SOV
through the fan electrical feeder box.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Shut-Off Valve and Filter Location

Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Shut-Off Valve Schematic

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

B. Filter and Clogging Indicator
It is used to filter the fluid from the aircraft hydraulic system. The
filter is a flow-through cartridge-type filter. The clogging indicator
monitors the pressure loss through the filter cartridge and has a pop-out
indicator to signal when it is necessary to replace the filter element.
Two spring-loaded magnetic pistons keep the pop out indicator in
retracted position. The lower magnetic piston monitors the differential
between the filtered and unfiltered fluid pressure across the filter
element. As the differential pressure increases, the piston compresses
its spring and moves away from the upper magnetic piston. At a preset
displacement of approximately 2 mm, the upper magnetic piston spring
overcomes the magnetic force and drives the pop-out indicator from its
retracted position.
The filter assembly contains a check valve to permit the removal of the
canister and the change of the filter element with a minimum of spillage.
4. System
________________
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 003)
A. Shut-Off Valve Opening/Closing Operation

The hydraulic power for the thrust reverser operation is obtained from
the engine driven pump of the hydraulic system (ref. 29-10-00), which
supplies the HCU through the filter and the thrust reverser SOV. The
thrust reverser SOV is designed to isolate the thrust reverser from the
aircraft hydraulic system. When the solenoid is de-energized the pilot
and spool valves are pressure and spring driven to close the supply port.
When the supply port is closed the thrust reverser is isolated from the
aircraft hydraulic system. When the solenoid is energized the pilot valve
releases the pressure from on the spool and opens a path to the return
port. The sub-piston, which always has system pressure acting on it, will
move the spool against the spring to open the control port. When the
control port opens it allows the aircraft hydraulic fluid from the supply
port to pass through the valve, exit the valve from the control port and
enter the HCU.
The thrust reverser SOV is commanded in the open position when the
following conditions are satisfied:
- aircraft is on ground proximity (less than 10 ft)
- reverse thrust is selected
- high forward thrust not selected on opposite engine
The SOV pilot valve solenoid is supplied with 115 VAC through a dedicated
and physically segregated wiring. This power supply to the SOV is
controlled by a power relay commanded by a static relay. The power relay
coil is enegized to open the SOV and de-energized to close the SOV. Its
energization/de-energization is controlled through the 28VDC static relay
which is piloted by the SEC (SEC 1 or 2 for engine 1 and SEC 1 or 3 for
engine 2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser System Operation - Schematic

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

VALVE - THRUST REVERSER, HYDRAULIC ISOLATION - SERVICING
________________________________________________________
TASK 78-37-51-600-010
Replacement of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Isolation Valve Filter
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific drain can 1 USgal (4 l)

No specific packing installation tool AA-B847-6SE3
No specific spatula
No specific 1-1/4 inch (31.75 mm) open end wrench
No specific Torque Wrench : range 15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 C-ring 78-37-51 81 -040

2 C-ring 78-37-51 81A-040
3 packing 78-37-51 81 -060
3 packing 78-37-51 81A-060
4 filter element 78-37-51 81 -030
4 filter element 78-37-51 81A-030
6 packing 78-37-51 81 -010
6 packing 78-37-51 81A-010

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 301
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-37-51-991-151 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-37-51-941-055
1(2).
Subtask 78-37-51-010-058
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform in position in the left side of engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-37-51-614-063
C. Depressurization of the hydraulic reservoirs
(1) For engine 1 depressurize the green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
(2) For engine 2 depressurize the yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 78-37-51-991-151)
Subtask 78-37-51-020-055
A. Removal of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Isolation Valve Filter
(1) Put a drain can 1 USgal (4 l) below the filter.
(2) Remove the filter bowl (8), as follows:
(a) Use a 1-1/4 inch (31.75 mm) open end wrench to loosen the filter
bowl (8).
(b) Turn the filter bowl counter-clockwise to remove it from the

filter head (1).
(3) Remove and discard the filter element (4) from the filter bowl (8).
(4) Remove and discard the C-ring (2) and the packing (3) from the filter
head (1).
(5) Turn the filter bowl (8) upside down and remove the B/V washer (5).
(6) Remove the packing (6) from the Differential Pressure Indicator (DPI)
(7) in the filter bowl, as follows:
(a) Use a spatula to push the packing (6) out of its groove in the
DPI.
NOTE : Bend the end of the spatula approximately 45 degrees. This

____
will help push the packing out of its groove.
(b) Use a second spatula to remove the packing (6) from the DPI.
Discard the packing.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Isolation Valve Filter

Figure 301/TASK 78-37-51-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 304
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Remove the drain can.
Subtask 78-37-51-420-055
B. Installation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Isolation Valve Filter
(1) Hold the filter bowl (8) with the open end at the top.
(2) Install a new packing (6) on the Differential Pressure Indicator

(DPI) (7).
(a) Use the packing installation tool AA-B847-6SE3 to install the

packing (6).
(b) Make sure the packing (6) is in the groove on the DPI (7).
(3) Install the B/V washer (5) in the filter bowl (8).
NOTE : The smaller diameter of the B/V washer should face the open
____
end of the filter bowl.
(4) Put a new packing (3) on the new filter element (4).
(5) Install the new filter element (4) in the filter bowl (8).
(6) Install a new C-ring (2) in the top groove of the filter head (1).
(7) Fill the filter bowl (8) with thrust reverser hydraulic fluid.
(8) Install the filter bowl (8) into the filter head (1) and turn the
filter bowl clockwise.
(9) TORQUE the filter bowl to between 75 and 85 lbf.ft (10.16 and 11.52
m.daN).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-37-51-614-064
A. Pressurization of the hydraulic reservoir
(1) For engine 1 pressurize the green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
(2) For engine 2 pressurize the yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 305
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Make sure that there is no leaks at the tube connections.
Subtask 78-37-51-410-055
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 306
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

VALVE - THRUST REVERSER, HYDRAULIC ISOLATION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 78-37-51-000-010
Removal of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Isolation Valve (50EG)
WARNING : WEAR A FACE SHIELD WHICH IS RESISTANT TO HIGH PRESSURE JETS WHEN YOU
_______
WORK ON PRESSURIZED SYSTEMS.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THERE IS NO UNWANTED MATERIAL IN THE PORTS AND ORIFICES OR
_______
DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps

No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific container 2 liters
No specific protective cloth
No specific softnose pliers

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-37-51-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-37-51-941-052
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine
1(2).
Subtask 78-37-51-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform in position in the left side of engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-37-51-865-057
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENG2/REV/LOCK 1EG2 N45
Subtask 78-37-51-614-056
D. Depressurization of the hydraulic reservoirs
29-14-00-614-001).
29-14-00-614-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-37-51-020-052
A. Removal of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Isolation Valve

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-37-51-991-150)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (45) from the thrust reverser
isolation valve (50).
NOTE : If necessary, use the softnose pliers to loosen the electrical

____
connector.
(2) Put blanking caps on the electrical connector of the harness and on
the isolation valve.
(3) Remove the bolt (65), the washer (70) and the nut (80) that attach
the clamp (75).
(4) Disconnect the hydraulic tubes.
(a) Put a container 2 liters below the tubes.
(b) Disconnect the pressure supply tube (20), control tube (60) and
return tube (55). Let the hydraulic fluid drain into the
container.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Isolation Valve

Figure 401/TASK 78-37-51-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(d) Remove the container and put a protective cloth below the
isolation valve.
(5) Remove the bolts (90) and washers (95) that attach the support plate
(15) (where the isolation valve and its filter are installed) below
the pylon.
(6) Remove the support plate assembly (15) from the pylon.
(a) Disconnect and remove the pressure supply tube (85) between the
filter (25) and the isolation valve (50).
(b) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(7) Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the bolts (10).
(8) Loosen and remove the four bolts (10), washers (12) and spacers (35),
(40) and (100) that attach the isolation valve (50) and the thermal
isolation (30) on the support plate (15).
(9) Remove the isolation valve (50) and the thermal isolation (30) from
the support plate (15).
(10) Remove the protective cloth from the engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 78-37-51-400-010
Installation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Isolation Valve (50EG)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific protective cloth

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific corrosion resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm DIA.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the CFDS
78-37-51-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-37-51-860-052
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 78-37-51-010-055
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-37-51-865-058
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2
Subtask 78-37-51-614-057
D. Make sure that the hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
29-14-00-614-001).
29-14-00-614-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-37-51-420-052
A. Installation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Isolation Valve

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 78-37-51-991-150)
(1) Put a protective cloth in the location where you will install the
thrust reverser isolation valve.
The hydraulic fluid will cause damage to the engine.
(2) Put the thermal isolation (30) between the spacers (35) and (40) in
position on the support plate (15).
NOTE : You must install the shortest spacer (40) on isolation valve
____
side.
(3) Put the isolation valve (50) in position on the support plate (15)
with the four bolts (10), washers (12) and spacers (100). Do not
tighten the bolts.
(4) Remove the blanking plugs from the ports of the isolation valve and
filter.
(5) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(6) Install and connect the pressure supply tube (85) between the filter
(25) and the isolation valve (50).
(7) TORQUE the four bolts (10) to between 0.56 and 0.79 m.daN (49.55 and
69.91 lbf.in).
(8) Safety the bolts (10) with corrosion resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm
DIA.
(9) TORQUE the coupling nuts of the tube (85) to between 2.9 and 3.2
m.daN (21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
(10) Install the assembly support plate (15) with the isolation valve (50)
in position below the pylon with the bolts (90) and washers (95). Do
not tighten the bolts.
(11) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(12) Connect the pressure supply tube (20), the control tube (60) and
return tube (55).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(13) TORQUE the coupling nuts of the pressure supply tube (20) and control
tube (60) to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
(14) TORQUE the coupling nut of the return tube (55) to between 1.5 and
1.7 m.daN (11.06 and 12.53 lbf.ft).
(15) TORQUE the bolts (90) to between 0.56 and 0.79 m.daN (49.55 and 69.91
lbf.in).
(16) Install the clamp (75) with the bolt (65), the washer (70) and nut
(80) to attach the control tube (60) and the return tube (55).
R (17) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
(18) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(19) Connect the electrical connector (45) to the isolation valve (50).
(20) Remove the protective cloth from the engine.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-37-51-865-059
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 1000EM1
1EG1
FOR 1000EM2
1EG2
Subtask 78-37-51-614-058
B. Pressurization of the hydraulic reservoir
(1) For engine 1 pressurize the green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
(2) For engine 2 pressurize the yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-37-51-710-052
C. Test and bleed procedure.
(1) Operate the thrust reverser for ten deploy-to-stow cycles (Ref. TASK
78-31-00-710-041) and check on CFDS that no messages related to the
isolation valve is present.
Subtask 78-37-51-410-052
D. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

VALVE - THRUST REVERSER, HYDRAULIC ISOLATION - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 78-37-51-210-010
Visual Check of Clogging Indicator of the Hydraulic Isolation Valve Filter
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the CFDS
78-37-51-600-010 Replacement of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Isolation Valve Filter
78-37-51-991-152 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 78-37-51-710-053
A. Do an operational test of the thrust reverser system with the CFDS

(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 78-37-51-941-056
1(2).
Subtask 78-37-51-010-059
C. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 78-37-51-210-050
A. Visual check of the clogging indicator of the hydraulic isolation valve

filter
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 78-37-51-991-152)
(1) Check that the red indicator is not extended. If it is extended

replace the filter element (Ref. TASK 78-37-51-600-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic Isolation Valve Filter Clogging Indicator

Figure 601/TASK 78-37-51-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 78-37-51-410-056
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 78-37-51

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

Nammcesa 000057 PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Nammcesa 000057 PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

L.E.P. 1- 8 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

78-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-11-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-11-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-11-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-11-12 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-11-12 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-30-10 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-30-10 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-31-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-31-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-31-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-31-15 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-31-15 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-31-41 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-31-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-31-51 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-31-51 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-02 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-04 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-19 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-19 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-19 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-41 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-43 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-43 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-44 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-45 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-45 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-45 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-46 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-46 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-46 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-47 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-48 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-48 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-50 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-51 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-51 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-52 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-53 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-54 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-55 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-56 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

78-32-70 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED